Skip to main content

Full text of "Everyday life in the Holy Land"

See other formats


TR^S 


EVERYDAY  LIFE  IN  THE  HOLY  LAND 


Evening  at  the  Well 


niiMi» 


EVERYDAY    LIFE 
in  the  HOLY  LAND 

By  JAMES  NEIL,  M.A. 

Formerly  Incumbent  of  Christ  Church,  Jerusalem,  and  Acting  Chaplain  and 

Examining  Chaplain  to  the  former  Lord  Bishop  of  Jerusalem,  Dr.Goba!. 

Author  of  "  Palestine  Explored,"  "  Pictured  Palestine,"  &c. 


WITH  THIRTY-TWO  PICTURES 
PAINTED  BY  JAMES  CLARK,  R.I.. 
ASSISTED  BY  J.  MACPHERSON  HAYE 
AND  S.  B.  CARLILL,  UNDER  THE 
DIRECTION      OF      THE     AUTHOR 


U 


CASSELL  AND  COMPANY,  LIMITED 

London,    New    York,   Toronto  and    Melbourne 
1913 


UIUI1U 


Contents 


PAGE 

Introduction vii 

Evening  at  the  Well i 

Desert  Dwellers 13 

"A  House  of  Hair  "—Interior  of  Bedaween  Tent    .       .21 

Shepherd  and  Sheepfold 31 

Leopards  in  "The  Pride  of  Jordan" 41 

"Through  the  Valley  of  the  Shadow  of  Death"   .       .  49 

Interior  of  a  Fellahheen   House— Early    Morning   in 

Winter 57 

Interior  of  a  Fellahheen  House  by  Night  67 

Evening  Meal  among  the  Fellahheen         ....  79 

The  Lot  and  Line 87 

Ploughing  near  Nazareth 95 

Scenes  on  the  Threshing  Floor 103 

Sifting  Wheat in 

An  Olive  Yard 119 

Sanctuary— The  Phantasia  of  the  White  Banner    .        .125 

Fishing  in  the  Lake  of  Galilee 137 

Road  Scene  near  Nazareth 145 

The  Jaffa  Gate  of  Jerusalem 153 

V 


VI 


Contents 


An  Oriental  Bazaar  Street 

The  Water-Seller  and  Palestine  Town  Life 

The  'Atal,  or  Burden-Bearer 

"Friend,  Go  Up  Higher" — Belladeen  Hospitality 
The  Evening  Meal  among  the  Belladeen 
The  'Al'meh,  or  Dancing  Girl 

A  Town  Hareem 

The  Oriental  Cafe 

Choosing  a  Bride 

A  Village  Bride's  Procession    . 

A  Bridal  Procession  in  a  Town 

"A  Bride  Adorned  for  her  Husband". 

" Behold,  the  Bridegroom  Cometh" 

The  First  Look  at  the  Eastern  Bride 

Appendix,  Giving  Notes      .... 

Index  to  Scripture  References 


161 
169 
177 

i83 
191 
197 
205 
213 
223 
229 

235 
241 

249 

255 
261 

277 


Introduction 

THE  pictures  of  everyday  life  in  the  Holy  Land  given 
in  this  work  purport  to  show  that  life  at  all  points 
with  minute  and  perfect  accuracy.  The  great  im- 
portance of  such  a  portrayal  of  Palestine  life,  its  manners 
and  customs  and  natural  features,  may  be  briefly  gathered 
from  the  five  following  facts  : 

First,  everything  in  that  life  is  strange  to  us.  Every 
feature  of  it  is  foreign  to  our  experience  in  the  modern 
life  of  the  North-West.  As  Volney  says  in  his  Travels  in 
Syria,  it  is  a  wonderful  thing  that  men  of  like  passions 
with  ourselves  and  of  the  same  Indo-European  stock  should 
do  all  things  differently  from  the  way  in  which  we  do 
them,  and  live  among  surroundings  which  present  a  count- 
less number  of  total  contrasts  to  ours. 

Secondly,  the  life  is  unchanged  from  the  earliest  ages. 
"  Immutability  is  the  most  striking  law  of  Eastern  life." 
Not  only  is  change  of  any  kind  thought  inexpedient,  but 
more,  it  is  held  to  be  morally  wrong.  Everything  is  bound 
to  conform  to  aadeh,  'custom."  A'adeh  is  inexorable;  it 
binds  their  life  with  an  adamantine  chain.  They  must  not, 
cannot,  dare  not,  do  anything  differently  from  the  way  their 
ancestors  have  done  it.  Thus  all  we  see  in  Syria  to-day — 
apart  from  European  influence — is  of  hoary  antiquity,  a  life 
five  thousand  years  old  ! 


viii  Introduction 

Thirdly,  this  life  is  absolutely  uniform.  From  the  far 
South  of  Egypt  to  the  far  North  of  Syria  all  things  are 
alike.  Every  piece  of  furniture,  every  agricultural  or  horti- 
cultural implement,  every  manufacture,  the  building  and 
arrangement  of  every  house — all  is  of  one  pattern.  Every 
work  of  the  same  kind  is  done  everywhere  in  the  same  way. 
"  Variety  is  charming  "  is  a  Western  proverb  which  the  Orient 
utterly  repudiates.  The  spirit  of  the  East  calls,  in  all  things, 
for  a  stereotyped  and  monotonous  uniformity.  If  you  have 
seen  one  pattern  of  inkpot,  pen,  table,  coffee  cup,  brazier, 
ewer  and  basin,  shirt,  cloak,  girdle,  head-dress,  footgear, 
you  have  seen  all.  No  different  modes,  no  passing  fashions, 
change,  or  ever  have  changed,  the  primitive  features  of  Pales- 
tine life.  To  Western  minds,  and  in  an  age  like  ours,  this 
seems  little  less  than  a  standing  miracle.  Thus  wonderfully 
has  the  power  and  goodness  of  God  afforded  us,  through- 
out the  lands  of  the  Bible,  a  living,  accurate,  exhaustive, 
divinely  preserved  commentary  on  its  inspired  pages ! 

For,  fourthly,  the  Bible,  on  its  human  side,  is  as  much 
an  Eastern  book  as  the  Arabian  Nights  Entertainment.  It 
was  written  in  the  East,  by  Easterns,  for  Easterns  in  the 
first  instance,  and,  as  to  much  of  it,  for  long  ages  for  East- 
erns only,  in  the  language  and  highly  figurative  style  of  the 
East,  and  all  about  what  took  place  in  the  East.  Holy 
Scripture  is  therefore  a  purely  Oriental  gem  with  nothing 
North-Western  about  it.  Hence  to  fully  understand  the 
letter  of  the  Written  Word  an  intimate  knowledge  of  every- 
day life  in  the  Holy  Land  is  absolutely  necessary.  Without 
this,  in  a  thousand  places,  it  is  impossible  to  elucidate  its 
meaning,  remove  its  difficulties,  picture  its  scenes,  or  realise 
its  beautv. 


Introduction  ix 

Fifthly,  notwithstanding  this,  no  great  book  has  suffered 
more  than  the  Bible  at  the  hands  of  its  would-be  illustrators. 
The  painters  of  the  Middle  Ages,  and  even  of  the  Renaissance, 
in  their  beautiful  pictures,  glorious  works  of  art  as  they 
are,  have,  in  every  instance,  given  us  a  parody  of  its  scenes; 
whilst  the  ablest  modern  artists  like  Dore,  and  even  Tissot, 
with  many  another,  have  allowed  imagination  to  mar  their 
labours.  Incredible  as  it  seems,  even  in  our  day,  in  all 
the  world  there  does  not  exist  a  Biblical  museum  worthy 
of  the   name  ! 

Perfect  illustration  of  Holy  Scripture,  true  and  uncon- 
ventional at  all  points,  has  long  been  a  deep  need.  The 
difficulty  in  the  way  of  obtaining  it  was  to  find  an  artist 
who  had  painted  in  Syria,  and  who  would  be  willing  and 
able  to  work  under  the  constant  supervision  and  direction 
of  one  who  was  intimately  acquainted  with  all  the  features 
of  the  ancient,  unchanged,  uniform  life  of  Palestine  and 
the  adjacent  Bible  lands.  This  difficulty  may  be  said  to 
have  been  fully  overcome  in  the  case  of  the  unique  series 
of  some  fifty-three  oil  paintings  which  I  now  possess,  by  Mr. 
James  Clark,  R.I.,  assisted  by  Mr.  J.  Macpherson-Haye,  and 
the  late  Mr.  S.  B.  Carlill,  and  in  which  the  utmost  care 
has  been  taken  to  render  the  scenes  and  allusions  of  Holy 
Scripture  with  minute  accuracy.  Thirty-two  of  these  are 
reproduced  in  the  following  pages.  No  Bible  characters 
are  portrayed,  because  to  have  given  these  would  have  in- 
troduced an  element  conventional  and  untrue,  and  to  supply 
illustrations  that  really  illustrate,  truthful  at  all  points,  and  per- 
fectly realistic,  has  been  our  uniform  effort  in  this  important 
work.  The  result  is  nothing  less  than  a  new  and  true  school 
of  Biblical  art. 


x  Introduction 

It  is  only  fair  to  Mr.  James  Clark  and  his  able  coad- 
jutors to  say  that,  if  beauty  has  been  sacrificed  to  truth  in 
any  part  of  the  work,  the  fault  is  mine  and  not  theirs. 
I  would  plead  with  art  critics  to  consider  the  difficulty  of 
crowding  so  much  illustrative  detail  within  the  limits  of  a 
single  canvas ;  and  also  to  bear  in  mind  that  the  treatment 
lias  necessarily  had  to  be  broad  and  large.  How  far  success 
has  been  obtained  the  general  reader  may  gather  from  the 
judgment  of  that  great  painter  of  Scriptural  scenes  and  true 
genius,  the  late  Mr.  Frederic  Shields.  He  wrote:  "Merely 
to  review  these  brilliant  pictures  of  Oriental  lands  and  life 
gives  far  more  vivid  impression  and  more  ineffaceable  than 
any  attempts  at  such  illustrations  known  to  me." 

It  only  remains  to  add  that  in  the  letterpress  descriptions 
I  have  endeavoured,  by  retranslation  and  brief  comment, 
to  give,  as  nearly  as  possible,  the  meaning  of  the  Biblical 
passages  quoted,  so  as  to  make  the  light  thrown  on  the 
language  of  Scripture  as  fresh  and  full  as  that  thrown  by 
the  pictures  on  its  life. 

To  avoid  marring  the  appearance  of  the  pages  by  count- 
less notes,  Scripture  references  are  given  in  an  appendix  at 
the  end  of  the  book. 


Evening 
at  the  Well 


Everyday  Life  in  the 
Holy  Land 

Evening  at  the  Well 

THE  scene  is  drawn  at  "the  time  of  evening,  the  time 
of  coming  out  of  women  to  draw  water,"  that  is, 
towards  the  hour  of  sunset,  when  the  heat  has  abated, 
and  there  is  still  daylight.  It  is  that  time  called  "the  wind 
of  the  day,"  in  our  Version  "the  cool  of  the  day,"  the 
hour  when  Adam  and  Eve  "heard  the  voice  of  God  walk- 
ing in  the  garden";  so  named  because  almost  every  day 
during  the  seven  months  of  the  dry,  hot  season  a  cool, 
gentle  breeze  comes  up  at  noon  from  "the  great  sea  west- 
ward," the  Mediterranean  Sea,  and  continues  till  dusk,  which, 
most  happily,   relieves  the  intense  heat. 

A  glorious  sunset  is  here  depicted.  Around  a  Palestine 
well  are  seen  gathered  representatives  of  the  three  distinct 
conditions  of  Eastern  life,  the  bedaween,  the  fellahheen,  and  the 
belladeen.  The  full  understanding  of  these  three  conditions, 
to  one  or  other  of  which  all  dwellers  in  Bible  lands  be- 
long, lies  at  the  foundation  of  any  clear  knowledge  of  the 
manners  and  customs  of  the  East,  and  of  the  countless 
allusions  to  these  manners  and  customs  in  Holy  Scripture. 

The  bedaween,  who  derive  their  name  from  the  Arabic, 
beda,  "desert,"  the  desert  dwellers,  the  nomad  Arabs,  are 
sheepmasters  and  herdsmen,  whose  home  is  the  vast  wilder- 

B 


2  Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

nesses  that,  on  the  south,  east,  and  north-east,  surround 
the  Holy  Land.  They  live  in  low,  gipsy-like  tents  of  goat's 
or  camel's  hair  sackcloth,  or,  as  they  call  them,  "houses 
of  hair." 

In  our  picture  a  bedawee  is  seen  standing  by  the  camel 
on  which  his  wife  is  seated.  The  camel  is  the  principal 
sumpter  animal  possessed  by  these  desert  tribes,  who  are 
their  chief  breeders  and  owners.  Abraham  and  Jacob,  who 
lived  as  bedaween,  as  well  as  Isaac  and  the  twelve  patriarchs, 
had  camels.  The  Ishmaelites,  the  descendants  of  Abraham's 
son  Ishmael,  trading  to  Egypt,  "  came  with  their  camels." 
The  Midianites,  also  bedaween,  descended  from  Abraham's 
son  Midian,  invaded  Palestine,  "they  and  their  camels  with- 
out number." 

The  men  of  the  bedaween  wear  a  white  cotton  shirt, 
the  kamise  of  the  Arabs,  a  black  goat's  hair  sackcloth 
cloak,  and  are  specially  distinguished  by  their  head-dress, 
consisting  mainly  of  a  large  flowing  scarf  of  silk  or  cotton, 
called  kefeeyah,  bound  round  their  head  by  an  akal,  a  twisted 
rope  of  goat's  or  camel's  hair,  generally  about  two  inches 
thick.  Artists  say  this  is  the  most  picturesque  head-dress 
worn  by  men.  On  their  feet  they  wear  sandals,  or,  when 
riding,  red  leather  turned-up  and  pointed-toed  top  boots,  very 
stout  and  clumsy,  called  jezmeh.  The  sandal  is  a  stout 
sole  of  leather  under  the  foot,  which  is  bound  to  it  by  a 
thong,  or  string  of  hide,  passed  round  between  the  ankle 
and  the  heel,  and  then  brought  over  the  top  of  the  foot 
and  between  the  great  toe  and  the  second  toe,  and  fastened 
to  the  sole  by  a  leathern  button.  This  is  no  doubt  "the 
sandal"  of  the  Bible,  spoken  of  sometimes  in  our  Authorised 
Version  as  "the  shoe,"  for  it  was  worn  by  the  poorest  of 
the  fellahheen  as  well  as  by  the  bedaween.  When  sending 
out  His  fellahheen  disciples  as  poor  men,  our  Lord  told 
them  to  "be  shod  with  sandals,  and  not  put  on  two  shirts." 


Evening  at  the  Well  3 

The  angel  who  appeared  to  Peter  in  prison  said,  "Bind  on 
thy  sandals."  The  dress  of  the  women  of  the  bedaween  is 
a  long  robe  of  indigo  blue  cotton,  with  an  indigo  blue  or 
dark  green  cotton  head-dress  and  veil. 

The  fellahheen  are  the  farmers  and  farm  labourers.     The 
name    is    derived    from  the  Arabic,  fellahh,   "cultivator,"   or 
'ploughman,"    and  they  live    in  the   unwalled   villages   and 
till  the  soil.     The  distinction  between  towns  and  villages,  just 
as  we    find    it  to-day,  is    carefully  made  in  the  law  of  Moses. 
The  city  had  a  wall  round  it,  and  was  entered  by  gates ;  while 
the  village  was  without  a  wall  and  gates.     (Lev.  xxv.  29-31.)     It 
is  true  that  we  read  of  the  gates  of  some  villages,  as  the  gate 
of    Bethlehem  (Ruth  i.   11)  and    of    Nain  (Luke  vii.   12) ;    and 
that,  speaking  of  villages  as  well  as  of  towns,  it  is  said,  "Judges 
and  officers  shalt  thou  appoint  in  all  thy  gates."     (Deut.  xvi. 
18.)     But  in  these  cases  the  word  "gate"  is  used   by  way  of 
metaphor   for    "principal    place    of    entrance"    in    the    closely 
clustered    group   of    village    houses,    where,    as    at    the    literal 
gates    of    towns,    the    market    and    court   were    held.      These 
villagers,  the   "  cultivators,"  are,  and  always  were,  the  bulk  of 
the  population  in  all  Oriental  lands,  the   'am  ha-arets,    "the 
people  of  the  land"  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  the  polus  ochlos, 
the    "great    crowd,"    that    is,    "the    masses,"    of    the    New 
Testament,    of    whom    we    read    when    the    Master    spoke 
"they   heard    Him    gladly."      The  fellahheen,   as  shown   by 
their    representative    in    this    picture,    wear    as    their    only 
garments    a   white  cotton   shirt,  or  tunic— the  kamise  of  the 
Arabs^  and    the    chiton   of    the    New   Testament,    translated 
"coat"— very  wide    and   full,  which  reaches  to  the   ankles; 
but   which,    when    they    gird,    that    is,   fasten  their  leathern 
or  coarse   worsted   girdle  round   their  loins,  they  take  up  at 
the  front  and  tuck  into  the  girdle,  leaving  their  legs  naked 
from    the    knee    downwards,    so    as    to    be    free    for   work. 
"Girding,"    therefore,    stands    as    a    figure    of    preparation 


4  Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

for,  or  engaging  in,  work,  service,  travelling,  or  warfare. 
Girding  and  the  girdle  also  stand  for  "strength."  On 
the  other  hand,  to  "loosen  the  girdle"  is  "to  weaken." 
The  girdle,  too,  is  also  used  as  a  metaphor  to  represent 
that  which  clings  closely,  for  it  is  the  only  tight-fitting  part 
of  Oriental  dress. 

Over  the  chiton  they  wear  a*  striped  brown  and  white 
or  indigo-blue  and  white  goat's  or  camel's  hair  cloak,  the 
stripes  of  which  are  always  perpendicular.  It  is  not  only 
made  of  sackcloth,  but  it  is  roughly  in  the  form  of  a  very 
broad  long  sack  ;  open  down  the  front,  and  with  two  small 
apertures  on  either  side  at  the  top,  through  which  the 
hands  are  put.  This  is  called  in  Arabic  aba,  or  abaiyeh, 
or  meshleh.  It  is  sometimes  made  of  coarse  worsted.  It 
is,  when  made  of  hair,  quite  waterproof.  For  a  great  part 
of  the  year  it  is  seldom  worn,  the  fellahh  working  in  his 
kamise,  or  shirt,  alone.  It  is  the  "cloak,"  "garment," 
"raiment,"  or  "vesture"  of  our  English  Bible,  wherever 
the  fellahheen  are  alluded  to,  the  salmah,  livoosh,  malboosh  or 
adereth  of  the  Hebrew  Old  Testament,  and  the  himation, 
himatismos,  or  enduma  of  the  Greek  New  Testament. 

The  head  of  the  fellahh,  as  of  all  other  men  in  the 
East,  is  close  shaven,  and  his  head-dress  is  the  turban, 
consisting  of  four  parts,  a  small  skull  cap  of  soft,  white  felt, 
over  this  another  skull  cap  of  white  cotton  cloth  called 
arukeeyeh  or  takeeyeh,  surmounted  in  turn  by  a  red  cloth  fez, 
or  tarboosh,  with  a  huge  black  or  indigo- blue  silk  tassel, 
and  wound  round  all  a  liffey,  a  scarf  or  shawl,  of  wool, 
cotton,  or  silk.  This  is  the  fellahh1  s  pocket-book,  where,  in 
its  several  recesses,  he  carries  his  letters  and  papers,  just  as 
his  "purse"  is  a  pouch  on  the  inner  side  of  his  girdle. 
"Purse"  is  in  the  Greek  zonee,  "girdle,"  in  Matt.  x.  9  and 
Mark  vi.  8. 

He    has    rude,    natural-coloured    or   red    leather    shoes, 


Evening  at  the  Well  5 

coming  to  a  point,  and  turned  up  at  the  toes,  the  Arabic 
surmaiyeh,  and  these  shoes  he  often  carries  in  his  hand  when 
in  full  dress,  for  the  soles  of  his  feet  are  as  well  tanned  as 
any  Hebron  leather— why  should  he  wear  shoes  ?  The 
foregoing  are  all  the  clothes  worn  by  the  fellahheen. 

Their  women,  the  fellahhat,  wear  no  underclothing  or 
stockings,  but  only  a  long  indigo-blue  cotton  kamise,  or 
tunic,  down  to  their  ankles,  very  full,  like  that  of  the 
men,  with  wide,  long  sleeves,  and  a  girdle  of  dark  red 
woollen  or  cotton  cloth.  Their  head-dress  consists  of  a 
white  cotton  skull  cap,  over  this  a  heavy  red  cloth  tarboosh 
adorned  at  the  front  with  rows  of  coins,  and  an  immense 
veil  attached  to  the  tarboosh  in  the  form  of  a  sheet  of  cotton 
cloth  about  four  feet  six  inches  square.  They  have,  for 
a  cloak,  an  aba  or  abaiyeh,  something  like  that  worn  by  the 
men,  but  not  so  wide  or  long,  which  they  only  put  on 
at  times  ;  and  leather  shoes,  either  natural-coloured  or  red, 
similar  to  those  of  the  men,  though,  for  the  greater  part 
of  the  year,  like  the  men,  they  go  barefooted.  These  are 
ordinarily  all  the  clothes  they  wear.  The  fellahhah  in  our 
picture,  who  has  come  to  fill  her  pitcher  at  the  well,  is 
girded  for  walking  and  work;  for  the  women  gird  in  the 
same  way  as  the  men.  "The  mother  of  Jesus"  must 
have  dressed  and  lived  as  one  of  these  fellahhat. 

The  third  condition  of  Eastern  life  is  represented  by 
the  belladee,  or  townsman,  who  is  seen  in  our  picture  seated 
on  the  ground.  The  belladeen  are  the  dwellers  in  the  bellad, 
or  "town,"  the  polls  of  the  Greek  New  Testament,  which, 
as  we  have  seen,  is  distinguished  from  the  kome,  or  "village," 
by  being  surrounded  by  a  high  wall  with  large  and  strong 
gates,  which  are  closed  at  nightfall. 

They  are  the  merchants,  shopkeepers,  artisans,  ministers 
or  teachers  of  religion,  scribes  (the  writers  or  learned  class), 
the  high  governing  officials,  and  the  soldiers  whose  barracks, 


6  Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

as  in  New  Testament  times,  adjoin  the  governor's  palace, 
known  as  the  Serai,  or  "Residency."  The  dress  of  these 
belladeen  is  much  more  elaborate.  Their  numerous  gar- 
ments, though  differing  wholly  at  all  points  from  ours, 
inasmuch  as  they  are  exceedingly  loose,  flowing,  com- 
fortable, healthy,  and  most  artistic,  are  numerous,  and  they 
wear  socks,  jerebat  or  kelsat,  an  inner  slipper  of  soft  leather, 
kazsheen,  and  over  this  the  surniaiyeh,  or  shoe. 

They  are  specially  distinguished  by  two  robes,  the 
kumbaz  or  knftan,  an  over  tunic,  and  the  cloak,  the  jibbeh, 
or  jook,  one  form  of  which  is  called  beneesh.  The  kumbaz 
is  a  long  dressing-gown -like  garment,  which  is  open 
down  the  front,  but  worn  lapped  over  and  closed.  It 
is  then  bound  together  round  the  waist  by  the  zunnar, 
or  girdle,  in  this  case  a  scarf  or  narrow  shawl,  often  five 
yards  long,  of  silk,  cotton,  or  woollen  cloth,  brightly 
coloured.  This  robe,  which  is  made  of  cotton  or  silk,  has 
always  a  pattern  of  vertical  straight  stripes,  sometimes  of 
all  the  hues  of  the  rainbow,  though  red  and  gold  alone 
are  very  favourite  colours.  The  sleeves  of  this  kumbaz  or 
kuftan  are  very  long,  extending  some  three  or  four  inches 
beyond  the  fingers'  ends;  but,  dividing  at  a  point  about 
the  middle  of  the  forearm,  they  hang  down  so  as  to 
leave  the  hand  exposed. 

The  cloak,  which  answers  to  the  aba  or  abaiyeh  of  the 
fellahheen,  the  jibbeh,  though  loose  and  sack-like,  and  open 
entirely  down  the  front,  has  wide  sleeves,  and  is  of  fine 
cloth,  often  lined  with  fur,  and  dyed  in  all  manner  of  bright, 
pure,  self  colours — red,  blue,  orange,  purple,  green,  etc. 
The  sleeves  of  the  jibbeh,  which  end  at  the  wrist,  are  much 
shorter  than  those  of  the  kuftan,  which  hang  down  some 
ten  to  twelve  inches  below  them.  The  beneesh  is  a  cloth 
robe  like  the  jibbeh,  with  long  sleeves  divided  like  those 
of  the  kuftan  but  ampler.     There  is  also  another  cloak  similar 


Evening  at  the  Well  7 

to  the  beneesh,  called  farageeyeh,  with  long,  wide  sleeves 
which  are  slit.  Their  head-dress  is  the  turban,  similar  in 
most  respects  to  that  worn  by  the  fellahheen,  but  the  liffey, 
or  shawl  of  the  turban,  is  larger,  cleaner,  and  of  lighter  and 
more  delicate  colours  and  materials.     This  is  the  full  dress. 

But  the  young  men,  servants,  and  tradesmen  often 
wear  very  large,  loose  pantaloons,  gathered  in  at  the  ankles, 
and  drawn  together  and  held  in  position  at  the  waist  by 
a  cord,  or  sash,  called  dikky.  In  this  case  a  sudereeyeh,  or 
waistcoat  without  sleeves,  is  worn,  which  is  buttoned  up 
to  the  neck  with  numerous  ornamental  buttons,  and,  over 
the  waistcoat,  an  elegant  zouave  jacket,  the  kubran.  The 
women  of  the  belladeen  class  will  be  described  in  connection 
with  other  pictures. 

There  never  were  many  towns  in  Bible  lands,  and 
the  comparatively  few  references  to  belladeen  life  in  Scripture 
are  mostly  in  the  case  of  the  courts  of  kings,  and  when 
the  prophets  are  denouncing  luxury,  or  when  we  read  of 
the  priests  and  Levites  who  were  assigned  forty-eight 
towns  in  Palestine,  including  the  six  cities  of  refuge,  in 
which  they  were  commanded  to  reside,  for  they  were 
specially  forbidden  to  cultivate  land  or  live  like  the  fellahheen. 
(Numb.  xxxv.  1-15.)  Of  agricultural  holdings  they  possessed 
none  ;  for  Joshua,  at  the  division  among  the  tribes,  gave  to 
the  Levites  "no  inheritance  among  them  ...  no  portion  .  .  . 
in  the  land,  save  cities  to  dwell  in,  and  their  suburbs  for 
their  cattle  and  for  their  substance."     (Josh.  xiv.  3,  4.) 

The  Lord  Jesus  was  unquestionably  a  fellahh,  as  were 
most  of  the  apostles.  Nothing  is  clearer  than  this.  Christ 
was  born  in  the  village  of  Bethlehem.  He  was  taken,  at 
about  one  to  four  years  of  age,  to  the  village  of  Nazareth, 
where  He  lived  in  the  home  of  Joseph,  the  village  car- 
penter, for  at  least  twenty-eight  years.  Cast  out  of  Nazareth, 
at    the    commencement    of    His  ministry,    He    chose    a    new 


8  Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

home  in  the  village  of  Capernaum,  represented  now  by 
the  ruins  of  Tell  Hum,  which,  though  extensive,  have  no 
surrounding  wall  with  gates,  and  so  mark  a  village.  When 
the  Lord  came  up  to  Jerusalem  He  never  seems  to  have 
spent  a  night  in  the  city,  but  lodged  with  His  humble 
friends,  Mary  and  Martha,  and  their  brother,  Lazarus, 
peasants  like  Himself  with  whom  He  would  feel  at  home  ! 
As  a  fellahh  our  Lord  would  have  worn  only  five 
articles  of  clothing,  namely  : — 

1.  A  kamise,  or  long  cotton  shirt. 

2.  A  leather  or  coarse  worsted  girdle  worn  round  the 
kamise. 

3.  A  turban. 

4.  Shoes. 

5.  An  aba  or  abaiyeh,  a  cloak  made  of  goat's  or 
camel's  hair  sackcloth  or  of  coarse  worsted. 

It  is  often  asked  upon  which  of  these  did  the  soldiers 
cast  lots.  The  first  four  were  about  equal  in  value,  and 
each  of  the  four  soldiers  would  naturally  agree  to  take 
one  of  these  such  as  he  needed.  But  the  fifth,  the  aba  or 
abaiyeh,  is  some  three  times  the  value  of  each  of  the  other 
four  articles  of  dress,  and  would  naturally  be  the  one  over 
for  which  they  would  cast  lots.  Besides  this  is  the  one 
which  is  sometimes,  especially  in  the  region  of  Northern 
Galilee,  "woven  without  seam  from  the  top  throughout," 
and  is  then  of  still  greater  value.     (John  xix.  23.) 

The  well  in  the  midst  of  the  group  is  simply  a  boring 
in  the  ground,  surrounded  at  the  mouth  with  a  ring  of 
stone,  worn  through  long  years  into  deep  grooves  by  the 
rope  being  drawn  up  against  it,  as  the  bucket  full  of  water 
is  raised.  There  is  "nothing  to  draw  with,"  no  windlass, 
bucket,  or  rope  attached  to  an  ordinary  Eastern  well. 
Travellers  carry  their  own  bucket  and  rope  about  with 
them.     The  bucket  used  for  this    purpose,  it  will    be  seen, 


Evening  at  the  Well  9 

is  a  small  one,  much  longer  than  it  is  broad,  made  of 
leather,  so  that  it  can  be  easily  carried  about  without 
getting  broken.  Christ  and  His  disciples  were  so  poor  that 
they  had  not  this  means  of  obtaining  water,  and  hence  the 
Saviour's  opportunity  of  engaging  the  woman  of  Samaria 
in  discourse  by  addressing  to  her  the  words,  "Give  Me  to 
drink."  It  is  a  serious  breach  of  Eastern  etiquette  to 
speak  to  a  strange  woman,  rendered  graver  in  this  case  by 
the  one  speaking  being  a  Jew,  and  as  such  hateful  to  all 
Samaritans.  In  fact,  when  the  disciples  came  back  we  read 
"they  marvelled  that  He  talked  with  a  woman" — not 
"the  woman,"  as  in  the  Authorised  Version.  But  even 
an  Eastern  woman  may  be  appealed  to  by  a  parched  and 
thirsty  traveller,  who  could  not  otherwise  obtain  water, 
asking  her  for  a  drink.  It  was  in  this  way  that  Abraham's 
servant  was  able  without  offence  to  enter  into  conversation 
with  Rebekah  at  the  well  in  Mesopotamia.  (John  iv.  7,  17 ; 
Gen.  xxiv.  14,   17.) 

He,  Who  was  so  poor  that  He  had  not  where  to  lay 
His  head,  and  must  needs  take  long  journeys  without  the 
ordinary  and  most  necessary  accessories  of  travel — Who,  as 
the  apostle  says,  thus  "became  poor  that  ye  through  His 
poverty  might  become  rich" — now,  by  means  of  this 
very  poverty,  was  enabled  to  bring  the  riches  of  His  grace 
to  the  heart  of  this  poor  sinful  woman,  and  through  her 
to  so  many  of  the  men  of  her  village. 

The  fetching  of  water,  which  has  constantly  to  be 
brought  a  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  a  mile  from 
the  spring  or  well,  falls  to  the  women.  It  is  heavy  work, 
for  the  earthenware  vessel  used  for  this  service  is  a  very 
large  one.  A  powerful  friend  of  mine,  when  a  young  man, 
the  late  Mr.  H.  A.  Harper,  the  eminent  painter  of  Palestine 
scenery,  when  on  one  of  his  first  visits  to  the  Holy  Land, 
told    me    he    saw  a  fellahhah,    or  peasant  woman,   trying  to 


io         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

lift  her  water-pot  when  it  was  full,  and,  contrary  to  the 
stringent  etiquette  of  the  East,  of  which  he  was  not  then 
aware,  like  a  gallant  young  Englishman,  attempted  to  help 
her.  He  said  to  me,  "I  confess  with  shame  I  could  not 
lift  the  pot  a  foot  from  the  ground.  Just  then  another 
woman  came  by,  and  the  two  between  them  raised  it  with- 
out any  difficulty,  and  placed  it  on  the  pad  upon  the  carrier's 
head,  and  she  bore  it  off  with  ease  to  her  home."  It  is 
this  practice  of  carrying  such  a  heavy  weight  on  the  head 
that  gives  these  fellahhat  and  the  women  of  the  bedaween 
the  fine  figures  and  graceful  carriage  shown  in  these  pic- 
tures, and  which  artists  have  so  greatly  admired. 

The  work  of  drawing  and  carrying  water  is  only  done 
by  women.  Men  call  it  shougal  niswan,  "women's  affairs," 
and,  with  the  powerful  caste  spirit  of  the  Orient,  would 
scorn  to  take  part  in  it.  Hence  appears  the  striking  and 
hitherto  unsuspected  character  of  the  sign  which  the  Lord 
gave  to  His  two  disciples,  Peter  and  John,  by  which  they 
should  know  where  to  prepare  the  Passover,  "There  will 
meet  you  a  man  bearing  a  pitcher  of  water  ;  follow  him 
into  the  house  where  he  enters."  To  the  ordinary  English 
reader  this  seems  likely  to  be  too  common  an  occurrence 
to  form  any  certain  and  striking  sign.  But  so  far  from  this 
being  the  case,  it  was  in  Jerusalem  then,  as  it  would  be  to- 
day, a  truly  strange  and  altogether  exceptional  thing.  In 
all  probability  this  was  the  only  man  in  the  city  that  day 
bearing  a  water-pot,  and  it  is  difficult  to  understand  how 
he  had  come  to  do  such  work.  Peter  and  John  must 
have  marvelled  when  the  sign  was  given  them,  and  still 
more  when  they  witnessed  its  miraculous  fulfilment,  and 
thus  knew  for  certain  the  house  to  which  the  Lord  would 
have  them  go.     (Luke  xxii.  10,  13;  Mark  xiv.  13-16.) 


Desert 
Dwellers 


Desert   Dwellers 

OF  the  three  conditions  of  Oriental  life,  that  of  the 
bedaween  is  at  once  the  simplest  and  most  picturesque. 
They  proudly  call  themselves  Arab  el  Arab,  "the 
Arab  of  Arabs,"  a  superlative,  meaning  "the  chief  Arab," 
and  have  their  home  in  the  desert  (Arabic  beda) — whence 
their  name  bedaween,  that  is,  "  desert  dwellers."  Well 
may  they  be  proud,  for  these  descendants  from  Abraham's 
son,  Ishmael,  unlike  the  Jews,  the  poor  captive  descendants 
from  his  other  son,  Isaac,  have  never  once  been  conquered 
and  subjugated  by  another  nation,  but  have  enjoyed  un- 
broken freedom  ever  since  some  4,000  years  ago  they 
started  their  national  life.  The  proof  of  this  is  that  they 
do  not  speak  one  word  of  any  other  language  but  their 
own — the  purest  Arabic.  Thus  wonderfully  through  four 
millenniums  has  the  prophecy  of  the  angel  to  Hagar  been 
fulfilled.  "He  [Ishmael,  in  the  persons  of  his  descendants] 
shall  be  a  wild  ass  [pere]  man,  his  hand  against  everyone,  and 
everyone's  hand  against  him."  (Gen.  xvi.  11,  12.)  The  wild 
ass,  the  wildest,  freest,  and  most  untamable  of  animals, 
which  has  its  home  in  the  desert,  perfectly  pictures  their  life 
of  gipsy-like  wandering  and  freedom  ;  whilst  having  their 
hand  "  against  everyone  "  graphically  describes  their  constant 
fighting  amongst  themselves  and  their  preying  upon  all 
around  them,  and  is  a  plain  prediction  that  they  should 
be  able,  as  they  have  done,  to  defy  the  whole  world,  each 
mighty  neighbouring  empire  in  turn,  and  remain  the  one 
unconquered  nation  ! 

*3 


14         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

The  dress  of  the  bedaween  women  is  very  graceful. 
Their  one  robe  is  of  indigo-blue  cotton  cloth,  the  kamise, 
with  head-dress  of  the  same  colour,  or  else  of  dark  green. 
The  sleeves  of  this  robe  are  from  three  to  four  yards  long, 
and  it  has  a  train  of  about  the  same  length.  Ordinarily, 
when  working  or  travelling,  their  sleeves  are  tied  in  a  bow 
behind  their  necks,  and  then  appear  quite  short,  whilst  the 
long  train  of  their  robe  is  gathered  up  and  tucked  into 
the  girdle,  thus  leaving  their  arms  and  legs  bare.  But 
when  in  full  dress,  and  the  weather  is  dry,  they  trail  their 
sleeves  and  train  upon  the  ground,  as  in  our  picture,  and  this, 
in  conjunction  with  their  line  figures  and  exceedingly  grace- 
ful  carriage,  presents  a  very  striking  and  elegant  appearance. 

There  are  three  ways  in  which  they  carry  their  children, 
and  these  are  common  to  all  Eastern  women,  though  mostly 
seen  amongst  the  bedaween  and  fellahheen.  Sometimes  they 
place  them,  especially  in  early  infancy,  in  a  scarf  slung 
hammock-wise  over  their  back.  At  other  times  the  children 
are  placed  astride  on  the  mother's  hip,  in  which  case  her 
hand  is  placed  under  them  for  support.  But  the  way  they 
mostly  employ,  and  it  begins  as  soon  as  the  children  are 
old  enough  to  sit  up,  is  placing  them  astride  upon  their 
shoulders.  Assyrian  and  Egyptian  sculptures  show  that  this 
custom  was  just  the  same  4,000  years  ago.  This  last  way 
of  carrying  a  child  serves  three  important  ends.  First,  it 
strengthens  and  improves  the  woman's  figure,  expanding 
her  chest,  making  her  more  upright,  and  giving  elegance 
to  her  movements  and  mode  of  walking.  Secondly,  when 
the  child  has  learnt,  as  it  soon  does,  to  support  itself  alone, 
it  possesses  the  great  advantage  of  leaving  both  her  arms 
and  hands  free  for  work.  But  its  chief  importance  lies 
in  its  teaching  the  boy  to  ride  on  horseback,  exercising 
from  infancy  those  muscles  of  his  knees  by  which  the  proper 
riding   grip    is  taken  ;     and  this   gives    to    Easterns   that  fear- 


Desert  Dwellers  15 

less  and  immovable  seat  in  the  saddle  for  which  they  are 
justly  renowned.  For  a  bedawee  will  place  a  lira,  or  Turkish 
sovereign,  between  his  knee  and  the  saddle,  and,  after  a 
day's  coursing  and  hawking,  will  produce  it  again !  But 
I  say  advisedly  it  teaches  the  boys,  for  the  poor,  despised 
little  daughters  would  rarely,  if  ever,  be  carried  on  the 
mother's  shoulders,  though,  as  women  all  ride  astride  in 
the  East  like  men,  the  girls,  too,  would  equally  benefit 
by  being  carried  in  this  way. 

Hence  the  force  of  the  graphic  picture  of  Israel's 
honour  in  the  coming  time,  when  their  former  proud  perse- 
cutors will  become  their  humble  and  loyal  servants,  even 
the  highest  of  them,  in  that  day  of  which  Isaiah  declares:  — 

"  And  thy  daughters  on  their  shoulders  shall  be  carried, 
And  kings  shall  be  thy  nursing  fathers, 
And  their  princesses  thy  nursing  mothers." 

It  will  be  seen  that  there  is  here  a  touch  of  intense  mean- 
ing given  to  the  picture  of  the  honour  which  God  has 
in  store  for  His  ancient  people,  and  one  which  a  Western 
would  naturally  overlook,  when  the  prophet  says,  throwing 
strong  emphasis  in  the  Hebrew  on  the  word  "  daughters," 
by  giving  it  the  first  place  in  the  sentence, 

"Thy  daughters  on  their  shoulders  shall  be  carried."    (Isa.  xlix.  22,  23.) 

A  mounted  bedawee  is  shown  on  one  of  the  far-famed 
Arab  horses,  holding  in  his  hand  the  truly  formidable  spear, 
eighteen  to  twenty  feet  long,  borne  by  these  warriors.  It  is  a 
most  formidable  weapon,  and  is  doubtless  the  spear  of  the 
Bible.  The  Midianites  were  a  vast  tribe  of  bedaween,  and  we 
must  picture  them  as  just  such  men  as  these,  coming  up  with 
their  camels,  covering  the  rich,  fertile  plain  of  Jezreel  "like 
locusts  in  number,"  raiding  the  villages,  and  robbing  the 
threshing-floors,   just   as  these  desert  tribes  have  been  doing 


16         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

down    to    the    present    day.      Their    mounts    make    them    a 
most  powerful    cavalry.     The  staying  power,    speed,   clever- 
ness, and  docility  of    these    thoroughbred  Arab    horses    can 
hardly  be  realised  by  those  who  have  not  seen  them  in  their 
own  warm,   dry   clime,   breathing    the    exquisitely  pure,   dry 
air  of  the  deserts,  where  they  are  bred,  some  of  the  healthiest 
spots    on    earth.     They  can    take    immense   journeys,  cover- 
ing from  seventy  to  eighty  miles  a  day.     When  I  went  to  re- 
side at  Jerusalem,  I  bought  from  the  Pasha  a  young  thorough- 
bred   Arab    stallion,  with    many  generations    of    pure  blood. 
He  was  as  sure-footed  as  a  goat,  and  could  run   rapidly  up 
and  down  steep,  slippery  stone  stairways,  and  the  steepest  de- 
clivities, so  that  no  matter  how  bad  the  rocks  and  paths— and 
there  was  not  a  made  road  in  all  Southern  Palestine  in  those 
dayS_I    never    had  occasion    to   dismount,    feeling    safer    on 
his    back    than    on    my  own    feet.       On    one    occasion    he 
brought    me    from   Jaffa   to    Jerusalem,    an    ascent   of    2,600 
feet,    and   a  distance    of   some  forty  miles,   at  one  unbroken 
canter,    through    three    mountain  passes,  where  the  way  up 
and  down  was  a  mere  goat  track,    in   three  hours   and  forty 
minutes!      The'  bedaween's   age-long    freedom    and    unvan- 
quished    power    are    largely   to    be    accounted    for   by   their 
possession    of    these    magnificent    steeds,    and    their    almost 
equally  valuable  camels,  next  to  the  protection  afforded  by 
the    inaccessible    nature    of    the    deserts   where    they   dwell. 
"Well  may  the  psalmist  speak  of  "the  strength  of  a  horse, '| 
and  well,   in    the  East,  might    "some    trust  ...  in  horses," 
and  rebellious  Israel  boast,   "We  will   flee   upon  horses  .  .  . 
we    will    ride    on    the    swift,"    for    the    Almighty    Himself 
alludes  to    its    power  when   He   asks  impotent  man,   "Hast 
thou  given  the  horse  strength?" 

On  the  right  of  the  picture  stands  a  bedaween  sheikh, 
or  chieftain,  just  in  all  respects  what  Abraham,  Isaac,  Jacob, 
the  twelve  patriarchs,  and  Job  must  have  been.     In  his  hand 


Desert  Dwellers  17 

is  seen  a  staff  on  which  he  is  leaning.  This  staff  is  the 
matteh  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  the  rude  undressed  bough 
of  a  tree.  It  is  a  most  important  rod  of  office.  It  is  borne 
by  the  sheikh,  or  chieftain,  of  the  village,  as  well  as  by  the 
sheikh  of  a  bedaween  tribe.  His  father  held  it  before  him, 
and  it  will  descend  to  his  eldest  son,  for  it  appertains  to 
the  hereditary  ruler.  But  it  is  the  mark  of  priestly  as  well  as 
princely  rank,  for  the  muftee,  who  is  a  kind  of  chief  priest, 
and  the  ullama,  the  Mohammedan  religious  teachers,  who 
answer  in  like  manner  to  the  priests,  all  bear  in  right  of 
their  office,  and  may  be  seen  carrying  in  public,  on  im- 
portant occasions,  a  staff  like  the  one  I  have  described. 

The    matteh   was    the    staff   that    Tamar  demanded  from 
Judah,    together    with    his    bracelets   and    signet    or   seal,    as 
three   certain  marks  of    identification.     The    dying    patriarch 
Jacob,    when    he    had    taken    an    oath   from  Joseph  to   bury 
him  in   the  ancestral  grave  at  Hebron,   and    thus  shown  his 
faith    in    the    promise    of    God    to    give    the    Holy    Land    to 
his    posterity,     "  worshipped    [leaning]    on    the    top    of    his 
matteh,"    for    this    is    the    true    meaning    of   the    word    trans- 
lated    'bed"    in    Genesis,    in    the    unpointed    Hebrew,    as 
Paul    makes   plain    by  his  inspired  quotation   of  the    passage 
in    Hebrews.     The    next    mention    of   the    matteh   brings    us 
to  Sinai,  for  there  at  the  burning  bush  Jehovah  said  to  Moses, 
"What  is   that   in   thine   hand?     And  he   said,  'A  matteh."' 
This    staff    of   Moses    is    frequently    called    "Aaron's    staff," 
to   whom,    both    as    the    eldest   son   and  the  priest,  we   have 
seen  that  the    matteh  would    naturally  belong.     This    in    the 
hands    of    Moses   was    the    wonder-working    rod    by   which 
the    mattehs   of    Pharaoh's    magicians    were    swallowed    up, 
and   all   the   miracles  in    Egypt,    at  the   Red  Sea,   and  in  the 
subsequent  desert    journey  were  wrought.     For,  at    his    first 
commission    at    the    burning    bush,     God    said    to    Moses, 
"Thou    shalt    take   this  matteh  in  thy  hand,  wherewith  thou 

c 


18         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

shalt  do  [miraculous]  signs."  It  is  twice  on  this  account 
called  "the  matteh  of  God,"  which  is  the  Hebrew  super- 
lative for  "the  mighty  matteh."  It  was  by  budding,  blossom- 
ing, and  bearing  almonds,  when  laid  up  before  Jehovah  in 
the  Tabernacle  before  the  testimony  [the  ark],  together  with 
the  twelve  other  mattehs  belonging  respectively  to  the  heads 
of  the  twelve  tribes,  that  this  "mighty  matteh"  proved 
Aaron's  priesthood  ;  and  from  this  miracle  we  learn  that  it 
was  an  almond  wood  staff.  (Ex.  iv.  17,  20;  xvii.  9;  Numb, 
xvii.   1-10.) 

In  Psalm  ex.,  which  our  Lord  tells  us  speaks  of  Him- 
self, He  is  represented  as  Zion's  King  and  Zion's  Priest, 
for  there,  we  are  told,  He  is  "to  rule  in  the  midst  of  His 
enemies,"  and  that  ruling  is  to  be  from  the  eternal 
throne,  seated  at  Jehovah's  right  hand,  and  also  that  He 
is  to  be  "a  Priest  for  ever  after  the  order  of  Melchizedek." 
Of  this  Royal  Priest,  this  "Priest  upon  His  throne,"  we 
read,  "Jehovah  will  send  Thy  mighty  matteh  out  of  Zion." 
But  this  matteh,  or  "ancestral  staff,"  as  we  have  seen, 
marks  the  priest  as  well  as  the  prince,  and  that  prince 
one  of  lineal  descent.  It  is  here,  therefore,  most  fitly  said 
to  be  given  to  Him  Who  is  described  as  combining  in 
His  Person  both  offices,  and  as  being  the  promised  prince 
of   David's   direct   line.1 

Thus,  too,  it  is  prophetically  intimated  that,  just  as 
Aaron's  High  Priesthood  was  proved  by  his  "  mighty  matteh  " 
coming  to  life  on  the  third  day,  after  being  laid  up  before 
the  Lord,  so  Christ's  High  Priesthood  would  be  proved  by 
a  still  more  wonderful  miracle,  namely,  by  His  own  body 
coming  to  life  again  on  the  third  day  after  being  laid  up  before 
the  Lord  in  Jerusalem. 

1  In  the  author's  Palestine  Explored,  13th  edition,  pp.  152-80,  J.  Nisbet  and  Co., 
full  proof  is  given  of  this  interesting  discovery  of  the  meaning  of  matteh,  and  the  full 
light  it  throws  on  several  obscure  passages. 


"A  House  of  Hair"— 
Interior  of 
Bedaween  Tent 


"A  House  of  Hair" — Interior  of  Bedaween  Tent 

ABEDAWEEN  tent,  or,  as  these  Arabs  call  it,  "a 
house  of  hair,"  is  made  of  a  very  strong  coarse 
sackcloth  of  goat's  hair  naturally  black,  or  of  camel's 
hair  dyed  black  or  very  dark  brown.  The  women  spin 
the  hair  and  weave  it  into  cloth  about  twenty-seven  inches 
wide.  This  tent  cloth  is  quite  waterproof  and  possesses 
the  property  of  absorbing  the  sun's  rays,  and  so  these 
tents  are  much  cooler  than  the  white  canvas  tents  of 
European  travellers.  With  constant  rough  wear  and  ex- 
posure to  all  weathers,  this  black  sackcloth  soon  comes  to 
have  a  vtvy  poor,  dark,  dirty  appearance ;  and  hence  the 
powerful  contrast  in  the  Song  of  Songs  between  the  bride's 
low  estate  in  herself  and  the  glorious  robe  with  which  her 
kingly  bridegroom  provides  her:  — 

"  Daughters  of  Jerusalem, 
Dark  am  I  and  comely, 
Like  tents  of  Kedar, 
Like  curtains  of  Solomon."     (Cant.  i.  5.) 

The  tent  is  in  the  form  of  a  parallelogram.  To  stretch 
and  support  it,  rough,  strong  poles  of  various  sizes  are  put 
upright  beneath  the  hair  cloth,  usually  nine  in  number, 
placed  in  three  rows  across  the  width  of  the  tent,  but 
sometimes  these  "pillars"  are  as  many  as  twenty-four. 
The  highest  part  of  this  "house  of  hair"  is  about  seven 
to  eight  feet,  sloping  down  from  a  ridge  running  along 
the  centre,  after  the  form  of  the  inclined  roof  of  a  house. 
The  lengths  of  hair  cloth  are  generally  sewn  together  so   as 

2\ 


22         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

to  obtain  sufficient  width  of  tent  covering,  but  sometimes 
they  are  pinned  together  with  small  hard-wood  pins,  the 
"taches,"  mentioned  as  connecting  the  Tabernacle  "cur- 
tains of  goat's  hair,"  to   "join  the  tent  to  be  one." 

The  Apostle  Paul  and  Aquila  and  Priscilla,  his  wife, 
were  tent  makers,  and  it  was  by  working  at  this  trade  that 
the  great  Apostle  of  the  Gentiles  maintained  himself  at 
Corinth.  But  the  tents  he  made  were,  in  all  probability, 
the  canvas  tents  of  Roman  soldiers  and  those  of  a  similar 
kind  used  by  townspeople. 

In  setting  up  a  bedaween  tabernacle  "cords,"  or  "ropes,  ' 
are  used,  attached  at  one  end  to  the  edge  of  the  cloth 
and  having  a  loop  at  the  other,  through  which  the  tent- 
peg  is  passed  and  then  driven  into  the  ground.  When  the 
tent  is  large  and  heavy,  longer  cords  and  stronger  tent- 
pegs  are  required  to  keep  it  in  position.  Thus  Isaiah, 
speaking  words  of  encouragement  to  Zion,   cries, 

"Enlarge  the  place  01  thy  tent, 
Lengthen  thy  cords, 
And  make  thy  tent-pegs  strong."     (Isa.  liv.  2.) 

The  word  I  have  rendered  "tent-pegs"  in  the  Hebrew, 
yathaid,  like  the  similar  Arabic  wataid,  bears  this  technical 
meaning  in  almost  every  place  where  it  occurs.  These 
tent-pegs,  or  stakes,  are  of  hard  wood,  about  two  to  three 
feet  long,  and  are  driven  into  the  ground  by  a  huge  mallet 
with  a  head  about  three  feet  long  and  about  eighteen 
inches  in  circumference.  These  are  seen  lying  on  the 
ground  in  the  front  of  our  picture. 

The  prophet    Zechariah  declares    that    there  shall    come 

"  out  of  him  [Judah]  a  tent-peg,"    (Zech.  x.  4.) 

a  title  of  Messiah,  for  the  tent-peg  yathaid  here  stands  by 
synecdoche,  the  part  put  for  the  whole,  for  "a  sure  abode," 


"A  House  of  Hair"  23 

or  "dwelling-place."  Ezra,  using  the  same  trope,  says,  of 
the  return  from  Babylon  to  Jerusalem,  that  Jehovah  had 
given  them  "a  tent-peg  in  His  holy  place,"  that  is,  "a 
dwelling-place  in  the  holy  city." 

Thus  God  declares  of  Messiah  :  — 

"I  will  fasten  him  as  a  tent-peg  in  a  sure  place."     (Isa.  xxii.  25.) 

The    ruin    of    a    tent    is    graphically    described     in    the 

words : — 

"All  my  cords  have  been  broken."     (Jer.  x.  20.) 

The  tent  of  the  sheikh,  or  chieftain,  stands  in  the  centre 
of  the  camp,  and  is  sometimes  120  feet  long.  The  other 
tents  are  pitched  round  it,  often  in  a  circle  or  semicircle, 
but  in  the  case  of  large  camps  in  a  square  form,  the  rows 
of  tents  being  straight  lines  with  street-like  spaces  left 
between  them.  Thus,  in  the  camp  of  Israel  in  the  wilder- 
ness, the  tent  of  their  Great  Chief,  Jehovah,  the  Tabernacle, 
occupied  the  centre  ;  and  the  enormous  camp  around,  which 
could  scarcely  have  been  less  than  200,000  tents  to  house 
the  2,000,000  of  Israel,  was  rectangular.  The  name  in 
Arabic  given  to  such  bedaween  encampments  is  dowar,  but 
in  the  Hebrew  Bible  they  are  called  hatzeer  or  hatzair, 
meaning  "court,"  or  "enclosure,"  though  this  name  is 
also  given  to  villages,  and  frequently  applied  to  the  "  courts  " 
of  the  Tabernacle  and  the  Temple.  We  read,  in  Genesis, 
these  are  the  sons  of  Ishmael,  and  "  these  are  their  names  by 
their  camps  [hhatzaireem]"1  ;  and  Isaiah  speaks  of 

"  The  wilderness     .     .     . 
The  camps  [hhatzaireem]  Kedar  dwells  in."     (Isa.  xlii.  11.) 

In  the  case  of  an  ordinary  bedaween  tent  there  are  two 
apartments;  one  of  these,  the  smaller,  closely  curtained  off 
all    round,    is    for    the  women,   and    the    other    for  the  men. 


24         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

This  last  is  always  open  down  one  side.  The  men's  part 
is  on  the  right-hand  side  of  the  tent  and  the  women's  on 
the  left,  and  the  only  entrance  is  the  open  side  of  the  men's 
part.  Both  of  these  divisions,  amongst  the  well-to-do,  have 
carpets,  cushions,  and  the  camel's  huge  and  heavily  uphol- 
stered pack  saddles  lying  on  the  ground  to  furnish  seats. 
Thus  Rachel  sat  most  naturally,  as  upon  a  couch,  on  "the 
camel's  furniture"  under  which  she  had  hidden  the  tera- 
phim,  the  household  gods,  she  had  stolen  from  her  father. 
(Gen.  xxxi.  34.) 

The  men's  part  is  the  reception  room,  the  place  of 
public  entertainment;  but  the  women  in  their  private, 
curtained-off  part  of  the  tent,  the  hareem,  can  hear,  and 
often,  by  peeping  over  the  dividing  curtain,  as  in  our  picture, 
can  see  what  is  going  on  in  the  men's  part.  Thus  Sarah, 
though  unseen,  would  hear  Abraham's  angel  guests'  announce- 
ment that  she  should  have  a  son.     (Gen.   xviii.  9-15.) 

The  kefeeyeh,  or  large  square  silk  handkerchief,  generally 
red,  yellow,  and  chocolate  coloured,  with  strings  ending  in 
tiny  silk  tassels,  which  forms  a  bedawee's  head-dress,  is  a 
distinguishing  mark  of  his  costume.  As  will  be  seen  in 
the  case  of  the  younger  man  in  the  picture,  whose  back 
is  turned  to  the  beholder,  it  is  often  arranged  in  a  very 
picturesque  way,  so  as  to  give  the  appearance  of  two  small 
horns,  one  on  each  side  of  the  head.  The  rope  of  camel's 
hair,  sometimes  two  inches  in  diameter,  which,  placed  twice 
round  the  head,  binds  on  the  kefeeyeh,  is  said  to  be  a  pre- 
servative from  sunstroke. 

Another  distinguishing  mark  of  the  bedawee  is  the  sleeves 
of  his  kamise,  or  white  cotton  shirt,  for  these  are  long  and  very 
wide,  coming  to  a  point  at  the  end,  and  extending  quite  a 
yard  beyond  the  length  of  his  arm,  whereas  the  sleeves  of  the 
fellahh's  kamise  are  much  shorter  and  not  so  wide.  When 
the  bedawee  is  engaged  in  work  or  preparing  for  war,  he  ties 


a 


A  House  of  Hair"  25 


these  long  sleeves  together  in  a  knot,  and  throws  them  over 
his  head  on  his  neck  out  of  the  way,  which  leaves  his  arms 
bare  and  free.     Hence  the  graphic  allusion  : 

"Jehovah  hath  made  bare  His  holy  arm,'"     (Is.  Hi.  10.) 

that  is,  stands  prepared  to  fight  for  and  to  protect  His  people. 

The  huge,  gipsy-like  cooking-pot  is  heated  by  "a  fire  of 
thorns,"  or  else  by  a  fuel  of  dried  camel's  or  cow's  dung. 
Sometimes  it  is  hung  by  a  chain  below  an  iron  tripod  stand, 
and  sometimes  it  is  stood  over  a  rude  improvised  hearth  of 
several  large  stones.  In  this  pot,  meat — when  it  can  be  had — is 
stewed  to  excess,  as  it  is  always  eaten  directly  it  is  killed,  and  is 
consequently  very  tough.  Thus,  in  the  desert,  food  consists  very 
largely  of  broths  or  soups,  the  "pottage"  of  our  Bible.  The 
Arabs  are  very  skilful  in  the  production  of  these  soups,  for  which 
they  employ  not  only  garden  vegetables,  but  also  a  great  variety 
of  wild  plants.  Jacob,  we  are  told,  "boiled  a  boiling,"  that  is, 
"  made  a  fine,  or  elaborate,  boiling;  "  and,  from  its  being  called 
"that  red,  red  [boiling],"  there  is  little  doubt  that  it  was  the 
delicious  Eastern  preparation,  so  rich  in  food  value,  red  lentil 
soup,  for  it  would  seem  to  be  referred  to  afterwards  as  "  pottage 
of  lentils,"  representing  to  the  famished  and  reckless  Esau  as 
substantial  and  tempting  a  dish  as  a  joint  of  roast  beef  would 
be  to  us !  The  usual  fare  of  the  bedaween  is  ayesh,  flour  made 
into  little  balls  of  paste,  floating  in  sour  camel's  or  goat's  milk. 

It  is  deeply  interesting  to  notice  in  this  connection  that 
David,  in  Psalm  xlii.,  which  bears  every  mark  of  being  written 
during  his  desert  life  in  the  wilderness  of  Judea,   says, 

"  My  tears  have  been  my  food   [lehhem]   day  and  night.''     (Ps.  xlii.  3.) 

To  an  English  ear  this  metaphor  sounds  strained  and 
unnatural.  "Tears,"  it  would  seem  to  us,  might  indeed  have 
been  called  by  David  his  drink ;  but  that  they  should  be  said 
to    be    his    "bread,"     or    "food,"     seems    at    first    sight    very 


26         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

inappropriate.  But  it  will  be  seen  that  the  liquid  nature  of  so 
much  bedaween  food  makes  the  figure  very  accurate  and 
powerful. 

The  nature  of  the  bedaween  tent  throws  a  flood  of  light 
on  one  of  the  gravest  difficulties  of  the  Old  Testament,  the 
killing  of  Sisera  by  Jael,  the  wife  of  Heber  the  Kenite.  Even 
sound  Evangelical  commentators  have  not  hesitated  to  denounce 
this  act  as  one  of  cruel  treachery  and  deliberate  murder ;  yet 
the  inspired  prophetess  by  whom  God  gave  deliverance  to 
Israel  highly  eulogises  Jael's  conduct!  Among  the  nomad 
tribes  of  Palestine  and  the  surrounding  deserts  the  rites  of 
hospitality  are  peculiarly  sacred  and  inviolable.  Base  beyond 
description  would  that  wretch  be  accounted  who,  having 
entertained  a  stranger  in  "  a  house  of  hair,"  afterwards  took 
his  life  when  he  laid  down  to  rest.  The  whole  incident  has 
given  painful  disquietude  to  countless  tender  consciences  ; 
but  viewed  in  the  light  of  Palestine  life,  a  perfectly  natural 
and  satisfactory  explanation  at  once  appears.  Sisera,  flying 
for  his  life,  after  his  sudden  and  crushing  defeat,  comes  to 
Heber's  tent  at  a  time  when,  no  doubt,  all  the  men  were  away 
seeking  spoil  after  the  battle.  The  Canaanite  commander-in- 
chief,  armed  and  desperate,  was  seeking  a  place  of  safe  conceal- 
ment. He  could  not  have  found  that  in  the  men's  part 
of  the  tent,  for,  as  we  have  seen,  it  is  always  open  on  one  side. 
Only  in  the  women's  part  could  he  hope  to  hide.  But,  accord- 
ing to  the  unwritten,  inexorable  laws  of  bedaween  life,  the 
entering  of  the  women's  part  of  the  tent  by  a  man  of  another 
family  is  punishable  with  death.  Instances  are  recorded 
amongst  the  Arabs  of  a  defeated  warrior  having  hidden  himself 
in  the  apartments  of  women  ;  but  such  a  heinous  breach  of 
Eastern  etiquette  has  in  each  case  been  followed  by  the  sentence 
of  death.  It  is  true  that  she  came  out  and  invited  him  to  enter, 
playing  in  this  the  part  of  a  loose  woman,  instead  of  strongly 
resenting  the  outrage  ;   but,  dealing  with  a  cruel,  unscrupulous, 


"A  House  of  Hair"  27 

and  now  desperate  man,  who  evidently  showed    from  the  first 
his  determination  to  escape  in  this  way,  it  was  in  all  probability 
the  only  manner  in  which  she  could  have  saved  her  life.     This 
woman,  who  was  the  daughter,  wife,  and  possibly  the  mother 
of   warriors,  would,  at  a  glance  have  taken  in  the  situation,  and 
realised    her    peril.     It  was    no  case  of   ordinary  hospitality,  as 
commentators  have  supposed,  for  first  this  would  not  be  offered 
by  a  woman  who   was   alone  to  a  man  ;    and,  secondly,  being 
offered,  would  with  desert  dwellers  make  the  life  of    the  guest 
inviolable    by   every    principle    of    honour    and    justice.      The 
insult   and   wrong  done   to   Jael   from  the   point   of  view  of   a 
bedaween  woman  was  such  that,  in  order  to  avenge  her  honour, 
her  husband,  or  her  brother,  or  some  other  male  relative,  would 
have    been    bound    by   the    unwritten    but   inflexible    code    of 
Eastern   law  to  take   Sisera's  life.      Thrown  into  a   position   of 
great  and  sudden  peril,  in  inviting  him  to  enter  her  part  of  the 
tent — which  he  had  evidently  intended  to  do  whether  she  had 
asked  him  or  not — she   had   only  acted  under  the  pressure   of 
fear  and  necessity  and  from  the  first  with  the  sole  intent  of  de- 
fending   her   life  and    reputation    by  tactics  which  every  Arab 
woman   would   consider    lawful — especially   in    a    time    of   war. 
Thus  the  brave,  outraged  woman  simply  became  the  executioner 
of   a   sentence  which  in    any  case   some   male  member  of  her 
family  would  certainly  have   been  bound  to  carry  out. 

"  Water  he  asked — milk  she  gave, 
In  a  lordly  dish  she  brought  near  butter-milk  [Miemah]"     (Jud.  v.  25.) 

This  hheniah  is  the  Arabic  leben,  that  is,  goat's  milk  made 
artificially  sour  with  the  butter  left  in  it,  the  highly  medicinal 
sleep-inducing  preparation  of  milk  which  is  always  drunk 
by  bedaween,  served,  as  I  have  had  it  served  to  me,  in  a 
wooden  bowl  as  big  as  a  small  hand-basin,  truly  "a  lordly 
dish."  This  leben  is  the  preparation  of  lactic  acid,  of  which 
we  have  recently  heard  so  much  as  contributing  to  the  splendid 


28         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

health  and  extraordinary  longevity  of  the  Bulgarians.  On 
one  occasion,  when  suffering  from  much  sleeplessness  and 
nervous  excitement,  brought  on  by  great  fatigue,  I  partook 
of  it  very  freely  at  a  bedaween  camp  on  the  north  of  the  plain 
of  Sharon.  So  strong  was  its  action  that,  after  resting  for 
half-an-hour,  I  could  only  with  the  greatest  difficulty  continue 
my  journey  on  horseback,  in  consequence  of  the  overpowering 
drowsiness  that  came  over  me.  Indeed,  my  first  impression 
was  that  the  draught  must  have  been  drugged,  so  sudden  and 
irresistible  were  its  narcotic  effects.  Jael  well  knew  that  such 
a  draught  of  leben  would  prove  a  potent  soporific,  and  all 
the  more  so  in  the  case  of  one  unaccustomed  to  the  beverage. 
Having  thus  pitted  a  woman's  cunning  against  a  man's  strength 
and  violence,  as  soon  as  he  was  fast  asleep,  she  lost  not  a 
moment  in  punishing  his  crime  with  her  own  hands,  thus 
being  the  executioner  of  a  just  sentence,  which,  as  we  have 
seen,  would  otherwise  have  certainly  been  carried  out  by 
the  male  members  of  her  family.  She  took  a  yathaid,  and 
with  the  hammer,  or  huge  wooden  mallet,  she  drove  it 
through  his  temples,  as  she  had  so  often  driven  such  a  tent- 
peg  into  the  hard  ground ;  for  well  she  knew  that  he  deserved 
to  die  a  hundred  deaths  for  the  awful  crimes  that  he  and 
his  brutal  soldiery  had  committed  in  their  occupation  of 
"  Jehovah's  Land,"  in  consequence  of  which  they  had  made 
every  highway  impassable. 

Thus,  judged  by  the  laws  of  desert  life,  she  proved 
herself  a  veritable  heroine.  Now  we  can  understand  how 
the  inspired  prophetess  Deborah,  by  whom  the  Lord  gave 
deliverance  to  Israel,  in  her  grand  ode,  prefaces  a  recital  of 
this  incident  with  words  of  the  highest  commendation : — 

"  Blessed  above  women  be  Jael, 
The  wife  of  Heber  the  Kenite, 
Blessed  let  her  be  above  women  in  the  tent."     (Jud.  v.  24.) 


Shepherd  and 
Sheepfold 


Shepherd  and  Sheepfold 

THERE  are  no  pastures  in  Palestine  as  we  understand 
them.  Throughout  the  East  grass  is  never  sown  or 
cultivated,  and  is  never  made  into  hay.  Where  we 
use  hay,  they  feed  with  teben,  "crushed  straw,"  and  give 
barley  to  horses  instead  of  oats.  It  was  just  the  same 
in  Bible  times,  for  we  read  that  Solomon's  officers  pro- 
vided his  stables  with  "barley  and  crushed  straw  [teben] 
for  the  horses."  The  grazing  grounds  of  the  Orient  are 
either  the  common,  unenclosed  arable  lands  round  the 
village,  the  sadeh,  at  such  time  as  they  lie  fallow,  or  the 
deserts  which  occur  in  and  around  all  these  lands.  The 
rich,  spontaneous  growth  of  the  sadehs  affords  good  feed, 
and  for  a  portion  of  the  year  the  flocks  can  be  kept 
on  this  supply.  For  two  months  in  the  spring  they  can 
be  turned  out  upon  those  fields,  which,  being  kept  for 
summer  crops,  are  not  sown  till  late  in  April;  and  from 
July  to  October  they  can  be  transferred  to  the  stubble  lands 
from  which  the  winter  crop  has  been  reaped.  But  these 
are  not,  strictly  speaking,  the  proper  pastures  of  Bible 
lands. 

Such  pastures  invariably  consist  of  lonely,  unfenced, 
uncultivated  desert  hills  and  plains  where  no  dwelling  is 
to  be  seen,  save  the  low  black  tents  of  the  bedaween.  They 
are  no  mere  sand  wastes,  being  covered  in  spring  with  a 
glorious  wild  growth — a  sight  of  much  brightness  and  beauty 
during  February,  March,  and  April — with  here  and  there  a 
shrub  or  stunted  tree  and  a  good  deal  of  woody,   persistent 

31 


33         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

growth  for  the  rest  of    the  year,   during  which  they  present 
a  very  barren  appearance. 

The  usual  word  in  Hebrew  for  "desert"  or  "wilderness" 
is  midbar,  from  dabar,  "  he  drove,"  because  they  are  the 
places  where  the  flocks  and  herds  are  "driven"  for  pastur- 
age. This  answers  to  the  prairie-like  "sheep  runs"  of  our 
Australian  bush.  It  is  there  called  "a  run,"  because  there 
are  no  wild  beasts  or  organised  bands  of  sheep  stealers, 
but  "a  drive"  in  Syrian  deserts,  because,  owing  to  wild  beasts 
and  wilder  men,  the  bedaween  and  brigands,  the  shepherd 
has  to  "drive"  them,  be  constantly  with  them  for  pro- 
tection, and  drive  them  home  again  to  the  shelter  of  their 
fold.  Hence  we  read  in  the  Old  Testament  of  the  "pastures 
of  the  desert,"  that  is,  "desert  pastures."  (Ps.  lxv.  12; 
Isa.  xxxii.  14;  Joel  i.   18-20.) 

Our  picture  shows  a  part  of  such  a  "pasture  of  the 
desert,"  seen  in  the  hot  season,  with  a  Palestine  shepherd 
in  the  foreground.  Observe  his  shaivet  or  shevet,  the  oak 
club,  rendered  "rod"  in  our  Versions.  The  dangers  of 
wilderness  pastures  have  always  called  for  this  weapon 
of  offence.  It  is  borne  by  the  Eastern  shepherd  as  well  as 
a  staff  or  crook. 

In  allusion  to  the  purpose  of  protection  for  which  this 
formidable  weapon  is  employed,  the  prophet  Micah,  calling 
upon  Jehovah  to  come  to  the  deliverance  of  His  people 
Israel,  cries, 

"Shepherd  Thy  people  with  Thy  club, 
The  flock  of  Thine  inheritance."     (Mic.  vii.  14.) 

There  is  another  very  interesting  allusion  to  the  use  of 
this  club,  where  we  read, 

"I  will  bring  you  out  from  the  peoples, 
And  assemble  you  from  the  lands 
In  which  ye  have  been  scattered.  .  .  . 


Shepherd  and  Sheepfold  33 

And  I  will  bring  you  into  the  wilderness  of  the  peoples,  .  .  . 

And  I  will  cause  you  to  pass  under  the  club  [shaivef] :  .  .  . 

And  clear  out  from  you  the  rebels, 

And  those  transgressing  against  Me  : 

From  the  land  of  their  sojournings  I  will  bring  them  out, 

And  they  shall  not  come  into  the  land  of  Israel."    (Ezek.  xx.  34-38.) 

This  metaphor  of  "  passing  under  the  club  "  receives 
light  from  Leviticus  xxvii.  32:  "All  the  tithe  of  the  herd 
and  of  the  flock — all  that  passes  by  under  the  club — the 
tenth  is  holy  to  Jehovah."  It  was  the  way  of  taking  the 
tithe  of  sheep  and  cattle.  As  Jewish  writers  have  recorded, 
it  was  usual,  when  the  tenth  was  being  taken,  to  bring  all 
the  animals  together  and  place  them  in  a  pen,  or  in  the 
sheepfold,  such  a  fold  as  is  shown  in  our  picture. 
They  were  then  allowed  of  themselves  to  pass  out  one  by 
one  through  the  narrow  entrance,  where  the  shepherd  stood 
with  his  club,  the  rounded  head  of  which  was  dipped  in  a 
bowl  of  colouring  matter.  As  the  beasts  came  out — thus 
themselves  arranging  the  tithe  with  perfect  impartiality — 
he  let  the  rounded  head  of  the  club  fall  on  every  tenth, 
marking  it  with  a  spot  of  colour ;  and  those  thus  branded 
were  taken  for  the  purpose  of  slaughter  as  sacrifices. 
Here  we  have  in  Ezekiel  the  gathering  together  of  Israel 
out  of  the  countries  where  they  are  now  scattered,  and  at 
the  same  time  the  purging  out  from  among  them  of  the 
rebels,  both  strikingly  set  forth  by  this  illustration  of 
gathering  together  a  flock  to  take  out  of  it  the  tithe. 
It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  sheep  and  goats  in  the 
East  are  kept  almost  entirely  for  their  milk  and  wool, 
and  are  never  killed  to  be  eaten  except  in  the  form  of 
sacrifices. 

Thus  "  passing  under  the  club  "  implies  the  two  purposes 
for  which  Israel  are  yet  to  be  restored — first,  a  final  and 
purifying    judgment;     and    secondly,    their    conversion    as    a 

D 


34         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

nation,     and    their    complete     and    glorious    restoration    to 
Emmanuel's  land.     For  the  passage  closes  with  the  promise — 

"  For  in  My  holy  mountain, 
In  the  mountain  of  the  height  of  Israel,  saith  Jehovah, 
There  shall  all  the  house  of  Israel  serve  Me, 
All  of  it  in  the  land — there  I  accept  them.  .  .  . 
With  sweet  fragrance  I  will  accept  you,  .  .  . 
And  I  will  be  sanctified  in  you 
Before  the  eyes  of  the  nations."     (Ezek.  xx.  40,  41.) 

The  shepherd  is  seen  holding  in  his  hand  a  sling,  such 
as  he  makes  himself.  These  slings  serve  very  much  the 
purpose  of  sheep-dogs  with  us,  in  rounding  up  the  sheep 
and  keeping  them  together.  The  shepherds  are  very  skil- 
ful in  the  use  of  these  weapons,  and  when  they  see  one  of 
the  flock  straying  too  far  they  cast  a  stone,  often  to  an 
immense  distance,  but  with  so  sure  an  aim  as  not  to  hit 
the  sheep,  but  to  let  the  missile  strike  the  ground  near 
enough  to  thoroughly  frighten  the  animal  and  so  bring  it  back. 
As  these  slings  are  in  constant  use,  shepherds  of  all  men 
are  most  expert  slingers.  When,  therefore,  David  the  shep- 
herd boy,  who  was  evidently  proficient  above  most  in  the 
use  of  this  truly  formidable  weapon,  advanced  so  boldly 
upon  Goliath  he  was  justified  in  the  hope  of  victory  ;  for 
at  close  quarters  such  a  stone  received  on  the  forehead 
would  stun  the  strongest  man.  As  to  accuracy  of  aim,  we 
read,  that  of  Benjamin,  "there  were  seven  hundred 
chosen  men,  left-handed,  every  one  could  sling  stones  at 
a  hair's  breadth  and  not  miss,"  which,  though,  no  doubt, 
the  rhetorical  trope  of  hyperbole,  or  exaggeration,  as 
common  in  Holy  Scripture  as  it  is  in  the  speech  of  the 
East  to-day,  denotes  a  degree  of  marksmanship,  at  a  short 
range,   equal  to  that  of  an  expert  rifleman.      (Jud.  xx.  16.) 

Slingers  formed  a  regular  corps  in  Eastern  armies, 
specially  in  the  army  of  Israel.     We  read,  in    the  attack  on 


Shepherd  and  Sheepfold  35 

Moab,  that  at  the  city  of  Kir-hareseth  "  the  slingers  went 
about  it,  and  smote  it."  King  Uzziah  prepared  for  his 
"army  of  fighting  men"  amongst  shields,  spears,  helmets, 
bows,  etc.,  "stones  for  slinging,"  which  are  mentioned  as 
distinct  from  the  "great  stones"  he  had  for  catapults. 
These  sling  stones  are  always  "smooth  stones"  taken  from 
the  rough  torrent  beds,  where  they  have  been  ground 
smooth,  and  kept  in  the  shepherd's  "scrip,"  or  "small 
leather  bag."  A  regiment  of  slingers  could  always  be 
got  together  from  these  stalwart  shepherds,  who,  from  the 
nature  of  their  calling,  are  some  of  the  strongest,  bravest, 
and   most  self-reliant  of  men. 

The  short,  reversible  sheepskin  jacket  the  shepherd  is 
wearing,  called  in  Arabic  furweh,  is  peculiar  to  the  fellahheen. 
This  poor,  rude  garment — sometimes  made  from  the  skin 
of  a  goat — though,  like  all  other  clothing  of  men  and 
women  in  the  East,  picturesque  in  its  way,  is  one  of  their 
roughest  features  of  dress,  and  a  mark  of  poor  working 
men.  It  seems  to  be  for  this  reason  alluded  to  by  the 
Apostle  Paul  in  his  letter  to  the  Hebrews — the  Palestinian 
Jews — when,  telling  of  the  trials  of  believers  under  the  Old 
Covenant,  men  "of  whom  the  world  was  not  worthy,"  he 
says,  of  the  poverty  and  distress  to  which  persecution 
brought  them,  "they  went  about  in  sheepskins,  in  goat- 
skins, being  destitute,  afflicted,  evil-entreated."   (Heb.  xi.  37.) 

The  sheepfold  is  here  shown,  a  simple  structure,  the 
enclosure  wall  of  which  is  a  jedar,  a  wall  peculiar  to  the 
Palestine  mountains,  formed  of  rough,  shapeless  stones,  the 
waste  of  the  quarries,  laid  skilfully  together,  the  large 
pieces  outside  and  the  small  within.  A  jedar  is  about 
three  feet  wide  at  the  base,  tapering  up  to  about  one  foot 
wide  at  the  top,  and  from  four  to  eight  feet  high.  No 
mortar  of  any  kind  is  used,  the  jagged,  irregular  stones 
being    laid    so    as    to    fit    closely    and    firmly    together.     No 


36         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

foundation  is  dug,  the  jedar  resting  on  the  smoothed  sur- 
face of  the  ground.  This  is  undoubtedly  the  gadair  or 
geder  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  for  the  hard  "g"  of  Hebrew 
always  becomes  the  soft  "j"  in  similar  Arabic  words.  The 
feminine  form  gedairah  is  generally  used  for  "folds"  for 
sheep,  just  as  the  Arabic  form  jedarah  is  to-day;  showing 
that  in  ancient  times,  as  now,  they  consisted  largely  of  these 
loose,   unmortared  walls.    (Numb,   xxxii.   16;    1  Sam.  xxiv.  3.) 

They  have  no  door,  the  one  entrance  being  a  narrow 
opening  in  the  wall.  Here,  when  guarding  the  sheep  at 
night,  or  admitting  or  giving  them  egress  by  day,  the 
shepherd  takes  his  place,  and,  quite  blocking  up  the  en- 
trance, is  himself  virtually  the  door;  and  this,  surely,  is 
the  allusion  of  our  Lord  when,  speaking  of  the  fold  of 
His  sheep,  His  flock  the  Church,  He  says,  "Amen,  amen, 
I  say  to  you — I  am  the  door  of  the  sheep  ...  I  am 
the  door :  through  Me  if  anyone  come  in  he  shall  be 
saved,  and  he  shall  come  in  and  go  out,  and  find  pasture." 

Aqueducts  are,  and  always  must  have  been,  very  common 
and  familiar  objects  in  the  Holy  Land,  where  the  scarcity 
of  springs  and  perennial  streams,  the  entire  absence  of  rain 
for  some  seven  continuous  months  of  cloudless  heat  all  day, 
and  the  universal  and  extensive  practice  of  horticulture 
render  them  so  necessary.  Ruined  remains  of  such  aqueducts 
are  everywhere  to  be  met  with  throughout  the  country, 
some  of  a  most  costly  and  elaborate  kind.  It  is  therefore 
almost  certain,  first,  that  the  inspired  writers  must  have 
alluded  to  these  precious  water  channels  ;  and  secondly, 
that  in  the  primitive,  rich,  precise  Hebrew  of  the  Old 
Testament  there  must  be  a  special  technical  term  for  them. 
Now  there  is  a  word  which  our  translators  have  clearly 
misunderstood,  apheek,  from  the  root  aphak,  "restrained," 
and  which  occurs  in  the  names  of  places,  as  Aphaik,  near 
Bethhoron,   and  the  feminine  form  Aphaikah,   near  Hebron, 


Shepherd  and  Sheepfold  37 

spelt  in  our  versions  Aphek  and  Aphekah  respectively. 
Though  the  word  only  occurs  nineteen  times,  it  is  rendered 
by  no  less  than  seven  different  terms  in  our  Authorised 
Version,  and  the  one  used  most  frequently  (ten  times),  "  river," 
cannot  possibly  be  its  true  sense.  But  the  meaning  "  aque- 
duct "  gives  the  true  rendering  in  every  case,  the  pipe,  or 
channel,  that  constrains  or  forces  a  stream  of  water  to  flow 
in  any  required  direction  ;  though  apheek  appears  in  some 
cases  to  be  applied  by  way  of  metaphor  to  the  natural 
subterranean  channels  which  supply  springs,  and  the  narrow, 
rocky,  aqueduct-like  beds  of  some  mountain  streams. 

Thus  in  our  Authorised  Version  it  is  said  of  behemoth — 
the   "hippopotamus" — 

"His  bones  are  strong  pieces  of  brass,"     (Job  xl.  18.) 

which  has  no  appropriateness  of  any  kind,  whilst  there  is 
no  conceivable  reason  for  rendering  apheek  "strong  pieces." 
But  the  boldness  and  beauty  of  the  hyperbolic  figure  appears 
at  once  if  we  translate  it  properly,  "  His  bones  are  aqueducts 
of  copper,"  hardened  copper,  the  strongest  metal  of  the 
ancients,   answering  to  our  steel. 

This  explanation  gives  new  and  specially  forceful 
meaning  to  the  opening  words  of  Psalm  xlii.  These  are 
literally  :  — 

"  Like  the  hind  pants  [or  '  brays ']  over  the  aqueducts  {apheekaiy- 
mayim"}, 
So  pants  my  soul  after  Thee,  O  God." 

In  both  our  Versions  it  is  rendered  '  panteth  after  the 
water  brooks."  But  a  deer  would  not  "pant"  or  "bray' 
for  water  if  it  were  standing  over  an  open  stream.  The 
whole  force  of  the  simile  is  lost  in  our  English  Bible. 
This  psalm  bears  marks  of  being  written  at  the  season  when 
David  was  compelled    to    fly    from   Jerusalem  by    Absalom's 


38         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

rebellion.  Away  on  the  mountains  of  Gilead,  yet  in  sight 
of  the  sacred  region  of  Zion,  which  he  could  look  down 
upon  but  could  not  reach,  he  is  lamenting  the  inaccessibility 
of  those  spiritual  privileges,  precious  as  "  living  waters,"  which 
he  had  enjoyed  at  the  Tabernacle  at  Gibeon,  only  five  miles 
away  from  his  home  in  the  Holy  City,  as  well  as  at  that 
Tabernacle  he  had  made  for  the  Ark  in  Jerusalem  itself,  at 
which  he  had  arranged  continual  services.  ''He  thirsts  after 
God,  and  longs  to  taste  again  the  joy  of  His  house,  like 
the  parched  and  weary  hind,  who  comes  to  a  covered 
channel,  conveying  the  living  water  of  some  far-off  spring 
across  the  intervening  desert.  She  scents  the  precious 
current  in  its  bed  of  adamantine  cement,  even  hears  its 
rippling  flow  close  beneath  her  feet,  or  perchance  sees  the 
living  water  through  one  of  the  narrow  air-holes;  and,  as 
she  realises  the  inaccessibility  of  the  draught,  she  lifts  up 
her  head  in  her  anguish  and  '  brays  over  the  aqueducts.' 
This  scene  is  shown  in  the  centre  of  the  picture. 


Leopards  in 

"The  Pride  of  Jordan " 


•'»      i   ■'•»»  n 


Leopards  in  "  The  Pride  of  Jordan  ' 

THE  Jordan  valley,  a  great  volcanic  cleft,  is  one  of 
the  most  remarkable  features  of  the  Holy  Land.  It 
is  the  continuation  southward  of  the  seismic  rent  that 
in  remote  ages  clove  the  huge  mountain  mass  to  the  north 
into  the  parallel  ranges  of  Lebanon  and  Anti-Lebanon. 
Throughout  its  entire  length  it  lies  below  the  level  of  the 
Mediterranean,  and  at  its  southern  end  reaches  a  depth  of 
some  1,300  feet  below  sea  level — by  far  the  deepest  spot  on 
earth.  The  Jordan  takes  its  name  from  the  rapid  fall  of  the 
valley,  for  the  word  means  "the  descender,"  "the  rushing 
river,"  and,  though  the  length  from  its  rise  at  the  foot  of 
Anti-Lebanon  to  its  fall  into  the  Dead  Sea  is  only  103^ 
miles,  in  its  wandering  course  it  is  some  250  miles  long. 
Shut  in  and  bounded  by  lofty  hills,  the  ranges  of  Judea, 
Benjamin,  Ephraim,  and  Galilee  on  the  west,  and  the  still 
loftier  mountains  of  Moab,  Gilead,  and  Bashan  on  the  east, 
unreached  by  the  cool,  moisture-laden  breezes  from  the 
Mediterranean  Sea,  it  is  a  very  hot  region,  more  especially 
towards  the  south,  where  it  ends  in  a  rudely  circular  plain 
at  the  north  of  the  Dead  Sea,  measuring  eight  miles  from 
north  to  south  and  more  than  fourteen  miles  across,  with 
Jordan  in  the  centre,  called  in  Scripture  the  kikkar,  or  "round 
plain,"  and  the  "  round  plain  [kikkar]  of  Jordan."  Close 
under  the  hills  on  the  west  of  this  "round  plain"  is  the 
site  of  Jericho,  with  Gilgal  two  miles  nearer  the  Jordan ; 
while  at  the  east  of  it  are  the  ruined  sites,  recently  identified, 
of    the    five     "  cities    of    the    round    plain    [kikkar]"    Sodom, 

41 


42         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

Gomorrah,  Admah,  Zeboim,  and  Bela,  afterwards  called  Zoar, 
standing  on  rising  ground  at  the  foot  of  the  mountains  of 
Moab. 

The  valley  of  the  Jordan  is  called  by  the  Arabs  the  ghor. 
In  the  Hebrew  Bible  the  same  region  is  called  'arabah,  though 
all  the  Scripture  allusions  to  it  refer  to  the  southern  part, 
the  kikkar,  or  its  immediate  neighbourhood.  'Arabah  means 
"  dry  plain  or  valley,"  a  good  description  of  this  deep,  hot, 
close,  arid  vale,  in  the  southern  end  of  which  rain  rarely 
falls,  though  the  greater  part  of  it  was  formerly  a  scene  of 
the  utmost  fertility  owing  to  copious  irrigation  from  springs 
at  the  foot  of  the  mountains  on  either  side,  and  from  aqueducts 
supplying  water  from  the  upper  reaches  of  the  river.  When 
Lot  looked  upon  it  from  a  high  hill  between  Bethel  and  Hai, 
he  "  beheld  all  the  round  plain  [kikkar]  of  Jordan,  that  it 
was  irrigated  [literally,  '  drinking ']  all  of  it,  before  Jehovah 
destroyed  Sodom  and  Gomorrah,  like  a  splendid  garden 
[literally,  'a  garden  of  Jehovah'],  like  the  land  of  Egypt,  in 
thy  going  to  Zoar,"  that  is,  up  to  the  very  foot  of  the 
mountains  of  Moab.     (Gen.  xiii.   10.) 

Down  the  centre  of  the  valley  runs  a  trench,  a  valley 
within  the  valley,  about  thirty  feet  to  fifty  feet  below  the 
rest,  with  a  breadth  varying  from  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  a 
mile,  which  is  a  true  wilderness,  absolutely  waste  and  dry 
during  the  hot  season,  as  are  the  white  marl  cliffs  which 
bound  it  on  both  sides ;  and  there  is  every  appearance  of 
its  always  having  been  the  same.  This  explains  Josephus' 
statement — so  much  at  variance  with  what  he  tells  us  of  the 
'arabah  at  large — that  the  Jordan  flows  ''through  a  desert." 
This  deep,  barren  trench  is  called  by  the  Arabs  the  zor,  or 
"throat,"  that  is,  "the  throat  of  the  river,"  to  distinguish  it 
from  the  rest  of  the  valley,  the  ghor,  which  rises  on  each 
side,  in  most  parts  some  thirty  feet  above  it. 

Down    the    centre    of    this    lower   part    of    the    valley   the 


Leopards  in  "The  Pride  of  Jordan "      43 

Jordan  flows,  very  swiftly,  with  endless  snake-like  windings, 
quite  a  small,  insignificant,  turbid,  coffee-coloured  stream, 
for  some  nine  months  of  the  year.  Well  might  Naaman,  a 
proud,  unconverted  man,  when  told  by  the  prophet  to  go 
and  wash  in  Jordan,  cry  of  those  wide,  pure,  crystal  streams 
that  still  irrigate  the  plains  of  his  Syrian  home,  "  Are  not 
Abanah  and  Pharpar,  the  rivers  of  Damascus,  better  than  all 
the  waters  of  Israel?"  But  Jordan  is  considerably  wider 
when,  about  April,  the  snows  of  Anti-Lebanon  begin  to 
melt,  and  pour  a  flood  down  the  river  for  some  two  or  three 
months,  for  to  this  day  "  Jordan  overflows  all  its  banks  all 
the  time  of  harvest."  But  even  then  it  is  only  about 
seventy  yards  wide.  (2  Kings  v.  12;  Josh.  iii.  15,  iv.  18; 
1  Chron.  xii.  15.) 

Partly  in  consequence  of  this  overflow,  and  partly  owing 
to  the  great  heat — it  is  sometimes  100°  Fahr.  in  the  shade 
here  as  early  as  April — on  each  side  of  the  river  there  rises 
a  rich  sub-tropical  jungle,  tangled  thickets  of  trees,  shrubs, 
and  creepers,  conspicuous  amongst  them  the  elegant  Jordan 
reed  (Arundo  donax),  from  twelve  to  fifteen  feet  high, 
gracefully  waving  its  immense  panicle  of  plume-like  white 
blossom,  "so  slender  and  yielding  that  it  will  lie  perfectly 
flat  under  a  gust  of  wind,  and  immediately  resume  its  upright 
position" — "the  reed  shaken  by  the  wind,"  which  our  Lord 
implies  was  a  striking  feature  of  natural  beauty  on  the  banks 
of  the  Jordan,  flowing  through  its  "wilderness,"  where  John 
was  baptising.  Itself  a  lonely  jungle,  and  situated  in  the 
midst  of  a  desert,  it  is  naturally  the  lair  of  wild  beasts,  and 
so  it  must  have  been  in  ancient  times. 

This  annually  irrigated  rich  wild  growth,  one  of  the  most 
luxuriantly  verdant  sights  to  be  met  with  in  Western  Palestine, 
the  beauty  of  which  is  greatly  enhanced  by  contrast  with  the 
wilderness  tract  that  surrounds  it,  was  well  called  in  Bible 
times  "the    pride  of   Jordan."     The    Hebrew  word    "pride" 


44         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

here,  ga-on,  occurs  some  forty-six  times  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment, and  is  translated  in  every  instance  in  our  Authorised 
Version  with  the  signification  of  "pride."  Thus  our  trans- 
lators have  rendered  it  in  Zechariah  : — 

"The  pride    [ga-on]    of  Jordan  is  spoiled."     (Zech.  xi.  3.) 

Speaking  of  the  Chaldean  invasion  of  Edom,  Jeremiah 
says — 

"  Behold,   he   shall   come   like   a   lion   from  the   pride   of 
Jordan."     (Jer.  xlix.  19.) 

Lions,  it  is  true,  no  longer  infest  the  jungle  on  the  banks 
of  Jordan,  but  to  this  day  bears,  leopards,  hyenas,  wolves, 
jackals,  and  wild  boars  find  comparatively  undisturbed  lairs 
here,  and  they  could  hardly  secure  a  warmer  or  more  suitable 
dwelling-place.  Some  have  supposed,  owing  to  the  mis- 
translation of  our  Authorised  Version,  "the  swelling  of 
Jordan,"  that  the  allusion  is  to  the  lion's  being  driven  out 
at  harvest  time,  when  the  river  overflows  its  banks.  But  this 
is  a  misapprehension,  for  at  such  time,  even  in  the  highest 
floods,  miles  of  this  dense  cover  are  not  under  water,  and  it 
is  not  a  fact  that  any  wild  beasts  are  necessarily  driven  out 
into  the  country  at  that  season. 

It  will  be  seen  the  explanation  I  give  is  in  complete 
accordance  with  the  obvious  meaning  of  the  same  bold  figure, 
employed  by  Jeremiah  in  another  well-known  passage  : — 

"  For  thou  hast  run  with  the  footmen, 
And  they  have  wearied  thee. 
Then  how  wilt  thou  fret  thyself  with  horses  ? 
And  in  a  land  of  peace  where  thou  hast  trusted 
[They  have  wearied  thee]. 
Then  how  wilt  thou  do  in  the  pride  of  Jordan  ?  "     (Jer.  xii.  5.) 

Here  "the  land  of  peace,"  that  is,  "the  peaceful  land," 
the    safe    place    of    human  habitation    is  finely    contrasted  with 


Leopards  in  "The  Pride  of  Jordan"      45 

"the  pride  [ga-on]  of  Jordan,"  the  tangled,  pathless  jungle 
along  its  banks,  the  haunt  of  wild  beasts ! 

Our  picture  shows  "the  pride  of  Jordan"  seen  at  even- 
tide on  a  short  reach  of  the  river.  In  the  foreground  are 
two  leopards  stalking  a  roebuck  and  a  gazelle  that  have 
come  down  to  drink  at  a  watering-place.  The  leopard,  or 
panther,  the  namar  or  nemar  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  the  nimr 
of  the  Arabs,  is  a  very  powerful  beast  of  prey,  "but  little 
smaller  than  the  Asiatic  lioness,  and  occupying  the  same 
place  in  the  economy  of  nature  that  the  Bengal  tiger  does 
in  India."  The  names  of  places,  such  as  Beth-Nimrah, 
"  house  of  the  leopard,"  near  the  Jordan,  probably  at 
the  stream  now  called  by  the  Arabs  Nahr  -  Nimreem, 
"  river  of  the  leopards,"  and  the  "  mountains  of  the 
leopards,"  show  that  this  fierce  feline  was  formerly  common 
in  the  Holy  Land.  "  Mountains  of  the  leopards  "  is  very  sug- 
gestive of  this  animal's  constant  habit  of  spending  the  day 
sunning  itself  on  the  crags  of  lonely,  inaccessible  cliffs  on  the 
summits  of  mountains;  unlike  the  lion,  which  keeps  always 
on  the  low,  hot  plains.  At  night  the  leopard  stealthily 
descends,  and  hunts  in  the  valleys  and  plains  for  its  prey, 
travelling  in  this  way  sometimes  as  far  as  thirty  miles  in  a 
night. 

It  can  be  recognised  at  a  glance  by  its  yellow  spots 
ringed  with  black,  which  gave  it  its  Hebrew  name,  namar, 
"spotted";  for,  as  the  prophet   cries — 

"Does   an   Ethiopian    change   his   skin,   or   a   leopard   his 
spots  ?  "     (Jer.  xiii.  23.) 

It  is  taken  as  a  type  of  fierceness  in  that  picture  of  the 
millennium,  where  we  read,  "The  leopard  shall  lie  down 
with  the  kid."  Nor  could  any  animal  be  fitter  for  the 
purpose  of  portraying  savage  strength  than  the  leopard  ; 
for   every   other   wild    beast    seems   to    fear  it,    and   the   night 


46         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

when  a  leopard  is  about  is  ominously  still,  for  no  other 
'  beast  of  the  open  land  [sadeh]  "  moves  or  cries  !  Fortunately 
it  only  remains  in  one  spot  three  nights,  and  then  seeks 
other  hunting-grounds  ;  and  darkness  in  the  desert  is  again 
noisy,  to  the  immense  relief  of  shepherd  and  sheep,  who 
know  only  too  well  why  the  wild  boar  has  ceased  to  tramp, 
the  hyena  to  scream,  the  wolf  to  bay,  and  the  jackal  to 
yell,  preferring  to  fast  rather  than  run  the  risk  of  falling  a 
prey  to  the  dreaded  nimr. 

The  cunning  and  perseverance  of  this  animal  cause 
it  to  be  feared  as  much  as  its  strength  and  fierceness. 
Crouched  like  a  huge  cat,  it  will  lie  motionless  for  hours, 
waiting  at  the  entering  in  of  a  village  or  at  some  watering- 
place,  until  its  prey  comes  within  striking  distance,  when, 
with  one  huge  bound  from  an  almost  incredible  distance, 
in  a  flash— for  the  leap  of  a  leopard  is  swifter  than  that  of 
any  other  mammal — it  is  on  the  back  of  its  victim,  and  is 
strangling  it  by  burying  its  fangs  in  its  throat. 

In  allusion  to  this  dangerous  habit  of  waiting  for  its 
quarry,   the  prophet  cries — 

"  A  leopard  shall  watch  over  their  cities."     (Jer.  v.  6.) 

While   the   Most    High   Himself   declares  of  His  sinful  people 
Israel,  in  words  of  awful  significance — 

"  Like  a  leopard  by  the  way  I  look  for  [them]."     (Hos.  xiii.  7.) 

Its  swiftness  also  forms  a  Scriptural  figure,  for  in  Hab.  i.  8 
it  is  said  of  the  efficient  mounts  of  the  Chaldean  cavalry, "  Their 
horses  are  swifter  than  leopards."  For  this  reason  a  winged 
leopard  is  chosen,  in  the  vision  of  successive  Gentile  dominions, 
to  image  Alexander  the  Great  and  the  Greek  empire,  because, 
swift  as  a  panther's  spring  upon  its  prey,  the  Grecian  com- 
mander conquered  the  world  in  thirteen  years,  a  feat  of  arms 
unparalleled  in  history.     (Dan.  vii.  6.) 


"  Through  the  Valley 
of  the 
Shadow  of  Death" 


"Through  the  Valley  of  the  Shadow  of  Death " 

WE  have  seen  that  the  principal  pastures  of  Palestine 
are   what  the    Scriptures    call    "the   pastures   of    the 
wilderness,"  that  is,  "  desert  pastures."      These  dry, 
barren   spots,   peculiar  to    tropical  and  sub-tropical  climates, 
are  unlike  any  regions  in   North-Western  lands — lonely,   un- 
fenced,  barren,  uncultivated  rocky  solitudes,  where  shepherd 
and  sheep  are  exposed  to  the  double  danger  of  wild  beasts 
and  wilder    men.     To    understand    the    numerous   Scriptural 
references    to    pastoral  life,  the  perils    to  which   it    exposes, 
and  the    courage    for   which    it    calls,    the  strange  character- 
istics of  Oriental  pasturage  must  be  fully  realised.     Indeed, 
in    the     matter    of    pasture    we    have    one    of    the    strongest 
of   all    the    countless    contrasts    between    the    East    and    the 
West  ;     for   whereas,    with    us,    pastures    are    for    the    most 
part  carefully  cultivated,   fenced  round,  separated  into  small 
fields,    situated    in    safe    and    settled    districts,    without    any 
of    the    ground    left   bare,    evergreen,    always   in    the    neigh- 
bourhood of   water,   and  apart  from  all  danger — the  deserts, 
which    form    the    ordinary    pastoral    ground    of    Bible    lands, 
are    in    all    these    respects    the  very  reverse.     I    have   shown 
at   length    in    Palestine  Explored  what   a    flood    of    light   this 
throws  on  the  otherwise  obscure  and  inexplicable  Scriptural 
allusions   to    shepherd    life.       "These    wildernesses    abound, 
for  the  most  part,  in   caves  and  hiding-places,  which  render 
them  the   more   insecure,  since   such  of   these   spots  as   can 
be  easily  defended  are  still,  as  in  the  days  of  Saul,  from  time 
to  time  the  resorts  of  bands  of  reckless  and  desperate  outlaws 

E  49 


50         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

answering  to  the  brigands  of  Southern  Europe.  No  dwell- 
ing is  to  be  seen  there  for  a  distance  of  many  square  miles, 
save  the  low  black  tents  of  almost  equally  lawless  bedaween 
Arabs,  'whose  hand  is  against  every  man,'  that  is,  who 
are  a  powerful  organised  confederacy  of  robbers.  No  culti- 
vation is  attempted,  and  the  bold  shepherd  alone,  of  all 
dwellers  in  town  or  village,   frequents  the  spot. 

"Such  an  ordinary  sheep  run,  or  rather,  as  we  have  seen 
it  is  in  the  Hebrew  Bible,  'sheep  drive,'  the  wilderness 
of  Judea,  extends  for  fifteen  miles  from  Jerusalem  to 
Jericho,  and  stretches  away  south  for  some  forty  miles, 
with  an  average  breadth  of  ten  to  twelve  miles;  and,  though 
traversed  at  the  north  end  by  an  important  highway,  was, 
and  still  is,  a  very  dangerous  place.  The  outlaws  and  the 
nomad  and  semi-nomad  bedaween  Arabs,  who  wander,  like 
David  and  his  exile  band  wandered,  over  these  wild  wilder- 
ness pasture  lands  of  Eastern  Judea,  are  seldom  so  scrupulous 
as  the  followers  of  the  future  king  of  Israel.  When  the  son 
of  Jesse  sent  to  Nabal,  who  fed  his  sheep  at  Carmel,  the 
modern  Kurmul,  some  eight  miles  south  of  Hebron,  on 
the  border  of  this  same  Judean  wilderness,  to  ask  for  the 
customary  backsheesh,  or  'present,'  at  shearing  time,  he 
did  so  on  the  following  grounds: — 'Thy  shepherds  who  were 
with  us,  we  hurt  them  not,  neither  was  there  ought  missing 
to  them,  all  the  days  they  were  in  Carmel.'  Inmates  of 
some  other  similar  camps  would  not  have  been  so  forbear- 
ing, and  the  occasional  presence  of  such  wanderers  in  all 
the  principal  pastures  explains  the  stalwart  shepherd's  need 
for  a  weapon  of  defence. 

"Wild  animals  or  'beasts  of  the  field'  constitute 
perhaps  a  still  greater  danger.  These  to  this  day  infest  all 
the  pastures.  The  screech  of  the  hyena  and  the  yell  of 
the  jackal  till  quite  recently  were  heard  around  the  very 
walls    of    Jerusalem.       Fierce    Syrian    bears    and    powerful 


"The  Valley  of  the  Shadow  of  Death"   51 

leopards,  including  the  dreaded  cheetah,  or  hunting  leopard, 
prowl  in  the  less  frequented  parts.  The  lion  is  now  never 
met  with  west  of  the  Jordan,  but  was  once  the  terror  of 
the  deserts  of  the  land  of  Israel.  .  .  .  Huge  birds  of  prey, 
with  the  formidable  lammergeyer  (the  ossifrage)  at  their 
head,  still  hover  above  the  deserts,  out  of  sight  at  ordinary 
times,  but  ready  with  lightning  speed  to  swoop  down  on 
the  faint  amongst  the  flock;  or  even  to  do  desperate 
battle  on  the  edge  of  some  precipice  with  the  shepherd  him- 
self. Hence  the  obvious  need  for  his  being  armed;  and, 
as  we  have  seen,  the  principal  weapon  which  he  carries, 
indeed  often  the  only  one  beside  a  sling,  is  the  club,  or 
bludgeon."  l 

This  club,  the  shaivet  or  shevet  of  the  Hebrew  Bible, 
the  naboot  of  the  modern  Arabs,  is  a  very  formidable  weapon 
in  the  hand  of  a  stalwart  shepherd.  It  is  generally  made 
of  oak  from  the  woods  of  Bashan  or  Gilead.  It  is  about 
two  feet  long,  with  a  huge  rounded  head,  into  which  are 
driven  a  number  of  heavy  iron  nails.  It  is  easily  attached 
to  the  shepherd's  leather  belt,  or  girdle,  by  a  noose  of 
cord  passed  through  a  small  hole  in  the  end  by  which  it 
is  grasped.  It  hangs  in  this  way  from  the  girdle  during 
the  day,  when  he  carries  the  staff  or  crook,  called  by  the 
Arabs  assayah,  in  his  hand  ;  for  this  staff  he  employs 
on  behalf  of  the  sheep,  pointing  them  the  way  with 
it,  using  it  to  rescue  them  from  danger,  to  rule  the 
stragglers  into  order,  and  at  times  to  administer  needed 
chastisement  to  the  disobedient.  But  at  night,  thrusting 
the  staff  down  his  back  under  his  kamise,  or  cotton  shirt, 
and  taking  the  club  from  his  girdle  and  twisting  its  cord 
noose,  like  a  sword  knot,  twice  round  his  wrist,  so  that  if 
it  is  struck  out  of  his  hand  in  a  fight  it  will  not  be  dropped, 
he   stands  prepared  to  do    battle  with  bedaween  or  bear,  and 

1  Palestine  Explored,   13th  edition,  pp.  259-62. 


52         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

ready  as  a  "good  shepherd"  to   "lay  down  his   life  for  the 
sheep."     (John  x.  11,  15,  17.) 

It  is  in  the  light  of  this  environment  that  we  must 
read  all  Bible  allusions  to  shepherd  and  sheep  life,  and 
notably  the  Twenty-third  Psalm,  in  which  David,  the  whilom 
shepherd  boy,  so  vividly  describes  Jehovah's  care,  under 
the  allegory  of  a  shepherd's  watch  over  his  flock.  It  has 
been  hitherto  supposed  that  the  allegory  ends  at  the  fourth 
verse,  but  surely  this  is  a  mistake.  In  the  words,  "Thou 
preparest  a  table  before  me  in  the  presence  of  mine  enemies," 
"table"  stands,  by  an  unmistakable  and  familiar  metonymy, 
for  a  "meal,"  and  shows  how  food  is  found  for  the  flock 
though  surrounded  by  formidable  desert  foes.  In  the  same 
way,  "Thou  anointest  my  head  with  oil"  alludes  to  the 
medicinal  remedy  which  each  night  the  good  shepherd, 
before  folding  the  sheep,  applies  to  any  wounds  or  bruises 
they  may  have  received  during  the  day;  "head,"  che  part, 
being  put  by  synecdoche  for  "the  whole  body";  just  as 
the  words  "My  cup  runneth  over"  refer  to  the  shepherd 
giving,  at  the  same  time,  a  good  long  drink  out  of  a  large 
wooden  bowl,  which  he  has  by  his  side  ready  for  the 
occasion  at  this  evening  hour,  to  those  of  his  charge  who 
are  faint  and  weary. 

Our  picture  illustrates  Psalm  xxiii.  4: — 

"  Yea,  though  I  walk  through  the  valley  of  the  shadow  of  death, 
I  will  fear  no  evil,  for  Thou  art  with  me, 
Thy  club  [shaivet]  and  Thy  staff  [mish'cneth],  they  comfort  me." 

The  word  for  "valley"  here  is  gay,  the  Arabic  jye,  a 
"deep  ravine"  or  "gorge-like  glen."  The  wilderness  of 
Judea  abounds  with  such  ravines.  "The  gay  of  the  shadow 
of  death"  is  the  genitive  of  character  for  "the  very  dark 
ravine  or  gorge."  Sometimes  these  rocky  glens  have  for 
their   sides    precipitous    cliffs,    rising    on    either    hand    to    a 


"The  Valley  of  the  Shadow  of  Death"   53 

height  of  800  feet,  whilst  their  bottoms  are  in  some  parts 
scarce  three  yards  wide,  and  even  in  daylight  are  dark  and 
gloomy.  Woe  to  the  strayed  sheep  caught  by  wild  beasts 
alone  in  such  a  perilous  place  ! 

The  figure  here  of  "the  very  dark  ravine"  does  not, 
as  so  many  commentators  have  supposed,  specially  signify 
the  dissolution  of  the  body,  although  the  words  may  be 
thus  applied.  It  would  appear  more  properly  to  mean  any 
time  of  dire  temptation  or  persecution,  any  season  of  gloom, 
or  imminent  danger,  and  rather  applies  to  life  than  death. 
'  The  figure— a  very  familiar  one  to  the  dweller  amid  the 
fastnesses  of  Judea,  and  one  which  must  have  stamped 
itself  with  indelible  force  upon  the  mind  of  David,  the 
whole  of  whose  earlier  life  was  passed  among  such  sur- 
roundings—is that  of  a  dark,  rocky  defile,  where  the  path 
narrows,  the  cliffs  almost  meet  towering  overhead,  and 
where  the  trembling  sheep,  lost  upon  the  mountains,  is 
peculiarly  exposed  to  the  assaults  of  enemies.  Places  of 
this  kind  occur  repeatedly  in  the  gorges  with  which  the 
wilderness  pastures  abound,  and  the  well-known  going 
down  from  Jerusalem  to  Jericho  affords  several  striking 
examples.  Huge  hyenas,  deadly  foes  to  the  flock,  which 
hunt  at  night  in  small  packs,  some  going  before  and  some 
waiting  behind,  easily  entrap  the  sheep  in  these  gloomy 
gullies.  David,  therefore,  when  declaring  his  fearlessness, 
what  time  he  was  to  go  'through  the  very  dark  ravine,'  is, 
by  a  bold  and  beautiful  metaphor,  expressing  his  con- 
fidence in  Jehovah's  protection  in  every  time  of  danger."1 
The  "club  and  staff"  of  the  shepherd  are  very  beau- 
tiful figures  of  the  twofold  Divine  care:  "The  staff"  or 
"crook"  for  "the  sheep  of  His  pasture,"  "the  club"  for 
their  foes— "  the  club"  His  might,  "the  staff"  His  mercy, 
both  alike  necessary  for  our  preservation  in    this  wilderness 

1  Palestine  Explored,   13th  edition,  pp.   265,  266. 


54         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

world.  Thus  pregnant  now  with  meaning  are  those  words 
of  the  shepherd  psalm,  "Thy  club  and  Thy  staff,  they 
comfort  me." 

In  view  of  this  aspect  of  Eastern  pastoral  life  it  is  very 
important  to  notice  that  the  words  ra  ah  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment, and  poimainein  in  the  New,  should  not  be  rendered 
"feed,"  but,  rather,  "shepherd,"  that  is,  "do  all  that  is 
involved  in  the  office  of  an  Eastern  shepherd,"  which  is 
mainly  the  protection  of  the  sheep.     Thus,  in  Micah, 

"  Shepherd  [ra'ah]  Thy  people  with  Thy  club  [shaivef], 
The  flock  of  Thine  heritage,"     (Mic.  vii.  14.) 

means  drive  out  their  foes  and  bring  them  back  to  their 
land,  as  we  learn  from  the  following  verses.  So  the  proper 
reading  of  Psalm  ii.  9  is — 

"Thou  shalt  shepherd  them  with  a  club  of  iron  [shaivet-barzel]." 

This  is  true  not  only  of  the  Good  Shepherd,  the  Lord 
Jesus,  but  also  of  all  ministers  of  the  Gospel,  all  pastors 
of  the  Church,  in  every  age.  This  was  the  force  of  the 
Master's  words,  "  Simon,  son  of  Jonas,  lovest  thou  Me  ?  .  .  . 
Shepherd  My  sheep."  This  was  the  significance  of  Paul's 
warning  cry  to  the  Ephesian  elders:  "Take  heed  unto 
yourselves,  and  to  all  the  flock  in  which  the  Holy  Spirit 
has  made  you  overseers,  to  shepherd  the  Church  of  God 
[or  'the  Lord'],  which  He  purchased  with  His  own  blood. 
For  I  know  this,  that  after  my  departing  grievous  wolves 
shall  enter  in  among  you,  not  sparing  the  flock."  Here  the 
"shepherding"  chiefly  refers  to  defending  the  flock  coura- 
geously against  their  spiritual  foes.  We  need  pastors  now 
of  David's  spirit.  "Thy  servant,"  he  tells  Saul,  "has  been 
a  shepherd  to  his  father  among  the  sheep,  and  the  lion  came 
and  the  bear,  and  took  a  sheep  out  the  flock,  and  I  went  out 
after  him,  and  smote  him,  and  delivered  [it]  out  of  his  mouth." 


Interior  of  a 
Fellahheen  House- 
Early  Morning  in 
Winter 


Interior  of  a  Fellahheen  House — Early  Morning 

in  Winter 

THE  position  of  the  stable  part  of  the  one-roomed  village 
house  is  here  shown  in  the  foreground.  The  black 
goat,  the  grey  ass,  and  the  little  red  ox  have  been  driven 
by  stress  of  weather  into  this  lower,  entrance  part,  for  it  is  now 
winter.  That  this  is  the  season  may  be  further  seen  by  the 
wood  fire  that  is  burning  on  the  stone  slab,  the  ordinary 
Palestine  village  fireplace,  in  the  centre  of  the  raised  dais, 
where  the  family  dwell.  The  rude  stone  steps  leading  from 
the  stable  floor  to  the  dais  are  here  shown,  and  the  two  mangers, 
one  on  each  side,  where  the  animals  feed.  These  mangers 
are  structures  roughly  built  of  wood,  or,  as  in  this  case, 
hollowed  in  stone,  where  the  crushed  straw  and  barley  that 
form  the  usual  fodder  are  seen  lying. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  we  have  before  us  here  just 
such  a  lowly  bed  as  that  wherein  the  infant  Saviour  was  laid. 
We  read  that  Mary  "brought  forth  her  son — the  firstborn; 
and  wrapped  Him  in  swaddling  clothes,  and  laid  Him  in 
a  manger,  because  there  was  no  room  for  them  in  the  inn." 
"  Inn  "  here  must  be  either  literal,  and  mean  the  whole 
inn,  or  else  be  the  trope  of  synecdoche — the  whole  put  for 
the  part — that  is,  in  this  case,  the  whole  of  the  inn  put  for 
that  part  of  it  where  travellers  lodge,  for  it  has  two  distinct 
parts.  The  inn  of  the  East,  the  modern  khan,  or  caravan- 
seray  (literally  "caravan-house"),  has  a  large  open  court- 
yard with  empty  rooms  around  it  on  two  or  three  sides, 
where    for   a  very    small    sum    paid   to   the    khangee,    or   khan 


5$         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

keeper,  the  traveller  is  allowed  to  lodge,  bringing  with  him 
his  own  bed,  table,  stool,  fireplace,  fuel,  food,  etc.,  and  camp- 
ing in  the  bare  apartment.  The  animals  of  his  caravan — not 
only  those  ridden  by  himself,  his  family,  and  his  servants,  but 
also  the  sumpter  beasts,  often  a  large  number,  that  carry  his 
tents,  travelling  furniture,  baggage  of  all  kinds,  and,  if  he  is  a 
merchant,  his  bales-  of  goods — are  tethered  in  the  open  central 
courtyard,  or  in  some  covered  place  set  apart  for  this  purpose, 
where  the  grooms  and  muleteers  sleep.  If  all  the  rooms  were 
full  of  travellers,  this  stable  part  would  be  crowded  with  strange 
animals.  As  there  are  no  geldings  in  the  East,  many  of  these 
horses,  mules,  asses,  and  camels  would  be  stallions,  and  the 
fights,  stampedes,  and  confusion  that  would  be  constantly  going 
on  under  these  circumstances  would  render  it  an  impossible 
place  for  Mary,  or  for  the  birth  or  cradling  of  her  child. 

Therefore,  in  all  probability,  the  word  "inn"  must  be  taken 
literally,  and  the  meaning  be  that  the  whole  of  the  khan  was 
full.  There  is  no  hint  of  a  separate  stable  in  a  cave,  as  tradition 
teaches  ;  and  when  the  wise  men  from  the  East  arrived  they 
found  "the  young  child  with  Mary  His  mother,"  we  are 
expressly  told,  in  a  "  house  "  at  Bethlehem.  Unable  to  find 
accommodation  in  any  part  of  the  inn,  and  with  all  the  Bethle- 
hem houses  thronged,  they  were  thankful  to  find  such  poor 
shelter  as  the  stable  part  of  one  of  them  could  afford  !  Here 
doubtless  the  Saviour — thus  from  His  earliest  years  on  earth 
in  deep  disguise — was  born,  on  a  night  towards  the  end  of 
September,  8  b.c,  and  laid  for  comfort  on  the  crushed  straw 
in  one  of  such  mangers  as  are  shown  in  our  picture.  But 
what  must  it  have  meant  for  a  child  to  be  born  in  such  a 
place!  No  wonder  it  is  "Luke,  the  beloved "'  physician," 
who  tells  of  this !  What  a  volume  of  meaning  there  is  now 
in  those  simple  words,  which  indicate  how  poor  and  afflictive 
from  His  first  moments  on  earth  were  the  surroundings  of 
the  incarnate   Son   of  God  :    "She  brought  forth  her  son — the 


Interior  of  a  Fellahheen  House  59 

firstborn — and  wrapped  Him  in  swaddling  clothes,  and  laid 
Him  in  a  manger."     (Luke  ii.   7.) 

When  a  child  is  born  in  the  East  it  is  washed  in  salted 
water  and  then  swaddled.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  child 
Jesus  would  be  treated  in  this  respect  like  any  other  infant. 
Ezekiel  strikingly  alludes  to  this  universal  custom  when, 
speaking  of  the  kingdom  of  Judah,  under  the  name  of 
Jerusalem,  and  upbraiding  it  with  the  lack  of  proper  spiritual 
nurture,  under  the  figure  of  an  infant  neglected  from  its  birth, 
he  says,  "Thou  hast  not  been  salted  at  all,  and  thou  hast  not 
been  swaddled  at  all."     (Ezek.  xvi.  4.) 

The  swaddling  clothes  of  Palestine  to  this  day  consist  of 
bands  of  white  cotton  or  linen  cloth  about  four  to  five  inches 
wide  and  some  five  or  six  yards  long.  The  child's  legs  are 
laid  together,  and  his  arms  by  his  side,  and  these  bands  are 
then  wound  round  and  round  his  naked  body  until  it  presents 
somewhat  the  appearance  of  a  little  mummy.  A  band  is 
even  passed  under  the  chin  and  round  the  top  of  the  head, 
by  which  the  child  is  unconsciously  taught  the  important 
lesson  of  keeping  its  mouth  closed  and  of  breathing  through 
its  nostrils.  In  our  picture  the  swaddled  babe  is  seen  in  the 
hammock-like  cradle  hung  on  the  wall,  so  often  used  in  these 
village  houses.  Imagination  can  hardly  picture  a  lowlier 
state,  and  one  of  greater  weakness  and  helplessness  than 
such  a  swaddled  fellahheen  child  laid  in  the  rude  manger  of 
such  a  humble  abode  ! 

The  fellahhah  in  our  picture  is  seen  sitting  "behind  the 
mill,"  the  attitude  taken  in  the  grinding  of  corn.  In  towns 
this  grinding  of  wheat  is  the  office  of  the  humblest  and 
youngest  female  slave  or  hired  servant  of  the  establishment. 
The  utter  humiliation  of  the  "virgin  daughter  of  Babylon"  is 
imaged  by  the  command — 

"  Sit  on  the  ground,  no  throne, 
Take  the  millstones  and  grind  meal,"     (Isa.  xlvii.  2.) 


6o 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


the  humblest  of  all  occupations — the  work  of  an  Eastern 
kitchen-maid.  In  describing  Israel's  deep  humiliation  and 
woe,  Jeremiah  declares — 

"They  have  taken  the  young  men  to  grind,"     (Lam.  v.  13.) 

not  only  putting  them  to  the  disgrace,  so  keenly  felt  in  the 
East,  of  shoghal  niswan,  "women's  work,"  but  of  the  most 
menial  form  of  it. 

We  read  of  the  last  and  most  awful  of  the  ten  plagues 
of  Egypt,  that  all  the  firstborn  in  the  land  should  die,  "from 
the  firstborn  of  Pharaoh  that  sits  upon  his  throne,  even  unto 
the  firstborn  of  the  female  slave  that  is  behind  the  mill 
[that  is,  'that  grinds  the  corn']."  Unreal  as  it  would  be  to  us 
in  the  North-West  to  speak  of  the  humblest  servant  girl  in 
a  house  losing  a  firstborn  son,  nothing  could  be  more 
natural  and  minutely  accurate  in  Bible  lands.  No  women 
there  are  ever  allowed  to  go  out  to  service  until  they  are 
married.     All  female  servants  in  the  East  are  wives  or  widows. 

At  or  before  dawn  every  morning  the  ringing,  unmis- 
takable sound  of  this  grinding  is  heard  coming  from  every 
house,  as  the  fellahhah  prepares  her  family's  daily  bread  ; 
and  this  preparation,  including  grinding,  kneading  the  un- 
leavened whole  wheatmeal,  and  baking  it  in  her  small, 
primitive  oven,  takes  in  all  about  half  an  hour.  When  "the 
voice  [or  'sound']  of  the  grinding  is  low,"  it  is  a  sign  that 
the  family  is  impoverished,  for  bread  is  their  principal  food. 
But  to  say  that  "the  voice  [or  'sound']  of  the  millstones  is 
destroyed,"  or  "shall  be  heard  no  more  at  all,"  is  to  fore- 
tell banishment  or  destruction.     (Jer.  xxv.   10;    Rev.  xviii.  22.) 

The  long,  pendent  breasts  of  the  women  in  all  classes 
of  life  in  Palestine  is  a  very  noticeable  feature,  the  more  so  as, 
though  they  are  careful  to  hide  their  faces,  they  are  careless 
about  exposing  their  persons.  This  is  no  doubt  largely  accounted 
for    by  the   great  length    of   time   they  suckle    their  children. 


Interior  of  a  Fellahheen  House  61 

Infants  with  them  are  seldom,  if  ever,  weaned  under  two 
years  of  age.  It  is  no  extraordinary  thing  for  a  mother  to 
continue  to  give  a  "  man-child  "  the  breast  till  he  is  four  or 
five  years  old.  Indeed,  boys  of  seven  may  sometimes  be 
seen  fed  in  this  way.  Especially  if  a  boy  appears  one  of 
great  promise,  or  is  a  firstborn,  or  seems  likely  to  be  an 
only  child,  a  mother  nurses  him  herself,  or  by  means  of  a 
wet-nurse  or  foster-mother,  until   he  is  four  or  five. 

How    unreal    to     me    in    youth — nay,     how    impossible — 
was  the  story  of  Hannah's  leaving  little  Samuel,  as  soon  as  he 
was  weaned,  with  the  high  priest  at  the  Tabernacle  in  Shiloh, 
that    he    might    at    once   engage   in   some  childish    capacity  in 
the  service  of  Jehovah.      With  us  a  child  is  weaned  at  twelve 
months   of  age,  sometimes   at   nine   months,  in   a  state  of  un- 
conscious   and   helpless   infancy,    and  what   could    be   done   by 
the    priests    with    a    child    at    such    an    age    when    left    by    his 
mother  ?      But    now    I    know   that,    in    the     case    of    this    re- 
markable  child,  it   is    certain  that  Hannah  would   have  nursed 
him,    either   by   herself    or   by  foster-mothers,    for  four  or    five 
years,  possibly  until  he  was  seven;    the   more  so    because,    as 
soon    as    he    was    weaned,    according    to    her   vow,    she    must 
endure    the    awful    anguish    to    an    Eastern    mother    of  parting 
for    ever  with    her  firstborn    son.      How    intelligible    now    are 
the  words   she   addressed   to   her    husband   Elkanah  :    "  [I    will 
not   go   up]    until  the  child  be  weaned,  and  then  I  will  bring 
him,    that    he    may    appear    before    Jehovah,    and    there    abide 
for    ever."     In    confirmation    of    this    view    it    is    important    to 
notice    that    it    is    said    of    little    Samuel,    as    soon    as    he    was 
handed    over    to    the    charge    of    the    high    priest,     "  and    he 
served  Jehovah  there."     (1  Sam.  i.  22-28;  ii.  11.) 

Doubtless,  when  the  infant  Moses  was  so  providentially 
restored  to  his  mother,  she  kept  him  at  the  breast,  much  as 
Hannah  kept  Samuel,  if  only  that  she  might  have  her  child 
under  her  own  care  as  long  as  possible.     (Ex.  ii.  7-10.) 


62 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


So,  too,  in  the  case  of  Isaac,  there  can  be  little  doubt 
that  Sarah  would  herself  have  nursed  him,  or  have  caused 
him  to  be  nursed,  till  he  was  five  years  of  age.  We  are 
told  that  "Abraham  made  a  great  feast  the  day  that  Isaac 
was  weaned.  And  Sarah  saw  the  son  of  Hagar  mocking," 
not,  as  we  might  suppose,  an  unconscious  infant,  but  a  far 
more  serious  matter,  a  child  of  an  age  to  feel  and  resent 
insult,  and  to  make  a  passionate  appeal  to  his  mother. 
It  is  almost  certain  that  this  was  so,  for  the  prophetic  dates 
require  it.  The  400  years  of  affliction  and  bondage  fore- 
told as  coming  upon  Abraham's  seed  start  from  the  time  that 
Isaac  was  five  years  old.  Of  this  Dr.  Grattan  Guinness  says  : 
"  To  this  day  it  is  a  matter  of  conjecture  what  the  event  was 
that  marked  that  year,  though  there  is  little  doubt  that  it  was 
the  casting  out  of  the  bondwoman  and  her  son  on  the 
occasion  of  the  mocking  of  the  heir  of  promise  by  the  natural 
seed.  This  mocking  or  '  persecuting '  (Gal.  iv.  29)  is  the  first 
affliction  of  Abraham's  seed  of  which  we  have  any  record, 
and  its  result  demonstrated  that  it  was  in  Isaac  the  seed  was 
to  be  called." 

What  new  force  and  meaning  this  lends  to  the  words  of 
Isaiah : — 

"  Whom  does  He  teach  knowledge  ? 
And  whom  does  He  make  to  understand  instruction  ? 
Those  weaned  from  milk, 
Those  withdrawn  from  breasts  "  ;    (Isa.  xxviii.  9.) 

and  to  those  which  our  blessed  Lord  quotes  (Ps.  viii.  2),  as 
given  in  the  Septuagint : — 

"  Out  of  the  mouths  of  babes  and  sucklings  Thou  hast  perfected 
praise."     (Matt.  xxi.  16.) 

For  Eastern  children  can  talk  and  understand  what  they  are 
told,  and  can  pray  and  praise,  in  almost  all  instances,  before 
they  are  weaned. 


Interior  of  a  Fellahheen  House  63 

The  fire  burning  on  the  hearthstone  in  the  centre  of  the 
room  is  fed  with  wood.  The  only  provision  made  for  carrying 
away  the  smoke  is  a  few  holes  over  the  door  of  the  house, 
and  the  casements  of  the  tiny  windows,  generally  unglazed, 
but  in  winter  closed  with  rude  wooden  shutters  to  keep  out 
the  cold.  Green  wood  is  constantly  burnt  on  this  primitive 
hearth,  and  the  dense  smoke  in  passing  out  of  the  apartment 
strikes  the  nostrils,  throat,  and  eyes  of  the  occupants  in  a 
truly  torturing  fashion.  Hence  the  force  of  the  Bible  allusions 
to  the  terrible  annoyance  caused  by  smoke,  only  to  be  fully 
realised  by  one  who,  like  myself,  as  the  guest  of  a  fellahh, 
has  had  to  sit  coughing,  choking,  and  with  stinging  and 
weeping  eyes  beside  such  a  fire. 

Viewed  in  this  light,  how  expressive  of  the  irritation 
and  vexation  occasioned  to  a  master  by  an  idle  and  worthless 
servant  is  that  truly  Oriental  proverb  : — 

"  As  smoke  to  the  eyes, 
So  is  the  sluggard  to  them  that  send  him."     (Prov.  x.  26.) 

Fortunately  these  fires,  save  in  the  coldest  weather,  are 
not  continually  burning.  In  the  severest  part  of  the  winter, 
when  the  family  can  afford  the  fuel,  the  fire  is  kept  up  all 
day,  and  must  prove  a  most  painful  nuisance.  It  would  seem 
that  this  is  the  allusion  of  the  Most  High,  when,  speaking 
of  the  hatefulness  of  His  people's  rebellious,  idolatrous,  self- 
righteous  conduct,  He  declares — 

"  These  are  a  smoke  in  My  nose, 
A  fire  that  burns  all  day  !  "     (Isa.  lxv.  5.) 

Near  the  fire  is  seen  the  clay  oven  of  these  village  houses, 
used  principally  to  bake  their  bread.  This  oven,  about 
three  feet  high  and  three  feet  in  diameter  at  the  bottom, 
tapering  to  two  feet  in  diameter  at  its  rounded  top,  is  much 
the    same    as    those    we    see    in    ancient     Egyptian    sculptures. 


64         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

Very  often  it  is  sunk  in  the  middle  of  the  raised  part  of  the 
room,  so  that  its  ball-like  head,  with  a  large  aperture  towards 
one  side,  rises  just  a  little  above  the  floor.  In  this  case,  in 
winter,  after  the  bread  is  baked,  the  opening  into  the  oven 
is  closed  with  a  stone  slab,  and  the  low  round  table,  about 
three  feet  in  diameter  and  eight  or  nine  inches  high,  is 
set  over  it,  so  that  the  family  can  sit  on  the  floor  round  it 
at  their  meals,  and  be  kept  warm.  The  fuel  used  in  this 
case  is  always  a  low,  wild  growth  round  the  village,  "the 
grass"  of  the  Bible,  a  term  used  to  denote  "wild  growth 
generally,"  including  all  the  exceedingly  varied  and  beautiful 
wild  flowers  of  Palestine,  just  as  it  is  by  the  people  of  the 
Holy  Land  to-day.  Ask  any  fellahh  the  name  of  a  wild 
flower,  and,  with  a  contemptuous  shrug  of  his  shoulders,  he 
will  say,  "  Oh,  sir,  it's  grass."  When  our  Lord  is  speaking 
of  '  the  lilies  of  the  field,"  the  crimson  anemones  (Anemone 
coronaria  and  Asiaticus  ranunculus),  whose  tint  and  texture, 
He  tells  us,  are  finer  than  those  of  Solomon's  richest  robe,  we 
catch  this  familiar  note  of  contempt  which  He  knew  would 
be  in  the  mind  of  His  fellahheen  hearers,  for  of  this  glorious 
flower  He  cries,  "  If  God  so  clothe  the  grass  of  the  field, 
which  to-day  is,  and  to-morrow  is  cast  into  the  oven,  shall 
He  not  much  more  [clothe]  you,  O  ye  of  little  faith?" 
(Matt.  vi.  28-30.) 


Interior  of  a 
Fellahheen  House 
by  Night 


Interior  of  a  Fellahheen  House  by  Night 

A  FAMILY  of  fellahheen  are  here  pictured  in  their  one- 
roomed  dwelling  at  night.  The  small  slipper  lamp  on 
the  lampstand  gives  its  faint  light,  literally,  "to  all  that 
are  in  the  house."  All  night  long  this  lamp  burns.  The 
poorest  of  the  people  have  it.  None  dare  lie  down  in  dark- 
ness. Among  the  diligent  domestic  duties  of  the  "virtuous 
woman,"  the  housewife,  trusted  and  treasured  by  her  hus- 
band, we  read  :  — 

"Her  lamp  is  not  put  out  in  the  night."     (Prov.  xxxi.  18.) 

Many  years  ago  my  wife  and  myself  had  a  Syrian  lady 
with  us  on  a  visit  to  England  for  some  six  months.  Though 
well  educated,  she  had  spent  her  days  till  then  entirely  in 
Palestine,  and  had  seen  nothing  of  any  but  Oriental  lands, 
so  that  the  complicated,  highly  civilised  life  of  England  was 
all  new  to  her ;  for,  in  the  time  of  which  I  speak,  the  year 
1876,  there  was  not  a  road  or  a  wheeled  vehicle  in  all 
Southern  Palestine,  and  her  home  was  in  Jerusalem.  To- 
wards the  end  of  her  visit,  during  which  she  had  seen  so 
many  novel  and,  to  her,  wonderful  things,  when  she  was 
staying  with  us  in  a  country  house  in  Sussex,  which  stood  in 
the  midst  of  a  small  forest,  we  asked  what  had  struck  her 
as  strangest  in  all  the  life  we  had  shown  her  in  England. 
She  at  once  replied,  "Two  things.  One,  that  I,  a  woman,  can 
walk  alone  in  safety  in  these  woods ;  and  the  other,  your 
dreadful  practice  of  lying  down  to  sleep  in  the  dark!" 

Yes,    to    all    Easterns    it  is  a   thing   of    horror   to    be  in    a 

67 


68         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

darkened  house.  No  matter  how  poor  the  people  may  be, 
or  how  feeble  the  flame  they  can  afford,  or  how  often  their 
tiny  lamp  needs  replenishing  with  oil— amongst  the  poor, 
castor  oil ! — they  must  have  a  light  all  night. 

Many  causes  contribute  to  this.  The  glorious  sunlight 
of  Syria  makes  darkness  specially  abhorrent.  The  words  of 
the  royal  preacher  in  Ecclesiastes  well  express  an  Eastern's 
passionate  love  of  the  sunshine,  in  which  he  basks,  most  of 
the  day,  for  some  eight  or  nine  months  of  every  year:  — 

"  Truly  the  light  is  sweet, 
Ancfit  is  pleasant  for  the  eyes  to  behold  the  sun."     (Eccles.  xi.  7.) 

On  the  other  hand,  darkness  is  everywhere  in  Scripture  a 
picture  of  trouble,  terror,  and  misery.  There  came  upon 
Abraham  in  vision,  revealing  the  cruel  bondage  of  his  seed  in 
Egypt,  "a  horror  of  great  darkness,"  truly,  to  an  Eastern, 
a  portent  of  heavy  calamity.     (Gen.  xv.  12.) 

"  Sit  silent,  and  go  in  darkness, 
O  daughter  of  the  Chaldeans,"     (Isa.  xlvii.  5.) 

"  Let  their  way  be  dark,"     (Ps.  xxxv.  6.) 

"  That  night,  let  thick-darkness  take  it,"     (Job  iii.  6.) 

are  terrible  maledictions. 

"  All  joy  is  dark,"     (Isa.  xxiv.  11.) 

"  He  hath  set  darkness  on  my  paths,"     (Job  xix.  8.) 

"  He  has  caused  me  to  dwell  in  dark  places,"     (Lam.  iii.  6.) 

"  I  make  my  bed  in  darkness,"     (Job  xvii.  13.) 

are  the  saddest  of  lamentations. 

"Ye  have  waited  for  light, 
And  He  hath  made  a  shadow-of-death, 
And  He  hath  appointed  thick-darkness,"    (Jer.  xiii.  16.) 


A  Fellahheen  House  by  Night  69 

"  All  the  lights  of  the  light  of  heaven 
I  will  make  black  over  thee, 
And  I  will  give  darkness  upon  thy  land, 
A  solemn  declaration  of  the  Lord  Jehovah,"     (Ezek.  xxxii.  8.) 

are  threatenings  of  awful  judgment. 

Night  is  always  a  time  of  danger  from  ordinary  robbers, 
when  "in  the  dark  they  dig  [through]  houses";  from  beda- 
ween  raids  ;  and  from  hostile  neighbours,  to  an  extent  that,  in 
the  well-governed  countries  of  the  North-West,  it  is  difficult  to 
realise.  How  blessed  to  Easterns  is  that  assurance  of  the  psalmist 
to  him  who  dwells  in  the  secret  place  of  the  Most  High — 

"  Thou  shalt  not  be  afraid  of  fear   [pahhad]  by  night."     (Ps.  xci.  5.) 

This  word  "fear"  (pahhad)  bears  the  meaning  of  "fear  in 
the  form  of  concealed  danger  and  sudden  alarm."  It  is 
obviously  connected  with  pahh,  "a  snare,"  or  "trap,"  and 
it  specially  occurs  with  other  words  meaning  snares  and  traps 
used  in  hunting,  as  in  Israel's  threatened  judgment:  — 

"Fear   [pahhad],  and  pit,  and  snare 
Are  against  thee,  inhabitant  of  the  land.  .  .  . 
He  who  flees  from  the  noise  of  the  fear   [pahhad] 
Shall  fall  into  the  pit."     (Isa.  xxiv.  17,  18.) 

Here  it  is  used  technically  of  the  sudden  shouts  and  alarms  by 
which  the  drivers  force  hunted  animals  into  the  pits  and  traps 
prepared  to  catch  them. 

But  another  and  perhaps  chief  reason  why  they  must  have 
a  light  all  night  is  their  dread  of  evil  spirits,  which  they  be- 
lieve are  thus  driven  away.  Easterns  are,  and  always  have  been, 
given  over  to  many  superstitions.  Chief  among  these  is  their 
belief  in  ginn,  or  genii,  in  the  singular  ginnee.  The  ginn  are 
supposed  to  have  been  created  before  man,  and  to  occupy  an 
intermediate  position  between  angels  and  men.  They  are 
said  to  have  been  created  out  of  fire,  and  to  have  the  power  of 


7°         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

appearing  as  men,  brute  beasts,  and  monsters,  and  of  becoming 
invisible  at  will.  They  eat,  drink,  and  procreate  their  species, 
this  last  sometimes  in  conjunction  with  human  beings,  and  they 
are  subject  to  death,  though  they  often  live  to  be  many  hundreds 
of  years  old.  "They  roam  over  the  earth,  but  their  own  land  is 
in  a  range  of  mountains  called  Kaf  which  surround  the  world. 
Some  are  Mohammedans  and  some  infidels,  and  these  last  are 
supposed  to  be  sheytans,  'devils,'  having  Iblees,  Satan  himself, 
as  their  chief.  Of  both  kinds,  the  good  and  the  bad,  the 
people  are  greatly  afraid.  They  inhabit  rivers,  ruined  houses, 
wells,  baths,  ovens,  and  even  the  latrinae,  and  they  pervade 
the  solid  matter  of  the  earth  as  well  as  the  firmament  up  to  the 
lowest  heavens,  where,  by  listening,  they  obtain  the  knowledge  of 
many  mysteries  and  the  secrets  of  magic.  If  a  man  pours  water 
on  the  ground,  or  draws  it  from  a  well,  or  lights  a  fire,  etc.,  he 
says  destoor,  'permission,'  thus  craving  the  pardon  of  any  ginnee 
he  may  be  accidentally  disturbing.  In  the  deserts,  a  whirlwind 
at  times  raises  sand  and  dust  in  the  form  of  an  enormous 
pillar  like  a  waterspout,  often  700  feet  high,  called  zobaah, 
which  rushes  across  the  ground ;  and  the  Arabs  believe  that 
it  is  caused  by  the  flight  of  a  ginnee.  To  drive  away  the  zobaah 
when  it  seems  to  be  coming  upon  them,  they  exclaim  '  Iron, 
thou  unlucky!'  for  the  ginn  are  believed  to  stand  in  awe  of 
that  metal!"  The  Muslim  believe  that  during  Ramadan,  the 
month  when  they  fast  all  day  and  feast  at  night,  the  ginn  are  shut 
up  in  prison.  So,  on  the  eve  of  the  festival  which  follows, 
women  sprinkle  salt  upon  the  floors  of  their  rooms  to  prevent 
one  of  the  liberated  ginn  entering. 

They  also  believe  in  effects,  the  ghosts  of  dead  people, 
and  are  greatly  afraid  of  them.  Another  class  of  monsters 
of  whom  they  stand  in  awe  are  ghouls,  a  special  class  of  ginn, 
who  assume  the  forms  of  men  and  of  animals,  and  sometimes 
take  monstrous  shapes.  They  are  terribly  strong  and  cunning, 
and  devour  every  man,  woman,   and   child   whom   they  meet. 


A  Fellahheen  House  by  Night  71 

They  are  supposed  to  specially  haunt  cemeteries,  and  to  feed 
upon  dead  bodies.  A  spot  thought  to  be  ghoul-haunted  is 
carefully  avoided,  and  if  it  has  to  be  approached,  the  shivering 
visitant  utters  the  most  courteous  salutations  to  appease  the 
dreaded  spirit.  They  believe,  too,  in  the  kerad — as  its  name 
implies,  a  monkey-like  goblin,  who  is  very  mischievous,  and 
can  inflict  much  harm.  They  also  believe  that  the  spirits  of 
dead  saints  (welee)  and  prophets  (nebee)  haunt  their  respective 
tombs  and  the  adjacent  districts,  and  they  are  greatly  afraid 
of  them,  especially  of  some  who  are  esteemed  hot-tempered 
and  despotic.  Hence  their  dread  of  darkness.  There  is  reason 
to  conclude,  from  many  Scriptural  allusions,  and  from  the 
changeless  nature  of  the  East,  that  the  mass  of  the  people 
held  very  similar  superstitions  in   Bible  times. 

It  was  one  of  Israel's  signal  mercies  that  in  the  desert 
Jehovah 

"Led  them  all  night  by  a  light  of  fire."    (Ps.  lxxiii.  14.) 

Nehemiah  would  understand  the  immense  comfort  of  this, 
quite  apart  from  the  protection  and  guidance  it  afforded,  as 
no  North-Westerner  could,  wThen  in  his  prayer  he  says  :  "Thou 
in  Thy  manifold  mercies  forsookest  them  not  in  the  wilderness. 
The  pillar  of  cloud  departed  not  from  them  by  day  to  lead  them, 
nor  the  pillar  of  fire  by  night  to  show  them  light."  (Neh.  ix.  19.) 
The  darkness  of  the  desert  at  night  would  have  been  awful 
to  them  without  that  miraculous  light,  the  more  so  as  they 
would  there  have  lacked  oil,  their  only  illuminant,  and  also 
wood  to  make  fires  around  their  camp. 

We  have  not  only  the  thought  of  light  as  a  figure  of 
true  knowledge  and  instruction,  but  also  as  one  of  great 
comfort  and  cheer,  in  the  words  of  the  Apostle  Peter,  when 
he  says  of  "the  prophetic  word"  (i.e.  "special  prophecy," 
that  part  of  Holy  Scripture  so  many  neglect  and  despise 
and  treat  as  hopelessly  obscure),  that  it  is  "a  lamp  shining  in 


72         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

a  dark  place,  till  the  day  dawn  and  the  day-star  rises." 
(2  Pet.  i.   19.) 

Because  they  have  a  lamp  all  night,  the  possession  of  a 
light  came  to  signify  the  continuance  of  life  ;  for  so  long  as 
a  man  was  living  he  kept  a  lamp  burning.  So  Job  declares 
of  the  hypocrite's  destruction  : — 

"  Surely  the  light  of  the  wicked  shall  be  put  out  .  .   . 
And  "his  lamp  over  him  shall  go  out."     (Job  xviii.  5,  6.) 

And  again  : — 

"  How  often  is  the  lamp  of  the  wicked  put  out, 
And  their  destruction  comes  upon  them."     (Job  xxi.  17.) 

The  wise  man,  speaking  of  retributive  justice,  says:  — 

"  The  light  of  the  righteous  shall  rejoice  ; 
And  the  lamp  of  the  wicked  shall  be  put  out."     (Prov.  xiii.  9.) 

Again  he  declares : — 

"  He  who  makes  light  [inekallail]  of  his  father  and  mother, 
His  lamp  shall  be  put  out  in  the  pupil-of-the-eye  [be-eeshoan]  of 
darkness,"     (Prov.  xx.  20.) 

that  is,  "  in  the  very  centre  of  darkness,"  its  deepest  and 
darkest  part;  because  "the  pupil"  is  the  centre  of  the  eye. 
So,  in  Proverbs,  "the  young  man  lacking  understanding"  is 
said  to  seek  the  harlot's  house  "in  the  pupil-of-the-eye  [be- 
eeshoan]  of  night  and  darkness,"  that  is,  "in  the  middle  of  a 
dark  night."     (Prov.  vii.  9.) 

If  in  the  East  a  lamp  is  out  at  night,  it  must  be  because 
the  house  is  empty  and  the  occupant  gone.  The  final  touch 
to  the  picture  of  the  threatened  devastation  of  the  kingdom 
of  Judah  and  the  surrounding  nations  at  the  hands  of  the 
king  of  Babylon  is — 

"  I  will  cause  to  perish  from  them  .  .  . 
The  light  of  the  lamp."     (Jer.  xxv.   10.) 


A  Fellahheen  House  by  Night  73 

In  the  judgment  pronounced  against  the  symbolical  Babylon 
in  the  Revelation  we  read:  "The  light  of  a  lamp  shall 
shine  no  more  at  all  in  thee."     (Rev.  xviii.  23.) 

In  the  same  way,  to  give  anyone  a  lamp  in  a  place  means 
to  establish  his  house  and  line  there.  Judah  was  not  destroyed 
in  the  evil  days  of  Jehoram,  because  Jehovah  had  promised 
David  "to  give  him  a  lamp  for  his  sons  always."  Of  wicked 
Abijam  it  is  said,  that  "for  David's  sake  has  Jehovah  his  God 
given  to  him  a  lamp  in  Jerusalem,  to  set  up  his  son  after  him, 
and  to  establish  Jerusalem."     (2  Kings  viii.  19;  1  Kings  xv.  4.) 

This  explains  an  otherwise  very  difficult  passage.  When 
Ahijah  the  Shilonite  announced  to  Jeroboam  that  God  in- 
tended to  wrest  ten  tribes  from  the  hand  of  Solomon,  that  is, 
from  the  hand  of  Solomon's  son  and  successor,  Rehoboam, 
and  give  them  to  his  rule,  he  added,  in  the  name  of 
Jehovah,  "And  to  his  [Solomon's]  son  will  I  give  one 
tribe  [the  tribe  of  Benjamin,  which  remained  steadfast 
to  the  kingdom  of  Judah],  that  David  My  servant  may 
have  a  lamp  always  [literally,  'all  the  days']  before  Me  in 
Jerusalem,  the  city  which  I  have  chosen  for  Myself  to  put 
My  name  there."  Here  "David"  is  put,  by  the  trope  of 
metonymy,  for  "his  descendants."  It  must  be  borne  in  mind 
that  the  whole  of  the  city  of  Jerusalem  and  all  its  northern 
suburbs  stood  in  the  territory  of  Benjamin.  This  has  been 
shown  to  demonstration  by  the  work  in  connection  with  the 
ordnance  survey  of  Western  Palestine.  The  north  border  of 
Judah  is  said  to  have  run  along  the  Valley  of  the  Son  of 
Hinnom  to  the  south  of  Jerusalem  ;  and  we  are  expressly 
told  that  the  Holy  City  was  in  the  territory  of  the  tribe  of 
Benjamin,  in  the  words,  "The  children  of  Benjamin  did  not 
drive  out  the  Jebusites  that  inhabited  Jerusalem,  but  the 
Jebusites  dwell  with  the  children  of  Benjamin  in  Jerusalem." 
Had  the  tribe  of  Benjamin  joined  the  other  ten  in  their 
revolt  against  the  throne   of    Rehoboam,    the   royal  city  could 


74         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

not  have  remained,  as  God  had  promised  it  should,  the 
dwelling-place  of  the  kings  of  David's  line,  that  is,  in  the 
highly  figurative  language  of  Bible  lands,  "Their  lamp  in 
the  Holy  City  would  have  been  put  out." 

It  will  be  seen  that  in  the  cold  weather  all  the  inmates 
of  the  house  sleep  with  their  feet  towards  the  fire  in  the 
centre.  It  will  also  be  observed  that  they  do  not  undress  on 
lying  down  to  sleep,  or  wear  any  night-clothes.  Throughout 
the  East,  in  all  classes  of  life  where  their  ancient  customs 
continue,  they  sleep  by  night  in  the  clothes  they  wTear  by 
day :  all  they  do  on  retiring  to  rest  is  to  unloose  their  girdles 
and  remove  their  shoes.  Their  bedclothes,  in  the  case  of 
the  fellahheen,  the  villagers,  consist  of  their  abba,  or  abaiyeh, 
their  goat's  or  camel's  hair  or  rough  worsted  cloak,  the  himation 
or  himatismos  of  the  New  Testament.  This  himation  is  the 
salmah,  or  "cloak,"  of  the  Old  Testament,  which  is  spoken  of 
as  serving  for  bedclothing.  "We  read  in  the  law,  "  If  thou 
at  all  take  thy  neighbour's  cloak  [salmah]  to  pledge,  thou  shalt 
return  it  to  nim  at  the  going  down  of  the  sun ;  for  it  alone 
is  his  covering,  it  is  his  outer-covering  [simlah]  for  [his]  skin  ; 
wherein  shall  he  sleep  [literally,  'lie  down']?"  (Ex.  xxii. 
26;    Deut.  xxiv.  12,  13,  17.) 

The  fact  that  they  do  not  undress  on  lying  down  to 
sleep,  together  with  that  of  their  having  a  light  all  night,  will 
explain  how,  in  these  one-roomed  houses,  travellers  can  be 
given,  as  I  have  been,  a  night's  lodging  with  the  family  with- 
out any  shock  to  modesty. 

It  also  explains  such  allusions  as  that  where  Saul  cries 
of  David,  "  Bring  him  up  to  me  in  the  bed."  David  in 
bed  would  have  the  clothes  he  wore  by  day,  and  could  be 
brought  into  Saul's  presence  just  as  well  as  if  he  were  up. 
(1  Sam.  xix.  15.) 

The  bed  in  these  houses  consists  at  best  of  a  thin,  very 
lightly  stuffed,   flexible    mattress,  that  can   be   easily   rolled  up 


A  Fellahheen  House  by  Night  75 

and  put  in  a  closet  by  day,  and  brought  out  and  laid  on 
the  floor  at  night,  without  any  kind  of  bedstead.  On  these 
thin,  light  beds  the  sick  are  still  carried  about,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  paralytic  man  in  the  Gospel  narrative ;  and  nothing 
would  be  easier  or  more  natural  than  to  take  up  such  a 
bed  rolled  into  a  small  bundle  and  carry  it  to  one's  house, 
according  to  our  Lord's  command:  "Rise,  and  take  up  thy 
bed,  and  go  away  to  thy  house."  (Matt.  ix.  6;  Mark  ii.  11; 
John  v.  8.) 

Looking  at  this  sleeping  scene,  we  can  realise  the  force 
of  the  illustration  by  which  Messiah  bids  His  people  be  His 
witnesses,  letting  their  light  so  shine  that  men  may  see  their 
good  works  and  glorify  their  Heavenly  Father.  "Is  the  lamp 
brought  to  be  put  under  the  bushel  [measure],  or  under  the 
bed,  and  not  to  be  set  on  a  lampstand?"  (Mark  iv.  25; 
Matt.  v.  14,  15;    Luke  viii.  16.) 

To  us  in  the  North- West  it  seems  a  frivolous  and  quite 
inadequate  excuse  given  in  the  parable  of  the  importunate 
friend  who  went  at  midnight  to  borrow  three  loaves,  '  My 
children  are  with  me  in  bed,  I  cannot  rise  and  give  thee." 
With  us,  the  children,  sleeping  in  their  own  bedroom,  would 
in  no  way  be  disturbed  by  their  father  getting  up  to  assist 
his  friend.  But  by  a  glance  at  our  picture,  which  gives  the 
true  scene  to  which  our  Lord  alludes,  it  will  be  realised  that 
to  rise,  find  the  bread,  and  open  the  door  would  necessitate 
the  awakening  and  painful  disturbance  of  the  slumbers  of  the 
whole  family.  It  must,  too,  sound  strange  to  the  English  reader 
that  three  loaves  are  asked  for  to  provide  a  meal  for  his  friend, 
for  with  us  one  would  be  amply  sufficient.  But  this  is 
minutely  accurate  in  Palestine;  for,  as  we  have  seen,  the 
"loaf"  of  these  villagers,  an  unleavened  whole  wheatmeal, 
toasted  cake,  is  no  larger  than  a  thick  pancake  about  eight 
inches  in  diameter,  and  it  would  take  quite  two  of  these  to 
make    a    meal    for  a    hungry    man  !     To    which    it    should    be 


76         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

added  that  it  is  essential  to  the  prodigality  of  Oriental  hospi- 
tality to  place  before  a  guest  more  than  he  can  eat,  especially 
in  the  case  of  bread.  Sometimes  in  the  Holy  Land  at  a 
meal  I  have  had  a  dozen  of  such  loaves  piled  up  before 
me  !  In  this  way  Joseph  sent  from  his  own  table  to  his 
brother  Benjamin  five  times  as  much  food  as  the  sufficient 
meal  set  before  each  of  his  other  brothers,  though  he  knew 
Benjamin  could  not  possibly  consume  it.  Just  as  it  was  in 
Joseph's  palace  some  3,000  years  ago,  so  it  is,  in  proportion, 
in  the  humblest  houses  of  the  East  to-day,  in  the  case  of  a 
loved  and  honoured  guest,  for  nothing  changes  in  the  change- 
less East. 

The  ass  seen  here  in  the  stable  part  of  the  one-roomed 
house  is  the  kind  common  throughout  Bible  lands.  It  is 
essentially  the  animal  of  the  poor,  on  account  of  its  low  price 
— a  common  but  serviceable  donkey,  away  from  the  coast, 
may  sometimes  be  bought  for  12s.,  or  even  less — its  hardi- 
hood, the  economy  of  its  keep,  and  its  powers  of  work  and 
endurance,  specially  great  in  the  warm  lands  of  the  Orient, 
for,  less  capable  of  bearing  cold  than  the  horse,  the  ass 
naturally  degenerates  as  it  approaches  the  north.  If  a  she- 
ass  is  kept,  as  it  often  is,  for  work  and  riding,  it  also  sup- 
plies its  owner  with  an  abundance  of  delicious  and  wholesome 
milk.  Hence  the  appropriateness  of  Job's  graphic  description 
of  the  merciless  oppressors  of  the  poor  and  weak:  — 

"  They  drive  away  the  ass  of  the  fatherless."     (Job  xxiv.  3.) 

This  agrees  with  Moses'  indignant  declaration  in  the 
case  of  the  rebellious  Dathan  and  Abiram,  "I  have  not  taken 
one  ass  from  them."  It  is  also  in  keeping  with  the  tenth 
commandment's  putting  the  ass  last,  as  of  least  value  in  the 
enumerated  possessions  of  the  mass  of  men,  and  yet  including 
it  with  the  ox  as  one  of  the  two  chattels  that  were  common 
to  all.     (Numb.  xvi.  15.     See  also  1  Sam.  xii.  3;  Ex.  xx.  17.) 


Evening  Meal 

among  the  Fellahheen 


Evening  Meal  among  the  Fellahheen 

THERE  are  only  two  formal  meals  a  day  partaken  of 
amongst  the  great  mass  of  the  people  in  Bible  lands — 
breakfast  at  an  early  hour  in  the  morning  and  dinner, 
which,  amongst  all  classes,  is  at  asha,  "sundown."  This 
applies  to  rich  and  poor,  and  to  all  three  conditions  of 
Oriental  life,  the  bedaween,  the  fellahheen,  and  the  belladeen. 
In  exact  agreement  with  the  present  custom,  we  find  that 
only  two  meals  are  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament:  ariston, 
"breakfast,"  and  deipnon,  "dinner."  When  our  risen  Lord 
met  His  fisher  apostles  in  the  early  morning  on  the  shore 
of  the  Lake  of  Galilee,  where  He  had  cooked  fish  for  them 
at  a  "  fire  of  charcoal,"  and  provided  bread,  we  read,  Jesus 
said  unto  them,  "Come  and  breakfast  [aristesate]."  Thus,  too, 
Christ  in  exhorting  His  followers  to  entertain  the  poor  and 
the  suffering  rather  than  the  rich  and  prosperous,  says,  "When 
thou  makest  a  breakfast  [ariston]  or  a  dinner  [deipnon],  call 
not  thy  friends,  nor  thy  brethren,  nor  thy  kinsmen,  nor  rich 
neighbours.  .  .  .  But  when  thou  makest  a  feast,  bid  the 
poor,  the  maimed,  the  lame,  and  the  blind,  and  thou  shalt 
be  blessed  ;  because  they  have  not  [the  means]  to  recompense 
thee ;  for  thou  shall  be  recompensed  at  the  resurrection  of 
the  just."  It  is  important  to  understand  that  this  does  not 
in  any  way  forbid  our  entertaining  our  well-to-do  relatives, 
friends,  or  acquaintances,  but  tells  us,  rather,  to  entertain  the 
poor.  This  is  a  well-known  grammatical  figure  of  speech 
by  which  a  Hebrew  comparison  is  formed.  In  ever  so  many 
places    the    negative    "not"    followed     by    "but"     does    not 

79 


8o 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


deny  at  all;  and  "not  this  but  that"  stands  for  "rather  that 
than  this."  Thus  God  says  to  Samuel,  of  the  children  of 
Israel,  'They  rejected  not  thee,  but  they  rejected  Me," 
which  must  mean,  "They  rejected  Me  rather  than  thee."  For 
they  did  very  definitely  reject  Samuel,  on  the  ground  that  he 
was  old  and  his  sons  were  not  walking  in  his  ways.  When 
Joseph  magnanimously  said,  to  comfort  his  brothers,  "It  was 
not  you  that  sent  me  here,  but  God,"  his  words  could  only 
mean,  "It  was  rather  God  than  you."  "Work  not  for  the 
food  that  perishes,  but  for  the  food  which  abides  unto  ever- 
lasting life,"  does  not  at  all  forbid  us  to  work  for  bodily 
food,  but  bids  us,  rather,  work  for  spiritual  sustenance. 
This  figure  occurs  some  fifty  times  in  the  New  Testament, 
and  it  is  most  important  to  understand  it. 

The  usual  entertainment  meal  is  dinner  about  sunset, 
and  this  was  the  same  in  our  Lord's  day.  Sometimes  kings, 
noblemen,  and  people  of  great  wealth  entertain  guests  at  a 
late  breakfast  at  midday,  answering  to  our  luncheon ;  but 
this  is,  and  always  has  been,  of  rare  occurrence,  and  confined 
to  the  rich  and  great.  Thus  Joseph,  when  Grand  Vizier  of 
Egypt,  entertained  his  brethren  at  that  hour,  for  he  said  to 
his  steward,  "  Make  ready,  for  the  men  shall  eat  with  me  at 
noon."     (Gen.  xliii.   16.) 

In  our  Lord's  parable  it  was  ' '  a  king  "  who,  making  a  marriage 
feast  for  his  son,  sent  forth  his  servants  to  say  to  those  who  were 
bidden,  "  I  have  prepared  my  breakfast  [ariston],  my  fat  oxen 
[literally,  '  my  oxen  and  fadings,'  the  grammatical  figure  of 
hendiadys]  are  killed,  and  all  things  are  ready."  In  the  East 
meat  is  never  hung,  but  cooked  as  soon  as  it  is  killed,  whilst 
the  carcass  is  still  warm;  hence  the  force  of  "  my  fat  oxen  are 
killed,  and  all  things  are  ready."  It  is  probable  that  the  Pharisee 
who  asked  Christ  to  "breakfast  with  him  "  was  a  very  wealthy 
person.     (Matt.  xxii.   1-5;    Luke  xi.  37.) 

The    actual    meal    of   the    Passover — for   the  lamb  was   to 


Evening  Meal  among  the  Fellahheen     81 

be  slain  about  3  p.m.,  "between  the  two  evenings,"  that  is, 
between  the  "first  evening,"  when  at  noon  the  sun  begins  to 
decline  from  the  zenith,  and  the  "  second  evening,"  when  it 
sets — allowing  for  the  preparation  of  the  carcass,  and  its  slow 
roasting  whole,  could  not  have  taken  place  till  about  sundown, 
the  time  of  the  usual  entertainment  meal.  This  meal  is  generally 
called  "supper"  in  our  Versions,  but  it  answers  in  all  respects 
to  our  "dinner,"  and,  as  we  have  seen,  in  the  primitive 
society  of  the  East  is  partaken  of  by  all  classes  at  the  same 
evening  hour. 

In  Bible  times  the  diners,  if  belladeen,  or  townspeople, 
sat  as  they  do  now,  with  their  feet  under  them  on  the  couches, 
deewans,  that  run  round  three  sides  of  the  leewan,  or  reception 
room ;  or  else,  as  so  many  did  in  our  Lord's  day,  when  the 
luxurious  Greek  and  Roman  customs  were  adopted,  laid  at 
length  on  wide  dining  couches  arranged  on  three  sides  of  a 
table  in  the  centre  of  the  apartment.  But  amongst  the  fellahheen, 
or  villagers,  far  simpler  manners  prevailed  then,  as  they  do 
now ;  and  these  peasants  sat  with  their  feet  tucked  under  them 
on  the  floor  around  a  small  table  about  three  feet  in  diameter 
and  some  eight  inches  high.  This  is  the  scene  in  our  picture 
which  the  artist  has  so  vividly  presented  ;  and  this  there  seems 
every  reason  to  believe  was  the  simple  way  in  which  the  Master, 
Who  lived  on  earth  from  His  cradle  to  His  cross  the  life  of 
a  fellahh,  must  have  partaken  of  the  last  Passover  with  His 
fellahheen  disciples,  and  have  instituted  the  Lord's  Supper  or 
"  dinner."  It  was  not  in  the  principal  reception  room  in  the 
house  at  Jerusalem  where  hospitality  was  offered  them,  but  in 
"an  upper  room,"  furnished,  no  doubt,  in  the  simple  way  in 
which  such  apartments  still  are  in  Palestine  towns  and  villages. 
Simple  piety  required  then,  as  it  requires  so  inexorably  now, 
that,  where  there  is  any  choice,  the  primitive  ancient  customs 
should  at  all  points  be  preserved.  To  say  that  our  blessed 
Lord  and  His   apostles  were  fellahheen,  and   no  one  who  has 


82         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

studied  the  subject  doubts  this  now,  is  to  say  they  would  take 
this  meal  alone  in  that  upper  room  in  the  way  in  which  they 
took  all  their  meals,  and  more  particularly  their  dinner  or 
principal  formal  meal.  In  this,  as  in  so  much  else,  if  we  would 
picture  the  scenes  described  as  taking  place  in  connection  with 
the  mass  of  the  people  in  Bible  story,  we  must  come  down  to 
the  primitive  manners  of  modern  fellahheen  life.  It  would  be 
difficult  to  realise  a  scene  more  simple,  and  more  touching 
and  beautiful  in  its  simplicity,  than  that  of  the  institution  of  the 
Lord's  Supper  as  it  must  actually  have  taken  place! 

The  universal  bread  of  the  fellahheen  is,  as  we  have  seen, 
a  pancake-like  loaf  of  toasted  whole  wheatmeal  or  barley, 
sometimes  of  both  mixed,  about  half  an  inch  thick  and  some 
nine  inches  in  diameter.  When  Jesus  said  to  His  disciples, 
"Take  heed  and  beware  of  the  leaven  of  the  Pharisees  and 
Sadducees,"  these  simple  fellahheen  not  unnaturally  took  Him 
to  mean  the  loaves  prepared  with  leaven  to  be  met  with  in 
the  houses  of  rich  townsmen.     (Matt.  xvi.  6.) 

Bread  in  the  East  is  never  cut,  for  it  is  thought  abso- 
lutely wicked  to  put  a  knife  to  it.  It  is  always  broken  into 
pieces  with  the  fingers.  In  keeping  with  this  the  Bible 
always  speaks  of  bread  being  "broken."  We  read  in 
Lamentations  : — 

"  Infants  ask  for  bread, 
And  no  one  is  breaking  [it]  to  them."     (Lam.  iv.  4.) 

When  our  Lord  fed  the  five  thousand  with  five  of  these  thin 
small  loaves,  we  are  told  that  after  a  blessing  He  '  broke 
and  gave  the  loaves  to  His  disciples";  and  He  did  the  same 
when  the  four  thousand  were  fed  with  seven  loaves.  So  at 
the  Lord's  Supper  Jesus  "took  bread,  and  blessed,  and  broke, 
and  gave  it  to  His  disciples";  and,  dining  with  His  two 
disciples  at  Emmaus,  "  He  took  the  bread,  and  blessed, 
and  broke,  and  gave  to  them."     So,  in  the  Acts,  we  read  of 


Evening  Meal  among  the  Fellahheen     S3 

believers  "  breaking  bread  in  the  several  houses,"  or,  as  the 
Revisers  render  it,  "  at  home  "  ;  and  the  Apostle  Paul  speaks 
of  "  the  bread  which  we  break." 

Throughout  the  East,  amongst  bedaween,  fellahheen,  and 
belladeen,  the  people,  rich  and  poor,  high  and  low,  both  carve 
and  eat  with  their  ringers,  and  never  use  knives  or  forks. 
They  dip  their  hands  into  the  common  dish,  and  hence  the 
necessity  for  the  custom  alluded  to  in  Scripture  of  washing 
their  hands  both  at  the  commencement  and  close  of  a  meal. 
This  dipping  the  hand  into  the  dish  was  referred  to  when 
Boaz  said  to  Ruth,  "Dip  thy  morsel  in  the  vinegar";  and 
when  Christ  said  at  the  Passover  supper,  "  He  that  dips  his 
hand  with  Me  in  the  dish,  the  same  will  betray  Me."  Some- 
times among  the  rich  a  wooden  spoon  is  provided.  But 
it  is  more  usual  to  break  off  a  small  piece  of  the  thin, 
unleavened,  pancake-like  loaves,  which  are  served  in  consider- 
able numbers  at  a  meal,  and  then  to  make  it  into  a  very 
effective,  improvised  three-cornered  spoon,  which  is  dipped 
in  the  dish  to  take  up  some  delicacy  or  a  portion  of  the 
broth.  The  spoon  once  used  is  then  eaten,  so  as  not  to  be 
dipped  again  in  the  common  dish  after  it  has  been  raised  to  the 
mouth.  This  is  no  doubt  the  "sop,"  or  "morsel"  (psomion), 
alluded  to  in  the  fourth  Gospel.  "When  at  a  meal  your  host 
desires  to  show  you  special  kindness  or  attention,  he  will  put 
his  right  hand  into  the  stew,  and  take  some  dainty  piece  of 
meat  or  fat  and  put  it  into  your  mouth,  or  else  roll  up  a 
ball  of  greasy  rice  and  present  it  to  you  in  the  same  way. 
This  polite  attention,  when  received  for  the  first  time  from 
fingers  very  far  from  clean,  makes  the  act  of  swallowing,  not 
to  say  relishing,  the  food  so  given,  one  of  uncommon  diffi- 
culty. But  it  is  a  more  delicate  arrangement  when  the  host 
employs  the  impromptu  three-cornered  spoon,  or  '  sop.' 
For  this  he  always  uses  his  right  hand ;  for  all  carving  and 
eating  must    be    done  with  the    right    hand.     To    use  the    left 


84         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

hand  in  this  way  is  as  grave  a  breach  of  etiquette  as  to  show 
the  sole  of  the  foot,  than  which  few  things  are  considered  ruder 
in  Eastern  society.  .  .  .  How  life-like  and  unspeakably 
solemn  in  this  view  is  the  evident  reference  to  a  host's  act 
of  special  kindness  and  condescension  in  putting  a  delicate 
morsel  in  the  mouth  of  a  guest,  when  we  read  in  John's 
Gospel  that  Jesus  said  privately  to  him  as  he  leaned  on  His 
breast,  in  answer  to  his  question,  '  Lord,  who  is  it  [will 
betray  Thee]  ? '  '  He  it  is  to  whom  I  shall  give  the  sop  when 
I  have  dipped  it.'  And  when  He  had  dipped  the  sop,  He 
gave  it  to  Judas  Iscariot,  the  son  of  Simon.  This  special 
form  of  the  '  sop  '  is  evidently  the  little  three-cornered  bread- 
spoon  which  is  dipped  into  the  dish  to  bring  up  a  delicate 
morsel — a  constant  way  of  conveying  such  a  morsel  to  the 
mouth  of  a  guest."1  (John  xiii.  23-26.) 

1  Pictured  Palestine,  5th  edition,  pp.  78-83. 


The  Lot 
and  Line 


The   Lot  and   Line 

THIS    is    a    truly    characteristic    scene    among    Palestine 
fellahheen,  or  "  cultivators  of  the  soil,"  to  be  witnessed 
at  the  commencement  of  the  year's  farming.     To  fully 
explain    it,    a    word    is    necessary    as    to    the    peculiar    climate 
and  land  laws  of  these  regions. 

First,  as  to  the  climate :  there  are  still  the  six  seasons 
enumerated  in  Genesis  viii.  22,  for  "during  all  the  days  of  the 
earth,  seed  time  and  harvest,  and  cold  and  heat,  and  the  time 
of  summer-fruits  [kayits]  and  the  bare-season  [hhoareph],  and  day 
and  night  do  not  cease."  "  Seed  time  "  is  from  the  middle  of 
February  to  the  end  of  April,  when  all  the  crops  are  springing, 
including  the  last  sowing  of  winter  crops  in  February,  and  all 
the  sowing  of  summer  crops  towards  the  end  of  April  ;  and 
when  "the  grass  "  of  the  Bible,  that  is,  "  wild  growth  generally," 
including  an  abundance  of  the  loveliest  wild  flowers,  springs 
up  everywhere.  "Harvest"  comes  about  the  first  of  May,  and 
is  all  over  on  the  highest  hills  by  about  the  middle  of  June. 
"The  time  of  summer-fruits"  (kayits)  is  from  the  middle  of 
June  to  about  the  end  of  August.  The  season  of  "heat"  is 
September  and  October,  when  the  drought  is  at  its  height,  and 
the  burning  shirocco  blows  from  the  south-east,  coming  up 
across  a  thousand  miles  of  Arabian  desert,  and  sweeping 
over  the  country  like  the  blast  of  a  furnace,  almost  entirely 
deprived  of  ozone,  the  life-giving  principle  in  the  air,  though 
happily  it  seldom  blows  for  more  than  three  weeks.  At  the 
beginning  of  November  comes  "  the  bare-time"  (hhoareph), 
when  the  last  crops  have  been  gathered  in,   and  the  land  lies 

87 


ss         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

bare  even  of  all  delicate  wild  growth  for  the  only  time  in  the 
year  :  this  continues  till  the  end  of  December.  From  the 
first  of  January  to  about  the  middle  of  February  is  the  season 
of  "cold,"  when  it  can  be,  and  often  is,  piercingly  cold  in 
comparison  with  the  heat  of  the  greater  part  of  the  rest  of 
the  year. 

It  should  be  further  borne  in  mind  that  from  about  the 
first  of  May  to  the  end  of  October,  and  in  many  years  until  past 
the  middle  of  November,  not  a  drop  of  rain  falls.  Some  time 
in  November  the  geshem,  or  "  gushing  rain,"  descends  in  long 
sub-tropical  showers,  "the  former  rain."  Until  the  heavy 
"former  rain  "  comes  in  "  the  bare-season  "  the  ground  is  baked 
to  a  pottery-like  hardness,  and  all  cultivation  is  impossible  ;  but 
when  it  falls  the  ground  can  for  the  first  time  be  ploughed. 
This  is  the  time  of  the  scene  in  the  picture. 

But  here  a  word  becomes  necessary  as  to  the  nature  of 
arable  lands  in  Palestine  and  the  adjacent  districts,  and  of  the 
primitive  laws  of  land  tenure  by  which  they  are  held.  There  have 
from  ancient  times  been  no  farms  in  the  East  as  we  understand 
them.  When  Joshua  assigned  the  lands  to  Israel  by  lot,  it 
is  certain  that  they  were  assigned,  not  to  individuals,  but  to 
"families,"  or  "clans,"  settled  in  village  communities,  who  held 
the  arable  land,  not  in  severalty,  or  individual  holdings,  but  in 
common,  just  as  to-day.  This  I  have  proved  at  length  in  my 
paper  entitled  Land  Tenure  in  Ancient  Times  as  preserved  by  the 
Present  Village  Communities  in  Palestine ,and  the  reply  to  an  ob- 
jector, published  in  the  "Transactions"  of  the  Victoria  Institute. 
These  lands  are  Crown  lands,  ard  ameer eey eh,  literally  "land  of 
[the]  Emir,"  and  the  whole  village  as  occupiers  have  only  the 
muzara'a,  or  "right  of  sowing,"  held  by  them  all  in  common. 
This  right  they  possess  in  perpetuity,  for  they  are  virtually  joint 
freeholders  in  common  of  all  the  land  belonging  to  their  village 
community,  paying  a  tithe  of  all  the  produce  to  the  Turkish 
Government. 


The  Lot  and  Line  89 

The  lands  of  each  village,  on  an  average  about  3,000  to 
5,000  acres,  lie  in  one  unbroken  stretch  around  the  cluster 
of  houses,  closely  built  together,  where  all  the  population 
of  the  place,  farmers  and  farm  labourers,  dwell  together  for 
safety.  No  fence,  hedge,  ditch,  or  wall  separates  these  lands, 
which  appear  as  one  vast,  open,  undivided  piece  of  ground — 
the  sadeh,  or  "  open  common-land  "  of  the  Hebrew  Bible, 
translated  "field"  in  our  Versions.  They  are  really  divided  up 
into  a  great  number  of  small  portions,  answering  to  our 
"fields,"  marked  off  by  certain  rough  natural  features,  known 
to  the  inhabitants,  the  hhelkath  or  hhailek  of  the  Hebrew 
Bible,  the  hhakel  of  the  modern  Palestine  Arabs.  Indeed,  the 
identical  Hebrew  word  hhelkath  is  preserved  on  the  Philistine 
plain  to-day  in  the  Arabic  expression,  hhalkath-wateh,  "a  field 
of  ground."  Thus  we  read,  Jacob  bought  the  hhelkath  ha-sadeh, 
"the  field  of  the  sadeh,11  where  his  camp  had  been  pitched. 
These  "fields  "  each  bear  a  name  in  Arabic,  such  as  "the  field 
of  the  partridge,"  "the  field  of  the  mother  of  mice,"  "the 
field  of  the  well,"  just  as  we  have  in  the  New  Testament  "the 
potter's  field,"  called  after  the  tragedy  of  Judas's  death  "the 
bloody  field,"  in  Syro-Chaldaic,  Hhakel  dama,  the  Akeldama 
of  the  New  Testament.     (Matt,  xxvii.  8;  Acts  i.  19.) 

These  open  common-lands  are  assigned  afresh  each  year 
by  lot  among  all  the  villagers  who  possess  oxen  with  which 
to  plough,  and  in  quantity  proportioned  to  the  number  of  the 
oxen  they  possess,  for  it  is  mainly  oxen  that  are  employed 
for  this  purpose.  As  soon,  in  November,  as  the  first  heavy 
winter  rain  comes  to  saturate  and  soften  the  soil,  all  the  villagers 
assemble  in  the  guest-house,  or  saha,  under  the  presidency  of 
the  khateeb,  or  "scribe,"  the  one  man  in  the  village  who  can 
read  and  write  ;  and  he  takes  down  the  names  of  all  who  desire 
to  plough,  writing  against  each  man's  name  the  number  of 
ploughs  he  intends  to  work — each  "plough"  stands  for  the 
yoke  of  oxen   by  which  it  is  drawn.    The  farmers  form  them- 


9°        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

selves  into  parties  or  groups  of  ten  ploughs  each.  If  they 
muster  altogether  sixty  "ploughs,"  or  "yokes  of  oxen,"  they 
divide  themselves  into  six  parties  of  ten  ploughs,  each  party 
choosing  a  representative  or  chief.  The  six  elected  chiefs 
parcel  out  the  whole  open  common-land,  or  sadeh,  into  six 
equal  parts;  and  then  the  chiefs  cast  lots,  in  the  first  instance, 
for  these  six  parcels  of  land.  This  is  done  by  each  of  them  giving 
some  object  to  the  presiding  khateeb,  such  as  a  stone  or  small 
knob  of  wood,  which  he  puts  into  a  bag,  generally  the  "  scrip  " 
of  our  Authorised  Version,  the  usual  small  leather  bag  of  the 
fellahheen,  made  out  of  the  skin  of  a  kid.  The  khateeb  then  asks 
to  whom  one  of  the  six  parcels  of  land  is  to  belong  which  he 
names,  say,  "the  field  of  the  fox,"  so  called  because  the  field 
of  this  name  is  in  that  parcel  ;  and  a  tiny  boy,  chosen  to  draw 
out  the  object  from  the  bag,  puts  in  his  hand,  and  the  ground 
in  question  is  adjudged  to  the  party  represented  by  the  chief 
who  gave  the  stone  or  other  object  which  the  child  brings  out. 
A  very  young  boy  is  generally  chosen  to  draw  the  lot,  in 
order  that  there  may  be  no  collusion.  Our  picture  shows  the 
time  and  manner  in  which  this  takes  place.  The  five  other 
parcels  are  then  assigned  amongst  the  other  parties  in  the 
same  way. 

When  the  six  divisions  of  land  are  thus  allotted,  they 
are  further  subdivided,  in  the  case  of  each  of  the  six  parties, 
among  the  owners  of  the  ten  ploughs  in  a  similar  way. 
For  this  purpose  each  field  of  each  parcel  of  land  is  divided 
into  ten  equal  strips,  which  are  now  generally,  on  the  mountains, 
measured  out  roughly  with  an  ox-goad,  about  eight  feet  long. 
On  the  plains  they  use  for  this  purpose  a  rope,  about  twice  the 
length  of  the  ox-goad,  made  of  goat's  hair,  about  half  an  inch 
thick,  called  hhabaleh,  evidently  the  Hebrew  hhevel,  "  rope,"  or 
"  measuring-line."  Each  of  these  strips  is  called  in  Arabic  a 
maress,  from  maras,  "a  rope,"  or  "cable."  This  measuring 
with  the  hhevel,  or  "  rope,"  is  shown  in  the  picture.     The  fields 


The  Lot  and  Line  9* 

are  taken  separately,  and  the  ten  mawaress,  or  "strips,"  are 
apportioned  among  the  ten  ploughs  by  lot. 

A  deep  furrow  divides  these  "  strips,"  or,  more  commonly, 
a  large  stone  or  small  heap  of  stones  is  placed  at  each  side 
of  each  end  of  the  strip  as  a  landmark.  It  is  held  to  be  a 
heinous  offence  amongst  this  simple,  agricultural  people  to 
remove  one  of  these  landmarks.  Doubtless,  with  reference 
to  this  particular  case,  the  solemn  anathema  was  yearly  pro- 
nounced on  Mount  Ebal  against  a  secret  fraud,  which  could 
be  so  easily  committed,  would  be  so  difficult  to  detect,  and 
would  be  attended  with  such  serious  injury  to  a  people  who 
lived  entirely  from  the  land — "  Cursed  be  he  who  removeth 
his  neighbour's  landmark."     (Deut.  xxvii.  17;  Job  xxiv.  2.) 

What  a  vivid  light  this  throws  on  the  Scriptural  allusions 
to  the  "lot"  and  "line."  David,  rejoicing  in  the  favour 
of  God,  cries  : — 

"  Thou  art  taking  hold  of  my  lot. 
The  measuring-lines  [or  'ropes,'  khavaleem]  have  fallen  to  me  in 
pleasant  [places]."   (Ps.  xvi.  5,  6.) 

Written  as  this  was  among  a  people  wholly  given  to 
agriculture,  it  will  be  seen,  in  the  light  of  the  foregoing 
facts,  to  contain  a  far  more  graphic  and  familiar  figure  than 
has  been  hitherto  supposed.  The  word  "taking  hold  of," 
toameek,  the  present  participle  kal  of  tamak,  translated  in  our 
Versions  "maintaining,"  may  possibly  be  rendered  "hold- 
ing up,"  but  its  first  and  commonest  sense  is  "taking 
hold  of,"  and  that  is  clearly  the  meaning  here.  David 
is  not  speaking  in  these  verses  of  Jehovah's  protecting  or 
maintaining  him  in  the  enjoyment  of  his  prosperity,  but  of 
His  bestowing  it  upon  him.  This  highly  figurative  passage 
bears  the  following  interpretation:  "Thou  art  taking  hold 
of  ['  drawing  out  for  me  ']  my  lot  [from  the  bag,  and  so 
assigning  to    me  the   right    of    ploughing  in  the  richest  parcel 


92         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

of  land];  the  measuring-lines  ['the  strips  marked  out  by  the 
measuring -lines']  have  fallen  to  me  in  pleasant  [places]." 
That  is,  "My  strips  have  been  allotted  to  me  in  the  fattest 
fields,  and  the  best  part  of  those  fields."  Under  this  ex- 
ceedingly familiar  and  suggestive  figure— for  did  not  all  Israel 
live  by  cultivating  the  land,  and  witness  year  by  year  with 
absorbing  interest  its  redistribution  by  the  lot  and  the  line 
— David  records  his  own  rich  and  highly  prosperous  lot  in  life, 
and  acknowledges  it  as  the  assignment  of  Him  Who  took  him 
from  the   lowly  calling  of  a  shepherd  to  make  him  a  king. 

How  pointed  and  full  of  meaning  the  figure  now  be- 
comes in  those  words  of  enticement,  put  by  the  wise  man 
into  the  lips  of  sinners — 

"Cast  thy  lot  amongst  us,"    (Prov.  i.  14.) 

that    is,     'Take    part   in    the   joint  husbandry  of  our  village"; 
in  other  words,   "Join  our  community." 
Again  it  is  said  : — 

"  For  Jehovah's  field   [hhelek]  is  His  people, 
Jacob  is  the  measuring-line    [hhevcl]  of   His  inheritance," 
(Deut.  xxxii.  9.) 

that  is,  His  allotted  mar  ess,  or  "strip  of  land";  for  here,  by 
metonymy,  the  measuring-line  stands  for  that  which  it  measures 
out.  In  this  bold  representation  the  inhabitants  of  earth  are  com- 
pared to  a  sadeh,  or  "  open  stretch  of  common,  arable  ground," 
consisting  of  a  number  of  hhalakeem,  or  "fields,"  each  divided 
out  into  mawaress,  or  "strips,"  of  which  Israel,  His  own, 
peculiar,  elect  nation,  is  the  allotted  maress  that  falls  to  Jehovah ! 
For  other  fine  instances  of  this  figure,  explained  in  my 
Land  Tenure  in  Ancient  Times  as  preserved  by  the  Present 
Village  Communities  in  Palestine,  see  1  Chron.  xvi.  18;  Ps. 
Ixxviii.  55,  cv.  11;  Isaiah  xxxiv.  13-17;  Amos  vii.  17;  Micah 
ii.  4,  5. 


Ploughing 
near  Nazareth 


Ploughing  near  Nazareth 

THE  great  bulk  of  Syria,  as  already  explained,  is,  and  ever 
has  been,  given  over  to  agriculture,  carried  on  by  the 
fellahheen,  the  "ploughmen,"  or  "cultivators,"  peasant 
farmers  and  farm  labourers,  who  constitute  the  masses,  the  'am 
ha-arets  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  "the  people  of  the  land."  Yet 
the  traveller  finds  it  hard  to  realise  this.  He  sees  no  solitary 
farmhouses  or  cottages.  No  hedges,  stone  walls,  ditches,  or 
fences  of  any  kind  appear ;  and  there  are  no  visible  signs 
that  a  stranger  can  detect,  marking  off  the  arable  land  into 
farms  or  fields.  It  lies,  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  in  one 
apparently  unbroken  stretch,  and  it  often  seems  as  if  heaven 
had  rained  upon  it  huge  stones  and  boulders.  It  is  probably 
owing  to  there  being  no  enclosures,  and  to  the  richness  of 
the  crops,  and  the  ease  with  which  they  are  raised,  that  it 
has  always  been  lawful  in  the  East  to  pluck  and  eat  the 
standing  corn  as  you  pass  by.  No  doubt  many  have  felt  the 
author's  youthful  difficulty,  on  reading  of  the  act  of  our 
Lord's  disciples  near  Capernaum — which  in  this  country 
would  be  a  grave  misdemeanour — when  they,  going  "through 
the  cornfields,  .  .  .  began  as  they  went  to  pluck  the  ears  of 
corn."  This,  in  these  hospitable  Oriental  lands,  everyone 
is  still  permitted  to  do,  so  long  as  he  does  not  carry  any 
away.      (Mark  ii.  23 ;     Deut.  xxiii.  24,  25.) 

The  cultivation  each  year  begins  with  ploughing,  about 
the  middle  or  end  of  November,  as  we  have  seen,  as  soon 
as  the  first  heavy  winter  rain,  the  Hebrew  geshem,  has  come 
to    saturate    and    soften    the    soil,    which    has    been    baked   to 

95 


0         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

an  unworkable  hardness  during  the  hot,  rainless  weather 
from  the  first  of  May  to  the  end  of  October.  Thus  the 
psalmist  represents  it  as  a  special  mercy  of  God  that,  in 
watering  the  land,  and  making  it  fruitful,  He  first  softens  the 
soil  by  saturating  it  with  rain,  without  which  it  could  not 
be  ploughed  :  — 

"  Thou  completely-dissolvest  [temoaggenah]  it  with  showers." 
(Ps.  Ixv.   10.) 

This  period  of  storm  and  shower  in  November  and 
December  is  called  "  the  former  rain,"  to  distinguish  it 
from  that  which  comes  to  ripen  the  crop  in  March  and 
April,  which  is  called  "  the  latter  rain,"  and  comes  "  in 
the  first  month,"  that  is,  the  first  month  of  the  ecclesiastical 
year,  Abib,  or  Nisan,  March- April.  (Deut.  xi.  14;  Job  xxix. 
23;    Prov.  xvi.  15;    Zech.  x.  1;    Jas.  v.  7.) 

The  culture  of  arable  land  in  Palestine  is  simple  and 
easy.  No  manure,  no  artificial  dressing,  is  ever  employed. 
That  deposited  by  the  beasts  as  they  graze  over  the  stubbly 
ground,  the  ashes  of  what  is  afterwards  left  to  burn,  and  the 
mineral  salts  washed  down  over  the  soil  from  the  limestone 
hills  by  the  sub-tropical  rains  of  winter,  is  all  the  manure  the 
rich  tillage  of  Syria  has  ever  received. 

The  sower  walks  in  advance  of  the  plough,  broadcasting 
the  seed.  As  there  are  no  fences  of  any  kind,  some  of  this 
seed  naturally  falls  "by  the  wayside,"  that  is,  upon  the  hard, 
open  roads  that  run  across  the  land  ;  and  just  as  naturally, 
some  of  it  falls  "on  the  rocky  places,"  for  huge  boulders  of 
stone  are  purposely  left  in  the  fields  to  afford  the  shade  and 
retain  the  moisture  required  by  the  crops  in  a  hot,  dry  land. 
(Matt.  xiii.  4-6.) 

The  plough  is  drawn  generally  by  diminutive  red  oxen, 
but  sometimes  by  asses,  camels,  or  buffaloes.  These  are, 
in  the   case  of  oxen,  asses,  and  buffaloes,  attached  by  a  yoke, 


Ploughing  near  Nazareth  97 

which  is  a  light  beam  of  wood  about  four  feet  long,  with 
small  sticks  of  wood  some  ten  inches  in  length  coming  down 
below  it,  one  on  each  side  of  the  animal's  neck,  made  fast 
underneath  the  neck  by  tying  together  stout  leather  thongs 
attached  to  the  extremities  of  the  projecting  sticks — "the 
bands  of  the  yoke."     (Lev.  xxvi.   13;    Ezek.  xxxiv.  27.) 

It  is  literally  "put  upon"  the  oxen,  and  when  removed 
"taken  from  off  them,"  for  the  beam  of  the  yoke  lies  on 
the  top  of  their  necks.  Thus  in  figure  Jehovah  speaks  of 
"  the  nation  that  will  not  put  their  neck  under  the  yoke 
of  the  king  of  Babylon,"  that  is,  "that  will  not  submit  to 
and  serve  him."  The  weight  of  the  yoke  and  the  pull 
pressing  their  necks  down  make  the  animals  stoop.  Thus 
God  says,  "I  .  .  .  brought  you  forth  out  of  Egypt  .  .  .  and 
I  have  broken  the  bars  of  your  yoke,  and  made  you  go 
upright."  The  yoke  naturally  stands  for  service,  and  often 
for  bondage,  and  "a  yoke  of  iron"  (though  literal  yokes  are 
only  made  of  wood)  is  a  figure  for  heavy  and  very  oppressive 
bondage.  To  "  break  the  yoke,"  or  "  the  bands  of  the 
yoke,"  is  to  give  liberty  to  captives  and  deliverance  from 
oppression.  Some  yokes  are  much  lighter  than  others,  and 
some  by  fitting  better  afford  much  greater  comfort  in  working. 
Our  Lord,  alluding  to  this,  says:  "Take  My  yoke  upon  you 
and  learn  of   Me     ...    for  My  yoke  is  easy."     (Matt.  xi.  30.) 

The  plough  is  a  very  light,  rudely  constructed,  primitive 
implement,  which  a  man  can  carry  on  his  shoulder  for  two 
miles,  if  his  work  lies  as  far,  and  it  does  little  more  than 
scratch  the  soil.  It  has  only  one  handle,  which  the  plough- 
man holds  in  his  right  hand.  Hence  the  minute  accuracy 
of  our  Lord's  allusion,  "  No  man,  having  put  his  hand  to 
the  plough,  and  looking  back,  is  fit  for  the  kingdom  of 
God":  his  "hand,"  that  is,  ".his  one  hand,"  and  not  his 
two  hands,  as  with  our  ploughman,  whose  plough  has  two 
handles. 


98         Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

But  there  is  another  special  force  in  this  illustration  that 
a  Westerner  would  not  see.  Ploughing  is  particularly  heavy 
work  in  Palestine,  because,  so  light  is  the  plough,  that, 
when  it  comes  to  any  root,  hard  clod,  or  other  trifling 
obstruction,  the  labourer  must  bend  forward  and  press  his 
whole  weight  upon  it,  in  order  to  prevent  its  being  thrown 
out  of  the  furrow.  Looking  back,  therefore,  would  be  utterly 
fatal  to  ploughing  in  Bible  lands.  The  Palestine  plough- 
man must  of  necessity  constantly  look  onward  and  press 
forward,  and  so,  too,  must  the  believer,  the  spiritual  plough- 
man.    (Luke  ix.  62.) 

In  his  left  hand  he  carries  a  goad,  that  is,  a  long  rod 
with  an  iron,  or  sharp  wood,  point  at  one  end,  to  prod  and 
drive  on  the  oxen,  and  a  small  iron  spud  at  the  other, 
or  handle,  end,  which  is  used  to  clean  the  plough.  With 
this  goad,  used  as  [a  spear,  Shamgar,  the  son  of  Anath,  slew 
600  Philistines,  and  saved  Israel.     (Jud.  hi.  31.) 

Christ  from  Heaven  says  to  Saul  of  Tarsus,  when  he  is 
breathing  out  slaughter  against  the  disciples  at  Damascus, 
"It  is  hard  for  thee  to  kick  against  the  goads  [kentra]/1 
This  is  evidently  the  plural  of  majesty,  a  very  frequent  figure 
in  Scripture,  for  "the  great  goad,"  that  which  was  in  the 
hand  of  the  Saviour,  the  Heavenly  Husbandman.  This 
striking  metaphor  compares  Paul,  in  the  violence  of  his 
unconverted  state,  to  a  foolish,  unbroken-in  ox,  which,  when 
urged  forward  by  the  goad,  in  its  impotent  rage,  madly  kicks 
back  against  the  sharp  iron  point,  and,  all  in  vain,  incurs 
terrible,  self-inflicted  punishment.     (Acts  xxvi.   14.) 

Ploughing  in  Palestine  has  often  to  be  done  in  the 
midst  of  cold  rains,  snow,  and  storms,  sometimes  of  great 
violence.  No  wonder  "the  sluggard  will  not  plough  by 
reason  of  the  cold,"  for  the  most  energetic  and  industrious 
find    it   very   trying. 

Owing  to  their    light  diet  and  slender  clothing,    and  the 


Ploughing  near  Nazareth  99 

great  heat  they  are  exposed  to  for  some  seven  months  in 
the  year,  the  fellahheen  are  but  little  fitted  to  face  work  in 
the  fields  in  the  winter,  when  the  cold  is  frequently  extreme. 

There  is  not  only  the  physical  trial  of  working  in  such 
weather.  Many  of  the  people  are  for  the  most  part  ground 
down  by  the  Government,  and  so  poor  that  they  live  at  the 
best  of  times  from  hand  to  mouth;  and,  "  in  seasons  of  great 
scarcity,  they  part  in  sorrow  and  anxiety  with  every  measure 
of  precious  seed  cast  into  the  ground,  for  it  is  like  taking 
bread  out  of  the  mouths  of  their  starving  children,  and  bitter 
tears  at  such  times  are  shed  over  it." 

In  allusion  to  these  sadly  familiar  scenes  in  the  Holy 
Land,  the  psalmist  speaks  of  those  "that  sow  in  tears  .  .  . 
He  that  indeed  goes  forth  weeping,  bearing  the  basket  [or 
'measure']  of  seed";  and  represents  them  as  sustained 
during  this  trial  by  the  anticipated  joy  of  harvest;  for  "they 
shall  reap  with  triumphant  singing  [rinnah].  .  .  .  He  shall 
surely  come  in  with  triumphant  singing  [rinnah],  bearing  his 
sheaves."  I  think  there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  this 
rinnah  is  that  mode  of  rejoicing  when  for  a  long  time  they 
go  on  singing  in  chorus  "Hey  aman,  'Allah  aman ;  hey  anian, 
ouroodo  kaman,"  "O  amen,  God  is  Amen;  O  amen,  and 
repeat  it  again,"  to  the  accompaniment  of  a  rhythmic  clapping 
of  hands,  a  characteristic  Oriental  feature  of  great  rejoicing. 
(Ps.  cxxvi.  5,  6.) 

An  olive  tree  in  full  bloom  is  shown,  which  fixes  the 
season  of  our  scene  as  the  spring,  about  the  end  of  April,  and 
shows  that  the  sowing  here  is  not  of  the  winter  crops,  mainly 
wheat  and  barley,  which  begins  in  November  and  ends  about 
the  beginning  of  February,  but  of  the  summer  crops,  in  the 
late  spring.  The  olive  is,  and  always  must  have  been,  one 
of  the  characteristic  trees  of  the  country,  which  is  truly  "a 
land  of  oil  olive."     (Deut.  viii.  8;    2  Kings  xviii.  32.) 

Its  superabundant,  tiny,  silvery  blossoms  entirely  cover  the 


100 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

tree,  for  it  produces  an  amazing  quantity  of  bloom,  which 
gives  it  a  very  lovely  appearance.  "In  spring  one  may  see 
these  flowers,  on  the  slightest  breath  of  wind,  shed  like 
snowflakes,  and  perishing  by  millions,  yet  enough  remain 
to  weigh  the  tree  down  with  fruit."  Job  alludes  to  this 
extraordinary  shedding  of  its  flowers  : 

"He  shall  cast  off  his  blossom  like  the  olive."     (Job  xv.  33.) 


Scenes  on  the 
Threshing  Floor 


■ 


Scenes  on  the  Threshing  Floor 

THE  picture  is  that  of  the  open-air  threshing  floor  at  the 
time  of  harvest,  that  is,  the  main  harvest  of  wheat 
and  barley,  which  begins  about  May  1st  on  the  plains 
and  is  all  over  on  the  highest  hills  by  the  middle  of  June. 
Jeremiah's  order  of  the  seasons,  given  in  the  words,  "The 
harvest  is  past,  the  summer  is  ended,"  though  it  is  quite  wrong 
here,  is  quite  right  in  the  Holy  Land,  where  harvest  comes  before 
summer,  or,  as  it  is  in  the  Hebrew,  "the  time  of  summer-fruits 
[kayits],"  which  commences  at  the  middle  of  June  and  goes 
on  to  the  end  of  August.  This  time  of  harvest  is  always  hot 
and  dry  weather,  not  a  drop  of  rain  falling  in  Palestine,  as 
already  stated,  from,  say,  the  beginning  of  May  to  the 
middle  of  November.  Thunder-storms,  which  usually  come 
with  us  in  summer,  only  occur  in  the  Holy  Land  in  winter. 
Hence  the  people's  alarm  at  the  miraculous  and  disastrous 
event  when,  to  show  the  Divine  displeasure,  Samuel  called 
down  thunder  and  rain  in  wheat  harvest.  (1  Sam.  xii.  16-18.) 
Owing  to  the  season  being  rainless,  wheat  and  barley,  when 
cut,  are  carried  to  the  open-air  threshing  floors,  the  jitrun  of 
the  Arabs,  and  goaren  of  the  Hebrews.  These  floors  are  smoothed 
rock  surfaces  in  some  high  and  exposed  position.  Where  rock 
fails,  as  on  many  of  the  plains,  they  are  made  of  clay  and  cow- 
dung  baked  to  an  intense  hardness  in  the  sun.  The  heap  of 
wheat  or  barley  in  the  middle  of  the  floor  is  raked  down 
into  a  layer  of  about  a  foot  deep,  and  oxen  are  kept  walking 
round  upon  it,  so  as,  by  the  trampling  of  their  hoofs,  to  rub 
out  the  grain    from   the    ears.     The  corn,   being  heaviest,  falls 

103 


io4        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

below  the  straw,  which  last  by  this  trampling  is  slowly  bruised 
in  every  part  and  cut  up  into  tiny  pieces.  Hence  "  threshing" 
in  Hebrew  is  doash,  from  doosh,   "  trampled  down." 

Sometimes  a  sledge  of  heavy  logs  of  wood,  with  rough 
pieces  of  iron  or  black  basalt  stone  let  into  its  under  side,  is 
drawn  by  oxen  over  the  wheat  or  barley  spread  on  the  threshing 
floor.  One  of  these  is  shown  upside  down  in  our  picture. 
This  is  the  moarag  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  called  to  this  day 
by  the  Arabs  moarej,  Isaiah's  "  sharp  threshing  instrument 
having  teeth."  Sometimes,  though  more  rarely,  a  heavy  sledge 
with  rows  of  small  iron-shod  wheels  let  into  it,  surmounted 
by  a  rude  chair  where  the  driver  sits,  also  drawn  by  oxen,  is 
used  for  threshing.  This  is  Isaiah's  "  cart  wheel,"  known  to 
the  Greeks  and  Romans  as  "the  Carthaginian  wagon."  These 
huge  threshing  sledges,  and  not,  as  the  English  reader  would 
naturally  suppose,  little  flails,  were  "the  threshing  implements" 
offered  by  Oman  to  David  as  fuel  for  the  altar  the  king  was 
about  to  erect.     (1  Chron.  xxi.  23.) 

When  the  threshing  is  completed,  the  heap,  consisting  of 
corn,  crushed  straw,  and  chaff,  is  tossed  up  with  a  fork,  when 
a  light  wind  is  blowing,  which  carries  the  straw  and  chaff  into 
places  by  themselves,  and  so  winnows  out  the  grain,  which,  being 
heaviest,  falls  straight  down.  In  this  winnowing,  which  takes 
place  on  the  open-air  threshing  floor,  three  heaps  are  formed 
— that  of  wheat  or  barley,  as  the  case  may  be,  close  to  the  win- 
nower ;  the  crushed  straw  in  a  large  heap  a  little  farther  on, 
while  the  chaff  (moats),  lighter  even  than  the  straw,  forms  a 
tiny  heap  by  itself  still  farther  on,  and,  if  the  wind  is  too 
strong,  gets  quite  blown  away  and  lost.  Thus  of  the  wicked 
it  is    said  in  Job — 

"  They  are  as  crushed  straw  [teven]  before  the  wind, 
And  as  chaff  [moats]  that  the  whirlwind  steals  away."     (Job  xxi.  18.) 

When  thus    separated    from  the  grain,   the    crushed  straw 


Scenes  on  the  Threshing  Floor         105 

is  again  laid  by  itself  on  the  threshing  floor,  and  further 
subjected  for  a  whole  day  to  the  trampling  of  oxen,  or  the 
action  of  the  threshing  sledges ;  for  its  value  entirely  depends 
upon  its  fineness. 

This  treading  down  of  crushed  straw  by  itself  had  not, 
until  my  Palestine  Explored  was  published,  been  brought  to 
the  notice  of  the  commentators.  It  is  surely  to  this  second, 
more  severe  trampling  down  of  crushed  straw,  when  separated 
from  the  grain,  to  which  allusion  is  made  where  we  are  told 
of  the  people  of  Jehoahaz  that  "the  king  of  Syria  had  destroyed 
them,  and  had  made  them  like  dust  in  threshing."  This,  it 
would  seem,  is  also  the  allusion  in  Isaiah  : — 

"  Behold,  I  will  make  thee  a  new  sharp  threshing-sledge-having-teeth, 
Thou  shalt  thresh  mountains  and  beat  [them]  small, 
And  shalt  make  the  hills  as  chaff  [moats]. 
Thou  shalt  fan  them,  and  the  wind  shall  carry  them  away, 
And  the  whirlwind  shall  scatter  them."    (Isa.  xli.  15,  16.) 

'  The  comparison  of  mountains  and  hills  to  the  huge  heaps 
on  the  threshing  floor  is  a  bold  and  striking  figure  ;  whilst 
the  reference  to  the  wind  carrying  them  away  plainly  identi- 
fies the  heaps  in  question  with  those  consisting  entirely  of 
crushed  straw  and  chaff.  The  whole  process  of  winnowing 
in  Palestine  proceeds,  as  I  have  shown,  on  the  principle  that 
the  wind  is  not  strong  enough  in  the  warm  season,  except 
on  very  rare  occasions,  to  do  this  in  the  case  of  corn."1 
Micah  iv.   13  requires  the  same  explanation. 

The  crushed  straw  made  by  this  process  is  called  in 
Arabic  teben,  and  is  evidently  the  Hebrew  teven,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  kash,  which  both  in  Hebrew  and  Arabic  is 
"long  straw,"  or  "stubble" — a  most  important  distinction 
always  ignored  in  our  Versions. 

Teben,  or    "  crushed  straw,"  is  employed    throughout    the 

I  Palestine  Explored,  13th  edition,  p.  237. 


io6 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


East  for  two  important  purposes.  First  and  chiefly  it  is  used 
as  fodder  for  horses,  asses,  oxen,  camels,  etc.,  in  place  of 
hay  as  with  us,  which  last  is  not,  and  never  has  been,  used 
as  fodder  in  Bible  lands.  Secondly,  it  is  employed  to  mix 
with  clay  to  make  sun-dried  clay  bricks,  the  universal  bricks 
of  the  Orient.  Horses  and  camels  are  still,  as  they  were 
in  Solomon's  stables,  fed  on  "  barley  and  crushed  straw." 
Twice  in  Isaiah  we  read  that  the  food  of  the  ox  was  teben  ; 
hence  he  was  not  to  be  muzzled  "when  threshing,"  that 
is,  when  preparing,  his  own  proper  food  by  walking  about 
over  the  straw.  (1  Kings  iv.  28  ;  Isa.  xi.  7,  lxv.  25 ;  Deut. 
xxv.  4;  1  Cor.  ix.  9;  1  Tim.  v.  18.) 

In  Pharaoh's  persecuting  edict,  the  taskmasters  set  over 
Israelite  toilers  in  Egyptian  brickfields  were  commanded  no 
more  to  give  the  people  "crushed  straw  [teven]."  "So  the 
people  were  scattered  abroad  throughout  all  the  land  of  Egypt 
to  gather  stubble  [kash]  for  [making  into]  crushed  straw 
[teven],"  that  is,  last  year's  trodden-down  stubble — left  when 
the  harvest  was  reaped  almost  twelve  months  before.  Yet  they 
were  to  deliver  the  same  number  of  bricks  as  before.  Well 
might  "the  officers  of  the  children  of  Israel  see  them  in 
affliction,"  when  it  was  said,  "Ye  shall  not  diminish  from 
your  bricks  the  daily  amount  [literally,  'the  matter  of  a  day 
in  its  day']."     (Ex.  v.   6-19.) 

In  Scripture,  wheat,  "the  good  seed,"  is  a  figure  of  the 
righteous,  "the  sons  of  the  kingdom";  and  teben,  "crushed 
straw,"  is  as  uniformly  a  figure  of  the  wicked.  While  threshing 
separates  the  wheat — the  precious  from  the  vile — and  puts  it 
in  a  place  of  safety  below  the  straw,  the  straw  itself,  remaining 
exposed  to  constant  trampling  on  the  top,  is  torn  to  pieces 
and  crushed  and  bruised  in  every  part. 

The  threshing  sledge  is  the  Roman  tribulum,  whence  our 
word  "tribulation."  Observe  its  double  action;  for  tribulation, 
producing  "godly  sorrow,"  so  far  from  harming  him,  has  for 


Scenes  on  the  Threshing  Floor 


10' 


the  believer  a  separating  and  purifying  effect,  "working  re- 
pentance unto  salvation  which  brings  no  regret  "  ;  while  to 
the  world  the  same  tribulation  and  sorrow  "work  death." 
(2  Cor.  vii.  10;    Acts  xiv.  22.) 

On  this  threshing  floor  a  fellahh  is  shown  crushing  pottery 
to  make  the  principal  ingredient  of  Oriental  cement,  though 
it  is  only  done  when  the  crop  is  off  the  floor.  He  employs 
a  huge  rough  stone  for  this  purpose,  the  rougher  and  more 
unhewn  the  better.  The  pottery  so  crushed  is  called  by  the 
Arabs  hhomrah — "  thick  hhomrah  "  when  it  is  broken  into 
tiny  pieces,  about  a  third  of  an  inch  square,  used  in  rough 
cement  work;  and  "thin  hhomrah"  when  ground  to  powder 
for  the  preparation  of  cement  of  a  finer  kind. 

There  seems  plainly  an  allusion  to  this  process  in  the 
passage  in  which  it  is  said  of  the  enemies  of  God  and  of 
His  people  : — 

"  Thou  shalt  dash  them  to  pieces  like  a  potter's  vessel."  (Ps.  ii.  9.) 

Still   plainer  is  the  reference  in  Isaiah  : — 

"And  its  shivering  shall  be  like  the  shivering  01  a  potters'  bottle, 
Beaten  down — He  does  not  spare  ; 
Nor  is  there  found  in  its  beating  down 
A  potsherd  to  take  fire  from  a  hearth, 
And  to  draw  out  water  from  a  ditch."    (Isa.  xxx.   14.) 

The  preparation  of  hhomrah  in  this  way  throws  also  a 
graphic  light  on  the  shivering  of  the  bakbook,  the  "potter's 
earthen  bottle"  of  our  Versions,  the  narrow-necked  drinking- 
water  bottle  of  the  East,  that  Jeremiah  was  commanded  to 
break.  It  is  called  in  the  Hebrew  bakbook,  because  this  is 
the  gurgling  sound  made  when  water  is  poured  out  of  it. 
Down  to  the  year  1874,  the  Valley  of  the  Son  of  Hinnom, 
where,  in  the  presence  of  the  elders,  the  bakbook  was  to  be 
broken  as  a  symbol  of  the  destruction  coming  on  the  city, 
was   the    only  spot   in    or  near  Jerusalem  where  hhomrah  was 


io8       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

manufactured     by    the     grinding    to    powder    of     earthenware 
bottles.      (Jer.  xix.   1,  2,   10,  11.) 

It  throws  an  even  stronger  light  on  the  figure  used 
in  Nebuchadnezzar's  dream,  where  the  partly  iron  and  partly 
pottery  feet  of  the  image  symbolising  Gentile  powers  are 
crushed  by  "a  stone  cut  out  without  hands,"  that  is,  such  a 
one  as  the  huge  rough  stone  employed  to  this  day  on  the 
threshing  floors  to  make  hhomrah.1 

1  Dan.  ii.  34,  35.      See  Palestine  Explored,  13th  edition,  pp.  112-28. 


Sifting 
Wheat 


Sifting  Wheat 

THE  central  figure  in  this  scene  is  a  fellahhah,  a  village 
woman,  who  is  seen  sifting  wheat  before  grinding  it  in 
the  handmill  to  make  her  "daily  bread."  As  we  have 
seen,  under  the  picture  of  threshing  corn,  both  wheat  and 
barley  are  threshed  by  a  rude  and  primitive  process,  on  an  open- 
air  threshing  floor,  and  come  into  the  market  in  a  very  unclean 
condition.  For  they  are  mingled  with  dust  and  small  stones, 
damaged  grains,  and  the  seeds  of  many  wild  grasses,  in- 
cluding the  blackened  grains  of  that  strong  -  growing  rye 
grass,  bearded  darnel  (Lolium  tetnulentum) ,  blackened  by  a 
poisonous  smut,  akin  to  the  ergot  of  rye,  which  often 
attacks  it  in  Palestine,  so  unhappily  rendered  "tare"  in  our 
Versions.  The  Arabs  call  it  zowan,  and  it  is  evidently  the 
zizania  of  the  New  Testament,  which,  because  it  is  such  a 
tall,  strong-growing  grass,  cannot  be  distinguished,  so  as  to 
weed  it  out,  till  its  ears  are  formed.  Thus  wheat  and 
bearded  darnel,  when  they  spring  up  in  the  same  field,  must 
both  be  allowed  to  grow  together  till  the  harvest.  (Matt, 
xiii.  24-30.) 

Neither  farmer  nor  corn  merchant  cleans  the  corn,  so  that 
this  has  to  be  done  from  time  to  time  in  each  household, 
for  all  that  has  been  done  on  the  threshing  floor  is  the  winnow- 
ing out  of  the  corn  from  the  crushed  straw  and  chaff,  by  toss- 
ing it  up  with  a  fork  or  shovel  against  the  wind.  Hence  arises 
the  distinct  process  of  sifting,  as  distinguished  from  that  of 
winnowing. 

Though  it  goes  on  all  the  year  round  in  every  house,  both 


ii2        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

in  country  and  town,  I  do  not  think  it  had  been  described 
till  I  gave  a  very  full  account  of  it  in  my  Palestine  Explored. 
It  first  became  a  familiar  scene  to  me  in  the  courtyard  of  our 
parsonage  home  on  Mount  Zion,  where  our  native  cook,  a 
Bethlehem  woman,  was  often  to  be  seen  skilfully  performing 
this  process  of  sifting. 

The  sieve,  or  ghurbal,  used  for  this  purpose  is  a  large  but 
very  shallow  one.  The  woman — for  this  work  is  always  done  by 
women — squats  on  the  floor,  and  half  fills  the  sieve  with  wheat. 
At  the  outset  she  shakes  "the  ghurbal  from  right  to  left  six  or 
seven  times,  till  all  the  crushed  straw  and  the  chaff  that  still 
remain  in  the  corn  come  to  the  surface,  most  of  which  she  is 
able  to  gather  up  and  throw  away.  Then  she  commences 
to  hold  the  sieve  in  a  slanting  position,  and  for  a  considerable 
length  of  time  jerks  it  up  and  down,  blowing  vigorously  across 
it  all  the  while  with  her  mouth.  This  part  of  the  manipu- 
lation, which  is  most  skilfully  performed,  has  three  results. 

"First,  the  dust,  earth,  fine  grass  seeds,  and  small  or  broken 
grains  of  wheat  fall  through  the  meshes  of  the  sieve  on  to  the 
ground  at  her  feet. 

"Next,  chiefly  by  means  of  the  blowing,  the  remaining 
crushed  straw  (teben)  and  chaff  are  either  dispersed  or  col- 
lected in  that  part  of  the  ghurbal  which  is  farthest  from  her. 

"Thirdly,  the  best  of  the  wheat  goes  to  the  bottom  in  the 
centre  in  one  heap  ;  while  at  the  same  time  the  small  stones 
are  collected  together  in  a  little  pile  by  themselves,  on  that 
part  of  the  sieve  which  is  nearest  to  her  chest.  She  then 
removes  with  her  hands  the  stones,  teben,  chaff,  and  other 
rubbish. 

"After  this  she  sets  the  ghurbal  down,  and,  carefully 
going  over  the  corn,  picks  out  any  impurities  which  may 
yet  remain.  The  'sifting'  is  then  complete.  Often  have 
I  stood  to  watch  this  primitive  but  dexterous  process,  which, 
as  it  is  the    same    in    every   part    of    the   land,  is    in    all   prob- 


Sifting  Wheat  113 

ability  that  to  which  Divine  allusion  is  twice  made  in  the 
Scriptures."1 

Amos,  predicting  the  age-long  persecutions  and  sufferings 
of  Israel,  declares  : — 

"  For  lo,  I  will  command, 
And  I  will  sift  the  house  of  Israel  among  all  the  nations, 
As  [corn]  is  sifted  in  a  sieve, 
And  not  a  small  stone  [tzeroar]  shall  fall  upon  the  earth."  (Amos  ix.  9.) 

Tzeroar  is  evidently  the  diminutive  of  tzoor,  "  a  rock,"  and 
is  the  same  as  the  colloquial  Arabic,  surar,  "a  pebble." 

How  strikingly  is  here  shown  the  endless  trial  and  unrest, 
the  unparalleled,  searching  discipline  of  these  "tribes  of  the 
wandering  foot  and  weary  breast."  But  the  wonder  of  it 
is,  as  this  prophecy  declares,  that  throughout  all  they  have 
remained  a  distinct  and  separate  people.  For  the  house  of 
Israel,  driven  hither  and  thither  amongst  all  the  nations, 
sifted  "as  [corn]  is  sifted  in  a  sieve,"  have  yet  been  pre- 
served alone  in  that  sieve  of  isolation  and  suffering  where 
Jehovah  has  kept  them  tossing  these  2,500  years.  Most 
appropriately  has  He  likened  this  painful  discipline  to  "sift- 
ing," for  His  gracious  purpose  in  it  throughout  has  been  to 
separate  the  precious  from  the  vile,  and  to  prepare  them 
to  take  their  place  amongst  the  good  wheat  in  the  heavenly 
garner. 

But  even  the  hard-hearted,  stony-ground  members  of  this 
miraculously  preserved  people,  though  worthless  as  the  pebbles 
amongst  the  grain,  have  not  been  allowed  to  perish,  for  so 
have  been  fulfilled  the  words — 

"And  not  a  small  stone  shall  fall  upon  the  earth." 

The  same  graphic  figure  occurs  in  the  Gospel  narrative, 
in  our  Lord's  warning  words  to  Peter,  "  Simon,  Simon,  behold, 

1  Palestine  Explored,   13th  edition,  pp.  245-49. 


n4        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

Satan  asked  to  have  you,  that  he  might  sift  [you]  like  wheat." 
(Luke  xxii.  31.) 

A  fellahh  wearing  the  rude  sheepskin  jacket,  furweh,  is 
shown  with  a  naboot,  or  "  club,"  the  shaivet,  over  his  shoulder, 
returning  from  a  hunting  expedition,  carrying  a  hare  and  a 
red-legged  partridge. 

On  the  wall  of  the  house  may  be  seen  cakes  of  cowdung 
plastered  there  and  left  to  dry  in  the  sun,  to  supply  the  usual 
cooking   fuel   of   the  fellahheen. 

The  scene  of  our  picture  is  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Anti-Lebanon,  which  rises  snow-streaked  in  the  background  ; 
so  that  the  time  of  the  year  must  be  about  March  or  April, 
for  by  May,  snow,  except  in  a  few  sheltered  valleys  with 
northern  aspect,  is  only  to  be  seen  in  Syria  resting  on  the 
summit  of  Mount  Hermon,  which,  for  a  great  part  of  the 
year,  stands  out  against  the  sky  a  conspicuous  white  cone. 

Snow  rarely  falls  in  Southern  Palestine  in  any  quantity 
more  than  once  in  five  or  six  years,  and  then  only  lies  on  the 
ground  for  two  or  three  days.  Ice  never  lasts  for  a  day  in 
Southern  and  Central  Palestine.  There — and,  indeed,  through- 
out the  East — it  is  the  custom  to  use  snow  in  compressed 
masses  to  cool  drinks  in  the  hot  weather  ;  for  snow,  coming 
straight  from  the  distilled  waters  of  the  sky,  is  far  purer 
and  safer  than  ice,  seeing  the  latter  is  formed  from  sheets 
of  water  on  the  ground. 

This  is  alluded  to  in  Scripture,  for  snow  is  there  spoken 
of  where  we  should  speak  of  ice.  The  following  are  seme 
instances  : — 

"  Like  a  vessel  of  snow  in  a  day  of  harvest, 
Is  a  faithful  ambassador  to  those  sending  him."     (Pro v.  xxv.  13.) 

"  Like  snow  in  summer,  and  like  rain  in  harvest, 
So  honour  is  not  comely  for  a  fool."     (Prov.  xxvi.  1.) 

In    the    mid-distance     the    summer-sea-night-mist,    which 


Sifting  Wheat  115 

comes  up  from  "  the  Great  Sea  westward,"  the  Medi- 
terranean, every  night  in  the  hot  season  when  an  east  or 
south-east  wind  is  not  blowing,  is  seen  faintly,  as  it  passes 
away  at  sunrise,  reabsorbed  into  the  warm  air.  This  is  the 
'dew"  of  our  Versions,  which  occurs  some  thirty-five  times 
in  the  Old  Testament,  and,  happily,  is  a  uniform  rendering 
of  the  Hebrew  word  tal.  This  mist  from  the  sea  comes  up 
in  silvery  white  clouds  almost  every  night  for  some  seven 
months  of  the  hot  season,  dropping  for  hours  a  very  fine 
night  rain  like  a  heavy  Scotch  mist.  It  is  exceedingly 
precious,  for  no  drop  of  rain  falls  during  these  six  or  seven 
months,  and  dew  seldom  forms  at  that  season ;  so  that  this 
summer-sea-night-mist  is  the  only  moisture  that  then  comes 
to  cleanse  and  freshen  the  air  and  keep  alive  all  delicate 
vegetation. 

The  wise  man  tells  us,  as  an  eminent  illustration  of  the 
wisdom  and  goodness  of  Jehovah — or  so  he  appears  to  say, 
according  to  the  Authorised  Version  : 

"The  clouds  drop  down  the  dew  [tal]."    (Pro v.  iii.  20.) 

But  this  is  just  what  clouds  never  do,  and,  indeed,  "dew" 
never  forms  on  a  night  when  any  clouds  are  about!  But 
this  is  literally  and  beautifully  accurate  when  we  rightly  translate 
tal,  like  the  similar  Arabic  talah,  "summer-sea-night-mist"; 
for  these  silvery  clouds,  taking  at  sunrise  the  glorious  opal 
hues  of  dawn,  drop  down  a  delightful,  cooling,  fine  rain  over 
the  thirsty  plains  and  hills  of  the  Holy  Land,  and  then,  as 
soon  as  the  day  is  hot,   about  nine  a.m.,  pass   entirely  away. 

Thus  the  prophet  declares  of  Israel's  brief  and  transient 
periods  of  obedience  : — 

"Your  goodness  is  like  a  morning  cloud, 

And  like  the  summer-sea-night-mist    [tal]    that  goes  early  away." 
(Hos.  vi.  4  ;  xiii.  3). 


n6        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

Every  place  where  "dew"  occurs  in  our  Versions  will 
be  found  to  have  a  new  and  beautiful  force  in  the  light  of 
the  discovery  I  made  in  Palestine  of  the  true  meaning  of 
tal,    and    which    I    have    dealt    with    at    length    in    Palestine 

Explored.1 

1  Palestine  Explored,   13th  edition,  pp.   129-51. 


An 

Olive  Yard 


An   Olive   Yard 

THE  olive  is  the  natural  king  of  Palestine  trees.  Of 
Israel's  royal  race  it  is  said  that  in  the  coming  time 
of  their  restoration  "  his  majesty  [hoad]  shall  be  like 
the  olive."  In  perfect  keeping  with  this,  in  Jotham's  fable, 
when  the  trees  went  "to  anoint  a  king  over  them,"  they 
went  first  to  the  olive. 

Olives  are  as  meat  and  butter  to  the  Palestine  peasants, 
the  mass  of  the  people,  and  one  tree  in  full  bearing  will 
go  largely  toward  feeding  a  family.  The  berries  form  a 
very  nourishing  and  fat-supplying  food,  especially  in  the  hot 
season  of  the  year.  Thus  Jehovah  in  Palestine  "  causes  the 
face  to  shine  from  oil."  (Hos.  xiv.  6;  Jud.  ix.  8-15;  Ps. 
civ.  15.) 

The  usual  food  of  the  poor  in  Bible  lands  is  a  "hand- 
ful of  meal  and  a  little  oil  in  a  cruse,"  whilst  nothing  could 
be  more  natural  than  that,  in  a  time  of  famine,  a  poor 
widow,  such  as  the  one  Elisha  helped,  should  have  nothing 
left  in  the  house  "  save  a  pot  of  oil."  The  payment  for 
Hiram's  servants,  "twenty  thousand  measures  of  wheat  for 
his  household,  and  twenty  measures  of  pure  oil,"  shows  that 
the  staple  food  of  the  working  classes  in  Solomon's  days 
was  the  same  as  it  is  now.  (1  Kings  xvii.  12 ;  2  Kings 
iv.  2  ;    1  Kings  v.  11.) 

In  Palestine  to  this  day,  there  are  far  more  olive  trees 
than  any  others,  for  it  is  essentially  "a  land  of  oil  olive." 
The  trees  in  an  olive  yard  are  often  possessed  by  various 
owners  who    do  not   possess   the  land,  but    have  only  a   right 

119 


120 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


to    dig    around    the    roots    and  otherwise    attend  to    the    trees, 
and  at  harvest  time  gather  the  fruit. 

The  olive  is  the  second  tree  mentioned  hy  name  in  the 
Bible,  the  first  being  the  fig.  The  tree  begins  to  bear  about 
its  fifteenth  year,  and  then  continues  to  feed  twenty  genera- 
tions. Its  gnarled  trunk,  and  its  rounded  sage-green  foliage, 
with  a  silver  sheen  on  the  under  side,  make  it  a  very  striking 
and  beautiful  feature  of  Holy  Land  scenery.  Thus  Hosea 
declares  of  saved  Israel,  in  allusion  to  its  regal  character,  and 
to  that  beauty  which  Ruskin  so  much  admired  when  he 
beheld  the  groves  of  this  tree  in  Italy — 

"  His  majesty  [hoad]  shall  be  like  the  olive."     (Hos.  xiv.  6.) 

The  wild  olive  grows  spontaneously,  and  is  then  grafted 
from  a  cultivated  tree.  In  the  Apostle  Paul's  interesting  and 
important  allusion  to  this,  he  speaks  of  the  Gentiles  under 
the  Gospel  dispensation  as  "a  wild  olive  tree"  being  grafted 
into  the  root  of  Israel,  the  "fat,"  that  is,  "oil-bearing,"  cul- 
tivated olive  tree ;  but  adds  that  this  illustration  he  employs 
alludes  to  a  process  "contrary  to  nature,"  for  "the  olive 
wild  by  nature  "  is  not  in  Palestine  grafted  into  "  the  good 
olive  tree,"   but  just  the  reverse.     (Rom.  xi.   17-24.) 

A  crier  proclaims  the  day  settled  by  the  village  elders, 
early  in  October,  when  the  olive  harvest  is  to  commence, 
and  then,  and  not  till  then,  all  the  people  who  own  olive 
trees  may  collect  the  berries.  An  olive  tree  in  full  bearing 
will  yield  from  ten  to  fifteen  gallons  of  oil.  Women  and 
boys  mostly  gather  in  the  produce,  partly  by  beating 
the  trees  with  rods,  and  partly  by  climbing  into  them  and 
shaking  the  berries  down.  They  used  these  same  rods 
3,400  years  ago,  for  we  read  in  the  law  of  Moses,  "When 
thou  beatest  thine  olive  tree,  thou  shalt  not  go  over  the 
boughs  again  :  it  shall  be  for  the  stranger,  for  the  father- 
less, and  for  the  widow."     (Deut.  xxiv.  20.)     They  also  shook 


An  Olive  Yard  121 

the    fruit    down    in    the    days    of    Isaiah    just   as   they    do   now, 
for  the  prophet  declares : — 

"  Yet  the  gleaning  of  grapes  shall  be  left  in  it, 
Like  the  shaking  of  an  olive  tree,"     (Isa.  xvii.  6.) 

and  again : — 

"  When  thus  it  shall  be  in  the  midst  of  the  land  among  the  peoples, 
[There  shall  be]  like  the  shaking  of  an  olive  tree."     (Isa.  xxiv.  13.) 

The  picture  shows  a  scene  at  the  time  of  this  ingathering. 
The  olive  harvest  is  the  last  crop  of  the  year,  coming  just 
before  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles,  or  Ingathering. 

Some  of  the  berries  are  pickled  in  salt  water,  and  pre- 
served to  be  eaten  as  a  rich,  fattening  food.  But  the  bulk 
are  carried  to  the  olive  presses,  where  they  are  first  crushed 
into  pulp  in  a  primitive  stone  mill.  Sometimes  this  pulp  is 
sewn  up  in  canvas  or  horsehair  bags,  and  the  remaining 
oil  it  contains  trodden  out  by  the  bare  feet  of  women  and 
girls.  In  allusive  reference  to  this,  it  was  said  that  Asher 
should  "dip  his  foot  in  oil."  But  the  main  part  of  the 
pulp  is  usually  put  into  small  flexible  baskets,  piled  one  over 
the  other  under  a  rude  wooden  press,  worked  either  by  a 
screw  or  a  beam  lever.  "  Pure  olive  oil  beaten  ':  alludes  to 
a  cleaner  way  of  extracting  the  oil  by  beating  it  out  of  the 
berries  with  the  blows  of  a  stick.     (Ex.  xxvii.  20;  xxix.  40.) 

Job's  allusion  to  the  rock  pouring  him  out  "  rivulets  of 
oil"  is  to  the  tiny  streams  of  oil  flowing  from  the  rock 
presses.  Jacob's  being  made  "  to  suck  ...  oil  out  of 
flinty  rock"  seems  an  allusion  to  the  limestone  of  Palestine, 
in  which  the  olive  flourishes.  When  the  olive  is  torn  by 
tempest,  or  riven  by  lightning,  or  cut  into  by  the  poor  and 
improvident  fellahheen  to  furnish  firewood,  the  slender  threads 
of  its  remaining  trunk,  as  shown  to  the  right  in  our  picture, 
are  piled  round  with  stones  as  a    support,  and  the  bark  again 


122        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

grows  over  the  wounded  part,  and  the  tree  in  its  wonderful 
vitality  still  goes  on  bearing  abundantly.  For  this,  among 
other  reasons,  it  is  a  fitting  emblem  of  the  Church.  Its  rich 
oil  is  a  type  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  prophets,  priests,  and  kings 
of  a  new  dynasty  being  anointed  with  oil,  and  oil  being  the 
chief,  almost  sole,  illuminant  throughout  the  Orient.  Often 
a  number  of  young  shoots  spring  up  around  the  parent  tree, 
as  shown  here  in  the  case  of  the  stone-protected  olive.  This 
seems  to  be  the  psalmist's  allusion  when,  speaking  of  the 
blessing  of  the  man  who  fears  Jehovah,  he  says : — 

"Thy  children  [shall   be]  like  olive  plants  round  about  thy  table." 
(Ps.  cxxviii.  3.) 


Sanctuary— 

The  Phantasia 

of 

the  White  Banner 


Sanctuary — The  Phantasia  of  the  White  Banner 

THIS  picture  is  a  fine  illustration  of  the  overpowering 
glare  of  Syrian  noon  in  the  hot,  dry  season,  which 
lasts  from,  say,  the  first  day  of  May  to  about  the  end 
of  October.  Such  is  the  heat,  and  the  consequent  dryness 
of  the  air,  that  it  seems  to  wondrously  soften  and  subdue 
all  colour,  and  to  clothe  the  scene  with  an  indescribable 
brightness.  Artists  have  found  it  difficult  to  represent  the 
high  lights  and  neutral  tints  thus  produced,  which  are  so 
rare  in  most  northern  latitudes.  Perhaps  of  all  men  the  late 
Mr.  H.  A.  Harper  has  best  depicted  this  distinctive  feature 
of  Palestine  scenery  during  some  seven  months  of  each 
year ;  and  he  told  me  that  he  believed  he  owed  his  ability  to 
render  these  colour  effects  to  his  having,  when  young,  spent 
much  time  painting  in  the  Wharfedale,  Yorkshire,  where  he 
had  found,  in  the  summer  and  early  autumn,  something  ap- 
proaching the  exquisitely  high  lights  and  neutral  tints  so 
characteristic  of  the  Holy  Land. 

The  scene  depicted  is  a  truly  Oriental  one.  It  illustrates 
the  subject  of  taking  sanctuary,  which  has  become  necessary 
throughout  the  East  owing  to  the  unwritten  but  inexorable 
law  of  thar,  or  "blood-revenge."  The  crime  of  homicide 
in  all  its  forms  is  punished,  not,  as  with  us,  by  a  State 
criminal  court,  but  by  the  relatives  of  the  man  who  has 
been  slain,  and  this  was  evidently  the  same  in  Old  Testament 
times,  as  so  many  allusions  show.  This  was  all  along  the 
interpretation  put  on  the  method  of  carrying  out  the  Divine 
command    given   to   Noah   and    his   sons,    "Whoso   sheddeth 

12; 


126 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


man's  blood,  by  man  shall  his  blood  be  shed  ;  for  in  the 
image  of  God  made  He  man";  and  it  is  clear  that  the 
law  of  Moses  recognises  and  endorses  the  present  mode  of 
procedure   in   Bible  lands.     (Gen.  ix.  6.) 

They    do    not    make    a    clear    distinction    between    wilful 
murder   and  other   forms   of  homicide,   and  they  claim  a  right 
to    the     ''blood,"     that    is,    the    life,    not    only   of    the    actual 
homicide,   but  of  his  relations  within  a  certain  limit.     It  rests 
within  the  khomsee,  or  fifth  generation,  those  only  having  the 
right   to    avenge  a  slain  person   whose   fourth  lineal    ascendant 
is,  at  the   same    time,  the  fourth  lineal  ascendant  of    the  per- 
son   slain  ;    and,   on  the  other  side,   only  those   male    kindred 
of    the    homicide    are    liable    to    pay   with    their    own    for   the 
blood    shed   whose    fourth    lineal  ascendant    is,    at    the    same 
time,  the  fourth  lineal  ascendant  of  the  homicide.     The  lineal 
descendants  of  all  those  who  were  entitled   to  revenge  at  the 
moment    of   the    manslaughter    inherit    this    right    from    their 
parents.     The   right  is    never  lost  :    it  descends   on   both  sides 
to    the  latest  generations.     This   right    is    called    the    thar,    or 
"blood-revenge."1     It    applies    to    a    life    taken    in   war   or  in 
border   feuds,   as   well   as   on  other   occasions  ;    and  therefore, 
to  save  themselves,   the  people   in    a   fight   try   to    single    out 
a  man   who   has  killed  another.     Arab   children  are  taught  to 
conceal    their   family   names,    lest    they   should    suddenly   be 
made  to  pay  with  their  young  lives  a  claim  for  blood  against 
their  house,  on  account  of  the  act   of  some   remote  ancestor! 
The  words    "There    is    blood  between  us"    are    darkly   sug- 
gestive   of    an  endless  feud   that  often  decimates    a    family  for 
a  whole   century;    for,  as  the  Arabs  say,   "dam   butlub   dam" 
—"blood  calls  for  blood."     Thus    God  said  to  Cain,    "The 
voice  of  thy  brother's  blood  cries  out  to  Me  from  the  ground," 
that  is,   "cries  out  to  me  for  your  blood."     (Gen.  iv.  10.) 

1  For  a  full  description  of  the  thar,  see  the  author's  Pictured  Palestine,  5th  edition, 
pp.   230-43. 


Sanctuary  127 

It  is  most  interesting  to  notice  here  that  the  law  of  Moses 
strictly  limits  the  thar  to  the  life  of  the  actual  murderer. 
''The  fathers  shall  not  be  put  to  death  for  the  children, 
neither  shall  the  children  be  put  to  death  for  the  fathers  ; 
every  man  shall  be  put  to  death  for  his  own  sin."  This  is 
one  of  those  many  cases  where  the  Mosaic  law,  while  en- 
dorsing and  incorporating  the  ancient  customs  universal 
throughout  the  Eastern  world— such  as  slavery,  polygamy, 
divorce,  and  others — greatly  modified  them  in  a  righteous 
and  merciful  direction.     (Deut.  xxiv.  16.) 

In  order  to  mitigate  the  terrors  of  this  ancient  system 
there  is  a  custom  by  which  a  blood  fine,  called  deeyah,  may 
be  accepted  instead  of  life  by  the  relatives  of  a  man  who  has 
been  killed.  There  is  in  this  way  a  fixed  "price  of  blood." 
Amongst  the  fellahheen  it  is  4,000  piastres,  or  about  £35, 
for  a  man,  and  half  that  amount  for  a  woman.  This 
money  payment  "in  the  place  of  "blood,"  or  "life,"  was 
not  allowed  by  the  law  of  Moses  in  the  case  of  a  wilful 
murder.  It  is  expressly  said,  "Ye  shall  take  no  ransom  for 
the  life  of  a  murderer  who  is  guilty  of  death."  But  probably 
in  the  case  of  accidental  or  justifiable  homicide  of  any  kind, 
as  in  the  special  case  of  the  sentence  to  death  on  the  owner 
of  an  ox  who  had  gored  a  man,  the  deeyah,  or  money  fine, 
was  sanctioned  by  the  Mosaic  law  in  lieu  of  life.  It  was 
certainly  allowed  in  the  case  of  the  Gentile  nations  surrounding 
Israel  in  the  case  of  wilful  murder,  just  as  it  is  amongst  the 
Arabs  to-day;  for  David  asks  the  Gibeonites,  whose  kinsmen 
Saul  had  slain,  "With  what  shall  I  give  you  a  ransom?" 
and  they  hastened  to  say  they  would  not  have  "silver  or 
gold  of  Saul  or  his  house" — that  is,  the  deeyah — but  the  lives 
of  seven  of  Saul's  sons.  According  to  the  terrible  practice 
prevailing  to  this  day,  their  bodies  were  exposed  after  their 
execution,  in  this  case  for  almost  seven  months — "  from  the 
beginning   of    harvest    [about    May    1st]    until   water    poured 


i28        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

down  on  them  from  heaven  ['  the  former  rain,'  about  the 
third  week  in  November],"  probably  hung  up  in  chains. 
This  barbarous  insulting  the  bodies  of  the  dead  was  specially 
forbidden  by  the  law  of  Moses:  "If  a  man  have  committed 
a  sin  worthy  of  death,  and  he  be  put  to  death,  and  thou 
hang  him  on  a  tree,  his  body  shall  not  remain  all  night 
upon  the  tree,  but  thou  shalt  surely  bury  him  that  day." 
(Deut.  xxi.  22,  23). 

Even  in  Israel,  though  no  life  but  that  of  the  manslayer 
might  be  taken,  yet  it  was  not  by  the  officials  of  a  court  of 
justice  he  was  to  be  executed,  but,  just  as  in  Palestine  to- 
day, by  "the  avenger  of  blood."  "The  avenger  of  blood 
himself  shall  slay  the  murderer  ;  when  he  meets  him  he  shall 
slay  him."  Indeed,  the  elders  of  the  murderer's  city,  when 
he  has  fled  for  refuge,  are  commanded  to  "  send  and  fetch 
him  thence,  and  deliver  him  into  the  hand  of  the  avenger 
of  blood,  that  he  may  die."  Of  an  Israelite  who  entices 
another  to  serve  heathen  gods,  it  is  said  to  the  tempted 
one,  "Thou  shalt  surely  kill  him;  thy  hand  shall  be  first 
upon  him  to  put  him  to  death,  and  afterwards  the  hand 
of  all  the  people,  and  thou  shalt  stone  him  with  stones,  that 
he  die."  In  the  case  of  "a  stubborn,  rebellious  son  .  .  . 
glutton,  and  a  drunkard,"  his  father  and  mother  are  commanded 
to  bring  him  unto  the  elders  of  his  city  at  the  gate  of  his 
place  and  denounce  him,  that  "  all  the  men  of  his  city  shall 
stone  him  with  stones,  that  he  die."  No  less  than  forty-five 
offences  are  mentioned  in  the  Pentateuch  as  punishable  with 
death.  In  most  of  these  cases  there  seems  little  reason  to 
doubt  that  the  voice  of  two  witnesses  would  at  any  time 
convict,  and  the  people  of  each  town  or  village  would  be 
the  unprofessional  executioners. 

To  soften  the  harshness  of  this  summary  procedure,  in 
the  case  of  homicide,  and  to  avoid  the  mistakes  that  through 
hasty    passions    might    otherwise    occur,    six    cities    of    refuge 


Sanctuary  129 

were  appointed  to  afford  instant  and  inviolable  sanctuary  to 
the  manslayer  who  might  flee  to  them  and  there  have  his 
case  properly  investigated.  Of  them  it  is  said,  "  And  they 
shall  be  unto  you  cities  of  refuge  from  the  avenger ;  that 
the  manslayer  die  not  until  he  stand  before  the  congregation 
in  judgment  .  .  .  and  the  congregation  shall  deliver  the 
slayer  out  of  the  hand  of  the  avenger  of  blood  "  .  .  .  "  because 
he  smote  his  neighbour  unwittingly,  and  hated  him  not  be- 
foretime.  And  he  shall  dwell  in  that  city  .  .  .  until  the  death 
of  the  high  priest  that  shall  be  in  those  days :  then  shall  the 
slayer  return  and  come  into  his  own  city."  (Numb.  xxxv. 
12,  25 ;    Josh.  xx.  5,  6.) 

But  there  are  in  Palestine  to-day,  and  it  was  doubtless 
the  same  in  Bible  times,  several  other  rough  and  ready 
modes  of  sanctuary.  First,  a  man  pursued  by  the  avenger  of 
blood  may  seize  hold  of  the  dress  of  a  woman,  even  that  of 
his  own  wife,  and  thus  find  safety.  Secondly,  he  may  fly  to 
a  mosque  or  a  mukam,  or  any  sacred  shrine  and  so  escape. 
Thirdly,  he  may  take  refuge  in  the  abode  of  any  neutral 
person,  and  in  this  case,  no  matter  what  trouble  or  incon- 
venience may  be  caused  by  the  presence  of  the  uninvited 
guest,  it  is  thought  very  disgraceful  to  refuse  such  an  asylum 
if  it  is  sought.  Many  lives  every  year  are  saved  in  this  way 
in  Syria  and  the  adjacent  Bible  lands,  the  fugitive  manslayer 
staying  as  a  guest  in  the  house  to  which  he  has  fled  until 
the  matter  has  been  settled,  and  the  avenger  and  his  friends 
have  either  been  satisfied  that  the  homicide  was  innocent,  or 
else  have  formally  accepted  the  blood  fine — which  last  is 
very  frequently  the  case  amongst  the  fellahheen,  who  avoid 
taking  life  unnecessarily,  for,  as  they  say,  "  man  is  not  a 
water  melon :  when  once  in  the  ground  he  cannot  rise 
again." 

A  fourth  and  most  remarkable  mode  of   taking  sanctuary 
is    evidently   ancient.     A    man,  when    pursued    and    overtaken 
J 


130 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


by  the  avenger  of  blood,  may  yet  in  most  instances  save 
himself  by  crying,  "I  am  the  dahheel  [that  is,  'one  who 
entered  the  abode  of,'  and  therefore  is  'a  protege  of'] 
such  an  one,"  mentioning  the  name  of  some  person  of  power 
or  rank.  To  quote  from  Palestine  Explored,  "According 
to  their  custom,  the  protection  of  the  person  invoked  is 
gained,  even  by  one  who  is  unknown  to  him,  by  thus  merely 
calling  upon  his  name.  It  is  held  to  be  as  though  the 
fugitive  had  succeeded  in  entering  the  tent  or  dwelling  of 
the  person  he  mentions.  In  such  a  case,  if  the  avengers  of 
blood  refuse  to  listen  to  the  appeal,  and  take  the  manslayer's 
life,  the  person  on  whose  name  he  has  called  is  bound,  by 
their  code  of  honour,  to  take  swift  and  summary  vengeance. 
When  they  are  in  the  act  of  killing  him,  the  fugitive  turns 
to  someone  who  is  present,  and  cries,  'Ana  dahheel  fulan — 
el  amaneh  andak '  ;  '  I  am  the  dahheel  [or  '  protege  ']  of  such 
an  one — the  trust  is  with  thee.'  He  does  not  say,  'such  an 
one,'  fulan,  but  actually  names  some  great  and  powerful 
person,  who  may  be  a  person  whom  he  does  not  know  and 
who  does  not  know  him.  By  these  words  the  dying  man 
commits  to  the  one  he  addresses  the  sacred  duty  of  informing 
the  protector  who  was  invoked  of  what  has  taken  place,  and 
of  relating  how  the  victim  was  slain  in  despite  of  the  respect 
due  to  his  name.  One  so  addressed  is  bound  by  every  prin- 
ciple of  religion  and  honour,  however  much  he  may  dislike 
doing  so,  to  accept  and  carry  out  this  trust.  To  neglect  to 
carry  out  an  amaneh,  or  'trust,'  is  in  their  estimation,  not 
only  a  deep  disgrace,  but  also  an  unpardonable  sin.  To  call 
a  man  '  hhayin  el  amaneh,'  'breaker  of  a  trust,'  is  to  give 
him  the  vilest  character  that  can  be  borne. 

1  When  tidings  have  been  brought  to  the  person  whose 
name  was  invoked  by  the  victim  of  the  avengers  of  blood, 
he  has  the  right  of  gathering  together  all  his  friends  and  allies 
to    assist    him    in    punishing  the    outrage,    and  establishing  the 


Sanctuary  131 

honour  of  his  name.  With  the  customary  cry,  'Who  is 
on  my  side  ?  Who  ? '  he  calls  upon  them  to  join  their  armed 
followers  with  his  own  men.  He  then  marches  to  the  place 
where  his  dahheel  was  slain,  and  has  a  right  to  take  vengeance 
upon  all  who  were  concerned  in  killing  him  during  three  and 
one  third  days,  by  putting  to  death  all  the  men  and  seizing  all 
their  property.  For  this  act  of  summary  vengeance  no  blood- 
revenge  or  blood-money  can  ever  be  claimed.  When  the 
three  and  one  third  days  are  over,  a  white  flag  is  hoisted  on  a 
pole  or  spear  by  the  relatives  of  the  dahheel  who  was  put  to 
death,  in  the  honour  of  his  protector.  Any  of  the  offenders 
who  have  escaped  with  their  lives  may  now  return  in  safety 
and  resume  whatever  is  left  of  their  property."1 

In  most  cases  the  calling  on  the  name  of  a  powerful 
protector  is  sufficient  to  stay  the  hand  of  the  most  enraged 
revenger,  and  procure  the  safety  of  his  self-constituted  dahheel 
who  has  thus  publicly  called  upon  his  name.  Both  in  this 
case,  and  also  when  the  sanctuary  of  a  neutral  house  has  been 
accorded,  the  rescued  manslayer,  when  either  acquitted  on 
trial,  or  spared  through  the  acceptance  of  blood-money 
instead  of  his  life,  is  led  back  with  rejoicing  by  his  family 
and  friends  to  his  home,  in  a  public  procession  with  a  white 
flag  hoisted;  and  it  is  proclaimed  as  they  pass  along,  "This 
banner  is  the  honour  of  the  great  sheikh  So-and-so,"  the  person 
whose  house  or  name  afforded  a  safe  sanctuary,  whilst  songs 
in  his  praise  are  sung  to  the  accompaniment  of  clapping  of 
hands,  firing  off  of  guns,  music,  and  loud  ullaloos.  On  such 
occasions,  as  shown  in  our  picture,  a  wild,  half-naked,  turbanless, 
dishevelled  man,  often  waving  a  drawn  sword,  dances  back- 
ward with  absurd  and  extravagant  gestures,  playing  the  buffoon 
to  do  honour  to  the  event  !  This  strange  custom,  with  its 
interesting  Scripture  allusion,  I  explain  more  fully  in  the 
description  of  "A  Bridal  Procession  in  a  Town." 

1  Palestine  Explored,   13th  edition,  pp.    108,    109. 


*32        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

Such  a  procession  in  the  streets  is  greeted  by  the  people 
with  cries  of  "  Phantasia !  phantasia  !  "  a  term  which  applies 
to  all  public  displays  or  spectacles,  of  which  they  are  passion- 
ately fond,  whether  a  military  parade  with  band  playing,  or 
derweeshes  marching  abroad  with  banners  and  music  and 
insignia  of  their  orders,  a  wedding  procession  either  of  bride 
or  bridegroom,  or  one  connected  with  a  Mohammedan  cir- 
cumcision, or  any  other  public  spectacle.  This  is  a  most 
interesting  case  of  a  Greek  word  having  come  down  from 
the  time  of  Christ,  and  surviving  on  the  lips  of  the  people 
down  to  our  day.  When,  more  than  1,800  years  ago,  King 
Agrippa  and  his  Queen  Bernice  came,  no  doubt  with  a  royal 
procession,  to  the  courthouse  to  hear  Paul,  we  read  that  it 
was  "with  much  -phantasia,"  rendered  "pomp"  in  our 
Versions ;  and  in  the  Greek  the  word  has  the  accent  on 
the  syllable  "si,"  just  as  it  has  on  Arab  lips  to-day.  The 
late  Colonel  C.  R.  Conder,  who  is  generally  so  accurate,  has 
fallen  into  a  curious  mistake  over  this,  for  he  says  of  these 
displays  that  "they  indulge  occasionally  in  what  is  termed  a 
phantasia,  a  word  apparently  of  Italian  origin  introduced  by 
the  Franks";  the  fact  being  that  this  is  one  of  the  several 
Greek  words  which  must  have  passed  into  Palestine  speech 
as  the  result  of  the  Greek  conquest  of  Palestine  300  years 
before  Christ.     (Acts  xxv.  23.) 

There  would  appear  to  be  several  allusions  to  this  mode 
of  taking  sanctuary  in  the  Scriptures  of  the  Old  Testament. 
Let  Psalm  xx.  be  read  in  this  light.  It  is  a  prayer  of  the 
people  for  their  king  when  he  is  in  danger  of  his  life.  The 
psalmist  cries  : — 

"  The  name  of  the  God  of  Jacob  defend  thee.  .  .  . 
Some  trust  in  chariots  and  some  in  horses, 
But  we  will  make  mention  of  the  name  of  Jehovah  our 
God."     (Ps.  xx.  i,  7.) 

Rejoicing   by  anticipation  in  the  salvation  that  this  Name 


Sanctuary  133 

will   bring,  he  cries,  in  evident   allusion  to  the  white  flag  that 
is  set  up  and  carried  about  in  the  protector's  honour  : — 

"  We  will  rejoice  in  thy  salvation, 
And  in  the  name  of  our  God  we  will  set  up  a  banner 
[nideggoal]."     (Ps.  xx.  5.) 

Again,  in  another  psalm  of  David,  whose  adventurous 
life  of  border  warfare  had  doubtless  led  him  to  become  very 
familiar  with  matters  of  sanctuary,  there  seems  a  further 
reference  to  the  same  custom  : — 

"  Save  me,  O  God,  by  Thy  name, 
And  by  Thy  might  vindicate  me  .  .  . 
For  strangers  are  risen  up  against  me, 
And  oppressors  seek  after  my  life."     (Ps.  liv.  1,  3.) 

Exulting  in  the  power  of  Jehovah's  name,  and  the  cer- 
tainty of  His  vindicating  those  who  appeal  to  it,  he  adds  :— 

"  Behold,  God  is  my  helper  .  .  . 
He  will  return  the  evil  unto  mine  enemies  ; 
In  thy  truth  cut  them  off."     (Ps.  liv.  4,  5.) 

But  still  plainer  is  the  allusion  of  the  wise  man,  when, 
speaking  of  the  Divine  protection,  he  says  :— 

"  The  name  of  Jehovah  is  a  strong  tower  : 
The  righteous  runs  into  it,  and  is  safe  [literally,  'is  set 
aloft']."     (Prov.  xviii.  10.) 

The  costumes  in  our  picture  all  show  that  this  scene  is 
amongst  the  fellahheen.  On  the  flat,  low  roof  of  a  village  house, 
which  is  only  about  seven  or  eight  feet  high,  women  are  seen 
attracted  by  the  sight.  Being  in  the  presence  of  men,  they  are 
veiled.  This  veiling,  in  the  case  of  the  fellahhat,  or  village 
women,  consists  of  taking  one  end  of  the  large  white  sheet 
which,  hanging  behind  them  from  their  head,  does  duty 
as  a  veil,  and    holding  it   before  their  mouth.     The  windows 


134        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

being  so  few  and  small,  and  the  housetops  flat  and  affording 
an  excellent  view  of  what  is  going  on  in  the  adjacent  streets, 
on  the  occasion  of  any  exciting' scenes  the  people  throng  to 
the  roofs.  This  applies  equally  to  the  town  houses,  which, 
although  they  sometimes  have  one  or  two  large  windows,  have 
these  windows  shut  in  by  close,  carved  wooden  lattice  work,  and 
also  possess  flat  roofs  rendered  accessible  by  a  staircase  within. 
It  was  just  the  same  in  Old  Testament  times.  The  people  of 
Jerusalem,  "the  Valley  of  Vision,"  are  represented,  in  their 
alarm,  as  "wholly  gone  up  to  the  housetops,"  in  order  to  see 
what  the  strange  stir  and  tumult  in  the  city  was  about,  where 
we  should  say  they  had  "  rushed  to  the  windows."  (Isa.  xxii.  1.) 
Around  the  roofs  of  some  of  these,  and  of  all  the  higher 
two-  or  three-storey  houses  in  the  towns,  there  is  a  stone  or  con- 
crete balustrade,  about  a  foot  and  a  half  to  two  feet  high.  A 
number  of  earthenware  pipes,  laid  one  over  the  other  in  the 
form  of  a  pyramid,  are  put  at  intervals  in  these  low  balustrade 
walls,  for  the  purpose  of  ventilation  ;  but  they  are  purposely 
laid  parallel  to  the  roof,  so  that  those  looking  through  them 
may  not  be  able  to  see  into  their  neighbours'  courtyards, 
the  seclusion  of  women  in  the  East  specially  calling  for  this 
precaution.  As  all  are  made  alike  in  this  respect,  they  doubtless 
represent  the  ancient,  unchanged  form  of  such  parapets.  The 
law  of  Moses,  amongst  its  many  other  considerate  and  merciful 
precepts,  required  all  builders  to  erect  this  protective  structure, 
in  the  words:  "When  thou  buildest  a  new  house,  then  thou 
shalt  make  a  battlement  for  thy  roof,  that  thou  bring  not  blood 
upon  thine  house,  if  any  man  fall  from  thence."  (Deut. 
xxii.  8.) 


Fishing  in  the 
Lake  of  Galilee 


[Mp| 

BUB 

11 

1 

^^^^ 

,..,.■-_., 

l"    '■' 

. 

^^^ffaW'V" 

Hi 

Fishing  in  the  Lake  of  Galilee 

THE  various  modes  of  fishing  are  here  depicted  as  they 
are  still  carried  on  in  the  Lake  of  Galilee,  or  Kinnereth, 
as  it  is  called,  from  kinnor,  "a  harp  "  (whence  the 
Greek  name  Gennesaret),  for  this  sheet  of  water,  about 
thirteen  miles  long  by  seven  miles  broad  at  the  widest  part 
towards  the  north  end,  is  in  the  form  of  a  harp.  Its  waters 
are  bright  and  clear,  and  its  greatest  depth  is  156  feet.  Canon 
Tristram  says:  "The  density  of  the  shoals  of  fish  in  the  Sea 
of  Galilee  can  scarcely  be  conceived  by  those  who  have  not 
witnessed  them.  "Frequently  these  shoals  cover  an  acre  or 
more  of  the  surface,  and  the  fish,  as  they  slowly  move  along 
in  masses,  are  so  crowded,  with  their  back  fins  just  appearing 
on  the  level  of  the  water,  that  the  appearance  at  a  little  dis- 
tance is  that  of  violent  showers  of  rain  pattering  on  the 
surface."  It  will  be  seen  how  this  bears  out  the  over- 
whelming catch  of  fish  recorded  by  Luke ;  when,  even 
though  the  net  broke,  they  filled  two  of  the  boats  "till  they 
nearly  sank."     (Luke  v.  5-9.) 

The  fish  are  mainly  of  the  bream,  perch,  and  carp  kinds, 
and  very  similar  to  those  of  the  Nile,  a  fact  to  which  Josephus 
calls  attention.  Fourteen  species  have  been  observed  by  Dr. 
Tristram,  and  he  thinks  there  may  be  forty.  The  coracinus, 
or  catfish,  Clarias  mac? -acanthus  (Gunther),  wrhich  is  a  silurus, 
or  sheat  fish,  is  sometimes  three  feet  long,  and,  being  without 
scales,  was  forbidden  to  the  Jews.  In  the  parable,  the  seine, 
or  drag  net,  was  drawn  to  shore,  the  good  fish  were  gathered 
into  vessels,  and  the  "  rotten  were  cast  away  "  ;  these  "  rotten  " 

i37 


138        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

fish  would  be  those  ceremonially  unclean,  in  this  lake  sheat 
fish  and  eels.     (Matt.  xiii.  47,  48.) 

It  is  an  interesting  and  significant  fact  that  when  our 
Lord  twice  fed  the  crowds,  and  once,  after  His  resurrection, 
His  disciples,  the  only  food  in  addition  to  bread  that  He 
provided  was  fish — cold  fried  fish,  no  doubt,  such  as  the  bakers' 
boys  still  carry  about  on  a  tray  with  their  loaves  of  bread. 
The  only  description  of  food  we  are  told  of  our  Lord's  eating 
was  "a  piece  of  broiled  fish,"  and  this,  wonderful  to  relate, 
was  after  His  resurrection  ! 

The  lake  is  very  picturesque  and  beautiful,  being  closely 
surrounded  by  mountains,  and  therefore  liable  to  sudden 
and  very  violent  storms,  such  as  that  recorded  as  following 
at  the  close  of  the  fine  evening  when  the  five  thousand  sat 
upon  the  ground  at  a  miraculous  feast.  Partly  because  it  is 
thus  shut  in,  and  still  more  because  it  is  682  feet  below  the 
level  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  it  is  exceedingly  hot. 

On  this  account  the  fishermen  here  work  stark  naked, 
with  sometimes  a  little  skull  cap  on  their  heads  ;  and  they 
are  the  only  workmen  in  Palestine  who  do,  for  nakedness  is 
thought  shameful.  This  strange  custom  is  incidentally  noticed 
in  his  Gospel  by  John  the  fisherman,  when  he  tells  that  Peter, 
before  leaping  out  of  the  boat  to  swim  ashore  to  his  Master, 
"girt  his  fisher's  garment  upon  him,  for  he  was  naked."  It 
would  seem  to  have  been  one  of  our  Lord's  fisher  followers, 
who,  at  His  arrest  in  the  garden  of  Gethsemane,  had  "a 
linen  cloth  cast  about  his  naked  body,"  and  when,  in  trying 
to  take  him,  they  seized  the  linen  cloth,  "  he  fled  from 
them  naked."  On  the  Egyptian  monuments  men  fishing 
with  nets  are  depicted  naked.  (John  xxi.  7 ;  Mark  xiv. 
51,    52.)  _ 

Fishing  in  the  lake  is  chiefly  carried  on  from  the  shore. 
At  Ain  Tabigah  on  the  north  shore,  towards  the  west  of 
it,   is  a  spring  of  warm,  clear  water,  and  here  the  vast  shoals 


Fishing  in  the  Lake  of  Galilee         139 

gather  from  time  to  time.  The  only  other  spot  where  this 
occurs  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  north  shore,  where  the 
Jordan  enters  the  lake,  and  the  fish  are  attracted  by  its  fresh, 
cool  waters.  I  made- this  discovery  of  these  only  two  regular 
places  of  fishing  during  a  journey  in  this  region  in  1872, 
and  at  once  perceived  that  these  must  be  the  two  Bethsaidas, 
or,  as  the  word  means,  "  places  of  fishing,"  plainly  alluded 
to  in  the  Gospels,  but  which  the  commentators  could  not 
locate.  The  western  Bethsaida  was  at  A  in  Tobigah.  This  was 
the  place  from  which  Philip  came,  and  "the  city  of  Andrew 
and  Peter"  (John  i.  44);  of  which  Christ  said,  "Woe  unto 
thee,  Chorazin !  Woe  unto  thee,  Bethsaida!"  (Matt  xi.  21; 
Luke  x.  13) ;  and  of  which  we  read,  when  Christ  was  at  the 
north-east  of  the  Lake  of  Gennesareth,  "He  constrained  His 
disciples  to  get  into  the  boat  and  to  go  to  the  other  side 
over  against  Bethsaida."  (Mark  vi.  45.)  The  splendid  ruins 
of  Chorazin  are  about  two  miles  and  a  half  to  the  north  of  it. 
The  eastern  Bethsaida  stood  somewhat  back  from  the  shore 
near  to  where  the  Jordan  enters  the  lake.  Here  Christ  gave 
sight  to  the  blind  man  who  saw  at  first  "men  as  trees 
walking"  (Mark  viii.  22-26);  and  here,  in  "a  desert  place 
belonging  to  the  city  called  Bethsaida,"  the  Lord  fed  the  five 
thousand.  (Luke  ix.  10-17.)  Later  on  Philip  the  Tetrarch 
rebuilt  and  adorned  this  Bethsaida,  and  called  it  Julias  after 
the  daughter  of  the  Roman  Emperor. 

There  are  three  ordinary  methods  of  fishing  from  the 
shore  when  the  shoals  come  to  Ain  Tabigah,  or  to  where 
the  Jordan  enters  the  lake.  One  of  these  is  by  a  line  with 
baited  hooks — fly-fishing  is  unknown  in  the  East.  Isaiah 
speaks  of  "all  that  cast  a  hook  into  a  stream."  When 
miraculously  providing  the  money  to  pay  the  half-shekel, 
or  two  drachmas  (one  shilling  and  threepence),  the  "  re- 
demption money,"  for  Himself  and  Peter,  one  of  the  most 
astounding    of    all    His    miracles,    the    Lord    said,     "  Go    thou 


140        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

to  the  sea,  and  cast  a  hook,  and  take  up  the  fish  that  first 
comes  up  ;  and  when  thou  hast  opened  its  mouth,  thou 
shalt  find  a  stater  [a  coin  equal  to  two  half-shekels,  two  shillings 
and  sixpence]  :  that  take,  and  give  unto  them  for  Me  and 
thee."     (Ex.  xxx.  11-16;  Matt.  xvii.  27.) 

Another  way  of  fishing  is  by  the  cast  net,  the  aniphi- 
bleestron  of  the  New  Testament.  This  net  is  in  the  form  of 
a  bag,  coming  to  a  point  at  the  bottom,  to  which  a  long 
rope  is  attached.  It  has  a  mouth  about  three  feet  in  diameter, 
with  weights  around  it  which  keep  it  open  when  thrown,  and 
close  it  when  it  sinks  through  the  water.  Sometimes  this  is 
used  from  a  boat.  When  used  from  the  shore,  the  fisherman 
wades  or  swims  in,  and  throws  it  with  great  dexterity  to  a 
considerable  distance,  and  then  draws  it  in  by  the  rope.  This 
was  the  net  that  Simon  and  Andrew  were  employing  when 
Jesus  called  them  to  follow  Him  and  become  "  fishers  of 
men."     (Matt.  iv.   18;   Mark  i.  16.) 

There  was  evidently  a  very  large  form  of  this  cast  net, 
called  in  the  New  Testament  diktuon,  too  heavy  to  be  thrown 
to  a  distance,  which  was  used  from  the  side  of  a  boat  when 
the  fishermen  found  themselves  in  the  midst  of  a  shoal.  It 
is  mentioned  as  employed  under  these  very  circumstances 
when  our  Lord  bid  Peter  and  his  fellow  fishermen  "cast  the 
net  [diktuon]  at  the  right  side  of  the  boat,"  and  they  obtained 
an  immense  haul,  153  great  fishes,  and  (which  seems  a  part  of 
the  miracle)  the  diktuon  remained  unbroken.  (John  xxi.  6-11.) 

A  third  common  mode  of  fishing,  sometimes  from 
the  shore,  but  more  often  from  the  boats,  is  with  a  long 
seine  net,  the  drag  or  draw  net,  like  our  own,  with  floats  at 
the  top  and  weights  below.  This  is  once  mentioned,  the 
sagene  (from  which  Greek  word  our  name  "  seine  "  comes), 
as  the  net  drawing  great  numbers  of  fish  of  all  kinds,  good 
and  bad,  to  which  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  in  the  sense  of 
the  professing   Church,   is  compared.     (Matt.  xiii.  47.) 


Fishing  in  the  Lake  of  Galilee         141 

Fishing  by  the  boats  is  mainly  done  at  night.  The  seine 
net  is  put  out  on  the  lake,  and  two  or  three  of  the  boats, 
with  flares  of  oiled  rag  burning  in  an  iron  cage  in  the  bow, 
the  fishermen  making  a  loud  noise  by  beating  old  metal 
pans  together,  drive  the  fish  towards  the  net.  This  is  the 
usual  method  of  fishing  away  from  the  shore,  and  it  can  only 
be  done  at  night.  Hence  the  great  trial  to  their  faith,  in  the 
case  of  those  experienced  Galilean  fishers,  who,  "having 
laboured  all  night  and  taken  nothing,"  were  bidden  by  the 
Master,  now  that  it  was  day,  to  "  put  back  to  the  deep," 
and  let  down  their  "great  cast  nets  [diktuon]  for  a  draught." 
But  they  obeyed,  and  found  themselves  at  once  in  the  midst 
of  a  vast  shoal,  so  that  the  over- full  diktuon  was  broken  in 
pulling  it  in;  and,  notwithstanding  this,  the  haul  filled  two 
boats,  so  as  nearly  to  sink  them.     (Luke  v.  4-6.) 

The  boats  are  usually  manned  by  four  to  six  men, 
and  boast  a  single  sail.  They  are  pointed  at  the  stern  as 
well  as  at  the  bow,  and  have  a  covered,  cabin-like,  small 
deck  shelter  at  the  stern.  This  extends  for  a  few  feet,  and 
is  open  at  the  side  facing  the  bow,  where  the  fishermen, 
when  off  their  watch,  can  get  some  protection  from  the 
weather,  and  rest  their  wearied  heads,  or,  rather,  the  nape 
of  their  necks,  on  the  tiny,  hard,  stuffed  leather  roll,  about 
a  foot  long  and  four  to  five  inches  in  diameter,  which  they 
employ   as    a    pillow. 

It  was  here,  and  in  this  way,  that  the  Lord  rested  during 
a  great  storm  ;  for,  sheltered  to  some  extent  from  the  violence 
of  winds  and  waves,  "He  Himself  was  upon  the  stern,  upon 
the  pillow  sleeping."     (Mark  iv.  38.) 

Sir  Charles  Wilson  thus  describes  one  of  these  sudden 
storms.  "The  morning,"  he  writes,  "was  delightful;  a 
gentle,  easterly  breeze,  and  not  a  cloud  in  the  sky  to 
give  warning  of  what  was  coming.  Suddenly,  about  mid- 
day,   there    was    a    sound    of    distant    thunder,    and    a    small 


142       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

cloud,  '  no  bigger  than  a  man's  hand/  was  seen  rising 
over  the  heights  of  Lubeik,  to  the  west.  In  a  few 
moments  the  cloud  had  spread,  and  heavy  black  masses 
came  rolling  down  the  hills  towards  the  lake,  completely 
obscuring  Tiberias  and  Hattin.  At  this  moment  the  breeze 
died  away ;  there  were  a  few  moments  of  perfect  calm, 
during  which  the  sun  shone  out  with  intense  power,  and 
the  surface  of  the  lake  was  smooth  and  even  as  a  mirror. 
Tiberias  and  Mejdel  stood  out  in  sharp  relief  from  the 
gloom  behind,  but  they  were  soon  lost  sight  of  as  the 
thunder  gust  swept  past  them  and,  rapidly  advancing  across 
the  lake,  lifted  the  placid  waters  into  a  bright  sheet  of 
foam.  In  another  moment  it  reached  the  ruins  of  Gamala, 
on  the  eastern  hills,  driving  my  companion  and  me  to 
take  refuge  in  a  cistern,  where  for  nearly  an  hour  we 
were  confined,  listening  to  the  rattling  peals  of  thunder 
and  torrents  of  rain.  The  effect  of  half  the  lake  in  perfect 
rest,  wrhile  the  other  half  was  in  wild  confusion  was 
extremely  impressive.  It  would  have  fared  ill  with  any 
light  craft  caught  in  mid-lake  by  the  storm,  and  we  could 
not  help  thinking  of  that  memorable  occasion  on  which 
the  storm  is  so  graphically  described  as  '  coming  down  ' 
upon  the  lake." 


Road  Scene 
near  Nazareth 


Road  Scene  near  Nazareth 

IN   my  time,  as  already  explained,  there  was  not   one   road 
properly  made  and  kept  throughout  the  whole  of  Pales- 
tine, and  it  was  evidently  the  same  in  Bible  times,  except 
for  the    brief    period    that    it   was    held    by  those   master  road- 
makers  the  Romans. 

An  intensely  interesting  papyrus,  dating  from  about  the 
fourteenth  century  before  Christ,  recording  the  travels  in  his 
chariot  of  an  Egyptian  official,  gives  us  a  graphic  description 
of  the  impassable  state  of  the  mountain  roads,  which  might 
have  been  written  in  recent  times.1  Yet  if  any  royal  person  is 
coming,  orders  are  immediately  issued  to  the  various  towns 
and  villages  to  put  their  part  of  the  highway  in  repair. 
This  costs  the  Government  nothing,  for  it  is  done,  and  always 
has  been,  in  these  despotic  lands,  by  means  of  the  corvee, 
or  forced  labour.  In  this  way  I  have  repeatedly  seen  hun- 
dreds of  miles  of  roads  made  perfectly  smooth  in  order  that 
a  royal  person  might  pass  over  them  once  ;  when  the  im- 
portant visitor  has  gone,  nothing  more  is  done  to  the  roads, 
and  within  a  few  weeks  they  have  fallen  into  the  normal  state 
of  ruin ! 

This  is  the  allusion  of  the  proclamation  given  in  Isaiah  Ixii. 
10,  11:— 

"  Pass  ye,  pass  ye  through  the  gates  ; 
Prepare  ye  the  road  of  the  people  ; 
Cast  up,  cast  up  the  highway  ; 
Clear  away  the  stones  ;     .     .     . 

1  Records  of  the  Past,  vol.  ii.,  pp.  107-16. 
K  145 


146       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

Say  ye  to  the  daughter  of  Zion, 
'  Behold,  thy  salvation  cometh.'  " 

Here  the  coming  of  Christ  is  foretold,  and  the  preparation 
for  the  advent  of  Israel's  Divine  King  commanded,  under 
the  striking  figure  of  the  usual  orders  issued  to  make  ready 
the  highway  for  a  royal  procession.  The  Gentile  nations  are 
directed  to  pass  out  of  the  gates  of  their  cities  in  order  to 
remove  all  obstacles  from  His  way,  and  to  prepare  the  road 
of  the  Lord,  and  make  His  paths  straight,  by  repentance 
and  faith. 

The  road  shown  in  the  illustration  is  that  running  towards 
the  east  from  the  village  of  Nazareth,  which  is  seen,  in  the 
light  of  early  morning,  lying  in  the  background  of  the  picture, 
to  the  right. 

In  the  front  of  our  picture  is  shown  one  of  the  belladeen, 
or  townspeople,  to  be  easily  distinguished  by  his  kumbaz, 
or  silk  dressing-gown-like  inner  robe,  and  his  bright-coloured 
fur-lined  cloth  cloak,  the  jibbeh,  or  beneesh,  and  his  silk  scarf 
girdle. 

Even  when  the  weather  is  at  fever  heat,  the  townsman, 
when  in  full  dress,  wears  his  fur-lined  cloak,  and  on  the 
hot  maritime  plains  it  is  sometimes  116°  Fahr.  in  the 
shade ! 

In  so  doing  they  are  right,  for  what  in  this  way 
keeps  them  warm  in  winter  equally  keeps  them  cool  in 
summer.  Air  is  the  best  non-conductor  of  heat  of  all  known 
elements.  A  fur-lined  cloth  robe  keeps  air  in  abundance  all 
round  the  body,  which  is  thus  prevented  from  parting  with 
its  heat  in  cold  weather,  and  from  being  scorched  by  the 
higher  temperature  without  in  summer.  Thus  the  principle, 
taught  in  quite  recent  times  by  Dr.  Jaeger,  and  embodied  in 
his  clothing,  has  been  acted  upon  in  the  East  from  the  dawn 
of  time  ;  for,  in  sending  them  forth  from  Eden,  "  Jehovah 
God  made  for  Adam  and  his  wife  coats  of  skins  and  clothed 


Road  Scene  near  Nazareth  147 

them,"  doubtless  teaching  them  to  wear  the  fur  inside  as  a 
lining.     (Gen.   iii.   21.) 

Our  townsman  here  is  an  ordinary  civilian,  and  yet  it 
will  be  seen  that  he  is  heavily  armed.  No  wonder  that  in 
Scripture  we  have,  what  seems  to  us,  such  unnatural  fre- 
quency in  reference  to  weapons  of  war;  for  in  the  five  books 
of  Psalms,  out  of  fourteen  classes  of  illustration,  arms  and 
armour  come  third  in  order  of  frequency.  To  the  present 
day  in  Palestine  almost  every  man  goes  about  armed,  and 
when  travelling  is  often  armed  to  the  teeth.  The  prevalence 
of  dangerous  wild  beasts — lions,  bears,  leopards,  wolves,  etc. 
— and  the  constant  exposure  to  bedaween  raids  and  bands  of 
robbers,  have  always  necessitated  this  practice.  Often  a 
fellahh,  cultivating  the  fields,  may  be  seen  with  the  plough 
in  one  hand  and  a  gun  in  the  other. 

Hence  the  vast  armies  that  could  at  any  time  be  gathered 
together  by  the  kings  of  Israel  and  Judah,  all  the  people 
possessing  arms,  and  all  of  them  being  more  or  less  expert 
in  their  use  ;  and  it  was  the  same  with  the  surrounding 
nations.  It  must  indeed  have  been  a  wretched  state  of 
bondage,  when,  in  the  days  of  Saul,  they  were  so  thoroughly 
disarmed  by  the  Philistines  that  "  there  was  neither  sword 
nor  spear  found  in  the  hand  of  any  of  the  people."  (1  Sam. 
xiii.  19-22.) 

This  explains  our  Lord's  words,  when,  in  one  of  His  last 
discourses,  He  announced  to  His  disciples  that,  after  His 
death,  they  would  not  be  sent  out  as  formerly  under  miracu- 
lous provision  and  protection  ;  but  that,  in  taking  their  mis- 
sionary journeys,  they  were  henceforth  to  make  the  ordinary, 
lawful,  and  necessary  arrangements  for  travelling.  *'  Now,  he 
that  hath  a  purse,  let  him  take  it,  and  likewise  a  leathern 
bag;  and  he  that  hath  none,  let  him  sell  his  cloak,  and  buy 
a  sword.  .  .  .  And  they  said,  '  Lord,  behold,  here  are  two 
swords.'     And  He  said  unto  them,  'It  is  enough.''      Strange 


148        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

as  it  seems  to  us,  our  Lord's  command  to  His  disciples  on 
this  occasion  to  carry  a  sword  is  only  a  figurative  way  of  say- 
ing, "Take  now  the  usual  precautions  which  all  prudent 
people  employ  when  setting  out  upon  a  journey."  (Luke 
xxii.  35-38.) 

A  closely  veiled  belladah,  or  townswoman,  is  seen  riding 
an  ass.  She  is  clad  in  the  azar,  or  white  sheet,  in  which 
townswomen  are  entirely  wrapped  when  out  of  doors  ;  and 
her  face  is  concealed  by  a  dark-patterned  muslin  mandeel,  or 
face-veil. 

Like  all  Eastern  women,  she  sits  astride,  and  we  see 
from  pictures  on  the  monuments  that  it  was  the  same 
4,000  years  ago.  Women  usually  ride  asses  in  Bible  lands, 
strong  and  spirited  animals  some  of  them,  which  have  been 
bred  from  wild  asses,  and  are  often  as  costly  as  horses.  They 
are  always  accompanied  by  a  man  on  foot,  who  acts  as 
groom. 

He  walks  on  the  left  side  of  the  ass,  with  his  right 
hand  laid  on  its  left  hind-quarters,  and  with  his  left  grasp- 
ing a  short,  pointed  wooden  stick,  with  which  from  time  to 
time  he  prods  the  animal  to  drive  it  on.  At  the  same  time 
he  utters  constant  profane  cries  of  "  Yallah"  a  contraction  of 
"Ya  Allah!"  ("O  God!"),  which  travellers  —  grave  and 
reverend  travellers,  too — mistaking  for  an  innocent  exclama- 
tion, often  get  into  the  habit  of  using  to  urge  on  their  steeds, 
and  so  go  swearing  all  through  the  country  ! 

When  the  "great  woman"  of  Shunem,  that  is,  the 
"wealthy  woman,"  probably  the  wife  of  the  village  sheikh, 
was  eager  to  reach  the  prophet  Elisha,  strong  in  the  faith 
that  he  could  raise  her  dead  little  son  to  life,  she  said  to 
her  husband,  "Send  me,  I  pray  thee,  one  of  the  young  men, 
and  one  of  the  asses,  that  I  may  run  to  the  man  of  God 
and  come  back."  (2  Kings  iv.  22.)  In  the  Orient  they 
always    say,    not    simply,    "I   go,"  or,    "I    am  going,"  as   we 


Road  Scene  near  Nazareth  149 

should;  but  "I  go  and  return,"  or,  "I  go  and  come  back." 
Thus  Abraham  said  to  his  servants,  of  himself  and  Isaac,  "I 
and  the  lad  will  go  yonder  and  worship,  and  come  again 
unto  you."  (Gen.  xxii.  5.)  Solemn  in  this  connection  is 
Job's  figure  of  periphrasis  for  death  : — 

"  When  a  few  years  are  come, 
Then  I  go  the  way  I  shall  not  return."     (Job  xvi.  22.) 

In  what  a  truly  Eastern  form  are  those  comforting  words 
of  the  Lord  Christ,  spoken  to  His  sorrowing  disciples:  "Ye 
have  heard  how  I  said  unto  you,  I  go  away,  and  come  again 
unto  you,"  meaning,  "This  is  only  like  an  ordinary  journey  ; 
I  am  not  bidding  you  farewell  ;  you  will  soon  see  Me  again."1 
(John  xiv.  28;    see  also  verse  3.) 

When  her  husband  sent  a  servant  with  an  ass,  the  great 
woman  of  Shunem  said  to  this  man  who  came  to  act  as 
groom,  "Drive  and  go  forward;  slack  not  riding  for  me, 
except  I  bid  thee."  Few  things  in  the  Bible,  where  so 
much  is  strange,  seemed  stranger  to  me,  when  I  was 
young,  than  this  order  to  the  youth  to  "drive,"  when  his 
mistress  was  going  out  riding.  But  I  had  countless  oppor- 
tunities in  Palestine,  in  later  years,  of  seeing  grooms  on  foot 
thus  driving— pushing  the  ass  on  with  their  right  hand  and 
prodding  it  on  with  the  small  goad  in  their  left !  (2  Kings 
iv.  24.) 

The  woman  in  the  indigo  blue  robe,  girded— that  is, 
tucked  into  her  crimson  girdle,  so  as  to  leave  her  limbs  free 
for  work— with  her  large  white  cotton  cloth  veil,  is  at  once 
distinguished  by  her  dress  as  a  fellahhah,  or  villager.  She 
is  heavily  loaded;  for  she  has  her  young  child  slung  in  a 
scarf  across  her  back,  a  basket  of  eggs  in  her  right  hand, 
and  a  basket-like  tray  of  bananas  on  her  head.  Yet  she  is 
tramping  on    foot,  while  the  fellahh—l   was  going  to    say  her 

1  Pictured  Palestine,   5th  edition,  pp.    170-76. 


i5o 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


husband,  but  more  correctly  her  lord  and  master— in  his  white 
cotton  shirt,  or  kamise,  club  in  hand,  with  nothing  to  carry, 
rides  at  his  ease  on  his  ass !  This  is  part  of  the  spirit  of  the 
East,  and  has  ever  been  the  same  ;  and  shows  to  the  life  the 
position  of  woman,  more  or  less  man's  drudge  and  slave,  till 
the  Gospel  comes  to  raise  her. 


The  Jaffa  Gate 
of  Jerusalem 


The  Jaffa  Gate  of  Jerusalem 

THE  Jaffa,  or  Joppa,  gate  of  Jerusalem,  in  the  west  wall 
of  the  city,  is  its  principal  gate,  where  the  market  for 
fruits  and  vegetables  is  held  outside,  "in  a  void  [or 
empty]  place,"  which  is  always  kept  in  this  situation  at  the 
entrance  of  towns.  Like  all  gates  of  Eastern  cities,  it  is  arched 
overhead,  and  consists  of  two  leaves.  Isaiah  foretold  that 
Jehovah  would  open  before  Cyrus  "  the  two-leaved  gates  "  at 
Babylon.  Herodotus  says  that  many  of  these,  on  the  quays  on 
either  side  of  the  river  which  ran  through  the  city,  were  carelessly 
left  open  the  night  Cyrus  took  Babylon  by  turning  aside  the 
river  to  the  north  and  entering  along  its  dry  bed.     (Isa.  xlv.  1.) 

All  cities  in  Bible  lands  have  lofty  walls ;  and  in  these 
walls  are  several  wide,  high  gates,  made  of  heavy  timbers,  and 
protected  on  the  outside  with  iron  plates  riveted  on  to  them. 
It  was  the  same  in  the  Middle  Ages  with  our  English  cities. 
Inside  the  gate  two  massive  iron  bars,  hooked  at  one  end, 
are  chained  respectively  to  two  strong  posts,  built  into  the 
wall  behind  each  "leaf"  of  the  gate.  When  it  is  shut  for  the 
night,  as  it  is  throughout  the  East  at  sunset,  the  hooks  of  these 
bars  are  put  through  heavy  iron  rings  on  the  back  of  the 
"leaves,"  enabling  very  great  pressure  from  without  to  be 
resisted.  They  have  also  massive  locks  of  wrought  iron,  opened 
by  a  heavy,  long-handled  key,  carried  by  the  keeper  of  the  gate 
in  his  belt,  or  hung  on  a  nail  in  his  adjacent  little  room,  or 
porter's  lodge.  We  read  of  "fenced  cities  with  walls,  two- 
leaved  doors,  and  bar."      (2  Chron.  viii.  5.) 

In  ancient   times   the  plates  of  these  doors  were  often    of 

153 


154       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

copper  (nehhoashah) ,  the  "  brass  "  of  our  Bible,  which  was 
rendered  harder  than  steel  by  a  process  now  lost.  Hence 
"copper"  is  rightly  spoken  of  as  the  hardest  metal  in  the 
Bible  ;  and  this  is  why  it  was  used  for  the  sockets  and  pins  for 
the  Tabernacle  boards,  for  the  altar  of  burnt  offering  and 
its  vessels,  and  for  the  laver.  Goliath's  heavy,  formidable 
armour  was  all  of  copper.  The  doors  of  the  great  court  of 
the  Temple  of  Solomon  were  "  overlaid  with  copper."  We  read, 
too,  of  the  "gates  [or  'doors']  of  copper,"  and  of  Babylon's 
"  two-leaved  doors  of  copper."  Sometimes  the  bars  of  such 
a  gate  were  also  of  copper.  In  Jerusalem  the  outer  prison  gate 
had  plates  of  iron,  for  it  is  called  a  "  gate  of  iron,"  and  the  huge 
structure  opened  miraculously  to  Peter  "  of  its  own  accord," 
which  would  include  the  unlocking  and  unhooking  of  the 
"bars."  These  bars  of  iron  are  often  mentioned.  We  read, 
"He  strengthens  the  bars  of  thy  gates " ;  and  again,  "Two- 
leaved  doors  of  copper  I  will  shiver,  and  bars  of  iron  I  will 
cut  asunder."     (Isa.  xlv.  2.) 

This  accounts  for  the  burning  of  the  doors  of  these  gates, 
for,  though  said  to  be  of  copper  or  iron,  they  are  only,  as 
we  have  seen,  plated  with  these  metals,  so  that  when  the 
stout  wooden  timbers  are  burnt  the  plates  fall  off  and 
leave  them  unprotected.  Hence  the  threat,  "  To  thine  enemies 
have  been  thoroughly  opened  the  gates  of  thy  land :  fire  has 
consumed  thy  bars,"  that  is,  the  wooden  posts  to  which  they 
are  attached.     (Nah.  iii.  13.) 

Of  Samson's  tremendous  feat  we  read,  "He  laid  hold 
on  the  doors  of  the  gate  of  the  city,  and  on  the  two  side 
posts,  and  removed  them  with  the  bar  '  [that  is,  the  bar 
attached  to  each  post — two  bars],  and  carried  them  up  to 
"the  top  of  a  hill  in  Hebron,"  some  forty  miles  away. 
(Jud.  xvi.  3.) 

There  is  generally  a  tower  occupied  by  guards,  some- 
times  two,  one   on  each  side  of   the  gate,   used    not   only   as 


The  Jaffa  Gate  of  Jerusalem  155 

a  guardroom,  but  also  as  a  watch-tower.  The  covered, 
built-over  porch  on  the  inside  of  the  gate,  with  a  cafe  generally 
close  by,  is  a  cool,  favourite  place  of  resort  of  the  townsmen, 
where  contracts  are  entered  into  and  other  public  transactions 
take  place.  Here  persons  of  importance  come  and  take  an 
honoured  place.  Here,  too,  Absalom  came  to  meet  and  disaffect 
the  masses.  And  here  David,  with  breaking  heart,  at  Joab's 
bidding,  sat  to  show  himself  to  the  people.  Judges  sit  and 
courts  are  held  at  these  gates,  generally  in  "  the  void  place  " 
outside  them,  and  punishments  take  place  there  ;  and  it  was 
so  of  old.  (2  Sam.  xv.  2,  xix.  8;  Deut.  xxi.  19,  xxii.  15,  24, 
xxv.  7  ;    Josh.  xx.  4.) 

In  all  Eastern  cities  there  are  some  small,  low,  incon- 
spicuous, one-leaved  gates,  hidden  away  in  retired  corners, 
only  opened  to  those  who  knock  by  day,  and  rigorously  kept 
shut  all  night.  A  narrow  and  but  little  frequented  path  leads 
to  them,  and  it  requires  diligent  searching  to  find  it.  This 
no  doubt  explains  the  parable  used  by  our  Lord  of  the  wide 
and  narrow  entrances:  "Go  ye  through  the  narrow  gate, 
because  wide  is  the  gate  and  broad  is  the  way  that  is  leading 
to  destruction,  and  many  are  those  going  in  through  it  :  how 
narrow  is  the  gate,  and  how  constricted  the  way  that  is  lead- 
ing to  life,  and  few  are  those  finding  it!  "     (Matt.  vii.  13,  14.) 

In  one  of  the  two  leaves  of  the  city  gate  there  is  a  small 
door,  often  only  three  feet  high  and  narrow  in  proportion, 
opening  a  foot  and  a  half  to  two  feet  from  the  ground,  which 
is  left  open  for  an  hour  or  two  after  sunset  to  accommodate 
foot  passengers,  and  which  for  a  backsheesh,  or  present,  may 
be  entered  even  later,  but  not  to  admit  animals.  It  is  not, 
as  some  have  supposed,  "  the  eye  of  a  needle,"  for  it  is 
never  so  called  by  Arabs,  and  camels  never  pass  through  it. 
Therefore,  the  words,  "It  is  easier  for  a  camel  to  go  through 
the  eye  of  a  needle  than  for  a  rich  man  to  enter  into  the 
kingdom  of  God" — that  is,  as  our  Lord  explains,  one  "who 


156       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

trusts  in  riches" — must  be  taken  literally,  and  as  representing, 
not  a  difficult  matter,  but  an  utter  impossibility.  Nor  can 
this  tiny  door  in  the  large  leaf  of  a  public  gate  be  "the  narrow 
gate"  of  Matt.  vii.  13,  because,  equally  with  "the  wide  gate" 
of  which  it  is  a  part,  it  leads  to  a  "wide"  and  not  a  "con- 
stricted" way,  and  it  is  a  door  only  used  after  dark.  (Matt. 
xix.  24;    Mark  x.  23-27.) 

In  our  picture,  on  the  left  of  the  gate,  may  be  seen  the 
scribe  of  the  Orient.  As  the  great  mass  of  the  people  can 
neither  read  nor  write,  he  is,  and  must  always  have  been,  a 
very  important  person.  In  his  girdle  is  "the  writer's  ink- 
horn,"  or  rather  "  cup-like  ink  pot  "  (keseth),  generally  of  brass, 
still  carried  "in  his  loins,"  that  is,  "in  the  girdle  round  his 
loins,"  by  a  long  handle,  in  which  is  kept  "the  pen  of  the 
scribe,"  consisting  of  a  thin,  pointed  reed.  A  veiled  towns- 
woman  is  dictating  a  letter  to  him  in  whispered  words.  A  page 
of  profuse  Oriental  compliments  he  will  put  in  out  of  his  own 
head,  if  he  is  well  paid.  The  "scribes"  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment were  the  learned  class  ;  and  even  the  humbler  ones, 
such  as  he  who  is  shown  in  this  picture,  must  have  been 
important  persons,  as  possessing  the  secrets  of  those  who 
employed  them.  Of  the  "honoured  ones"  and  "mighty" 
who  flocked  to  the  standard  of  Deborah  and  Barak,  there 
came  out  of  Zebulun  those  "  handling  the  club  [shaivet,  that  is, 
'  the  authority'  or  '  chiefdom ']  of  the  scribe."   (Jud.  v.  14.) 

A  peasant  is  seen  taking  firewood  into  the  city  to  sell, 
packed  in  the  panniers  of  an  ass  ;  and  he  is  violently  pro- 
testing against  a  soldier's  forcibly  taking  some  of  it  away. 
There  are  always  soldiers  at  these  gates  to  protect  the  officers 
of  the  tax-farmers  who  take  the  octroi  duty,  a  tax  of  one- 
eighth  of  the  value  on  certain  articles  of  produce,  when 
they  enter  a  town.  The  collector  of  taxes  has  a  long,  thin, 
sharp-pointed,  iron  rod,  which  he  drives  into  the  large  camel 
bags   of   wheat,    barley,   crushed    straw,    cotton,    etc.,  in  order 


The  Jaffa  Gate  of  Jerusalem  157 

to  discover  if  they  contain  copper-ware,  or  other  contraband. 
Matthew,  also  called  Levi,  "  sitting  at  the  gate  of  toll,"  was 
such  a  tax-farmer's  assistant,  one  of  the  humbler  publicum,  or 
"  publicans,"  just  as  Zacchseus  was  apparently  a  tax-farmer  him- 
self, the  wealthy  purchaser  of  the  tax  of  the  district.  Much 
extortion  and  oppression  goes  on  throughout  the  East  in  all 
matters  of  taxation,  and  the  soldiers  who  assist  and  protect 
the  tax-collectors  use  robbery  with  violence  on  their  own 
behalf,  especially  in  the  case  of  the  poor  fellahheen,  who  have 
none  to  protect  them.     (Luke  iii.  12-14.) 

The  picture  shows  the  baker's  boy,  with  his  tray  of  thin 
pancake-like  loaves  of  unleavened  bread,  and  with  it,  as  to 
this  day  is  so  often  the  case,  pieces  of  fried  fish.  It  was 
probably  just  such  a  lad  as  this  who  was  used  by  our  Lord 
in  the  miracle  of  feeding  the  five  thousand.  He  had  been 
plying  his  trade  amongst  the  multitudes  who,  far  from  their 
homes,  had  gathered  to  hear  the  Saviour  preach.  Most  of 
the  contents  of  his  tray  would  seem  to  have  been  disposed 
of  when  Andrew,  Simon  Peter's  brother,  brought  him  to  Christ 
with  the  words,  "  There  is  a  little  lad  who  has  five  barley 
loaves  and  two  small  fishes  ;  but  what  are  they  among  so 
many?"  And,  in  the  mighty  hands  of  the  Lord,  they  be- 
came enough,  not  only  to  feed  the  hungry  crowds,  but  to 
leave  over  fragments  sufficient  to  fill  twelve  baskets. 

These  baskets,  kophinoi,  the  modern  Arabic  guffee,  are 
loose  and  collapsible,  of  the  size  and  shape  of  the  donkey's 
panniers  shown  in  the  picture  filled  with  logs  of  wood.  They 
are  to  this  day  the  common  baskets  of  the  fellahheen,  and  are 
employed  for  so  many  purposes  that  among  more  than  5,000 
such  men  and  women  there  would  sure  to  be  a  dozen  or  so 
ready  to  hand.  In  the  case  of  the  feeding  of  the  4,000  men, 
when  "  they  took  up  what  remained  of  the  broken  [pieces] 
seven  baskets  full,"  the  "basket,"  spuris,  the  strong,  tall 
hamper    of    Palestine,    was    much   larger.      It    was    in    such    a 


158       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

"hamper"  that  Paul  was  let  down  over  the  wall  of  Da- 
mascus, when  the  governor  of  the  city  was  trying  to  arrest 
him,  and  fanatical  Jews  were  watching  the  gates  day  and 
night  to  kill  him.  In  the  account  Paul  himself  gives  of  his 
escape  it  is  called  sagane,  which  seems  to  mean  "net," 
either  because  it  was  a  kind  of  spuris  very  loosely  woven,  or 
else  because  this  "hamper"  was  put  into  a  net-bag  for  the 
purpose  of  lowering  the  apostle  down  with  greater  safety. 
(Acts.  ix.  25  ;    2  Cor.  xi.  32,  33.) 

The  baker  is  shown  on  the  right  of  the  picture  carrying 
a  tray-like  basket  of  baked  meats  on  his  head,  whilst  a  buzzard 
vulture  is  seen  swooping  down  to  seize  some  of  the  food. 
Thus  it  appeared  in  the  vision  that  Pharaoh's  chief  baker 
had  in  the  prison. 


An  Oriental 
Bazaar  Street 


An  Oriental  Bazaar  Street 

OUR  illustration  shows  a  characteristic  narrow  and  often 
arched-over  street  in  an  Oriental  town.  I  have  already 
pointed  out  that  every  feature  of  life  in  the  Orient 
is  the  opposite  of  ours  in  the  North-West,  as  these  realistic 
and  minutely  accurate  pictures  so  abundantly  show.  Just  as 
our  need  of  sunshine  and  light  calls  for  broad  roads  and  streets, 
wherever  they  can  be  afforded,  so  in  Bible  lands  the  great  heat 
and  glare  for  some  seven  months  of  the  year  require  the  pro- 
tection of  narrow  ways  to  keep  roads  and  houses  cool ;  and  so 
Ave  must  picture  the  streets  mentioned  in  Holy  Scripture. 

A  consul  is  seen  riding,  preceded  by  his  native  cawass, 
or  constable,  a  person  of  no  little  importance,  who,  as  he  walks 
along,  strikes  his  elaborate  official,  iron-shod  staff  with  ringing 
sound  upon  the  pavement— for  Oriental  streets  are  rudely  paved 
with  stone. 

Observe  the  consul's  white  horse.  People  of  importance 
in  the  East  ride  white  animals  as  a  mark  of  their  dignity. 
White  horses,  white  mules,  and  white  asses  are  ridden  in  this 
way.  It  was  so  of  old.  "Speak,  ye  that  ride  on  white  asses," 
in  Deborah's  ode,  is  an  appeal  to  people  of  rank  and  wealth. 
The  royal  dignity  of  the  Son  of  God,  the  Divine  Word,  the 
many  crowned  King  of  Kings  and  Lords  of  Lords,  and  the 
glory  of  His  retinue,  are  imaged  in  Revelation  in  this  way:  "I 
saw  heaven  opened,  and  behold,  a  white  horse  ;  and  He  Who 
is  sitting  upon  it  is  called  Faithful  and  True,  .  .  .  and 
the  armies  in  heaven  were  following  Him  upon  white  horses  " 
(Jud.  v.   10;   Rev.  xix.  11-14.) 


ibi 


162        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

In  front,  on  the  left,  is  seen  a  money-changer,  or 
saraf,  the  simple  banker  of  the  East,  though  he  is  only  a 
humble  tradesman  dealing  in  coin,  who  plies  his  trade  in 
the  open  air. 

He  has  a  small  table,  or  boxlike  stand,  with  a  large, 
four-cornered,  deep  tray,  divided  into  compartments,  covered 
with  a  wire  netting  to  protect  the  coins  below.  Saraf s  are 
the  money-lenders  and  usurers  of  the  land,  and  often  do  business 
in  a  very  dishonest  way.  It  was  the  extortion  of  these  sarafs, 
who  get  60  and  70  per  cent,  interest  on  loans  to  the  poor, 
that  awoke  Nehemiah's  indignation.  With  ever-varying  rates  of 
exchange,  and  twenty  different  coinages  in  circulation,  at  every 
money-changing  transaction  they  are  able  to  take  advantage 
of  the  people. 

It  was  such  sarafs  in  Herod's  Temple  that  Christ  drove 
out.  They  were  cheating  then,  and  the  priests,  the  Temple 
authorities,  while  well  knowing  their  corrupt  practices,  no 
doubt,  were  receiving  a  high  rent  for  allowing  them  their 
"seats"  in  the  Court  of  the  Gentiles.  It  was  not  trade 
carried  on  there,  but  dishonest  trade,  that  made  our  Lord 
righteously  angry  when  "He  overthrew  the  tables  of  the 
money  changers";  for  He  cried,  "My  house  shall  be  called 
a  house  of  prayer,  but  ye  have  made  it  a  den  of  robbers." 
(Matt.  xxi.  13  ;    Mark  xi.  17.) 

Doubtless  "the  sellers  of  doves,"  the  sacrifice  of  the  poor, 
and  of  "oxen  and  sheep  "  were  charging  an  extortionate  price 
for  these  sacrifices,  or  else  selling  blemished  animals  and  birds. 
For  this,  when  He  saw  "those  selling  oxen  and  sheep  and 
doves,  and  the  changers  of  money  sitting,"  the  Saviour  "cast 
out  all  those  selling  and  buying  in  the  Temple  [courts]  .  .  . 
and  overthrew  the  seats  of  those  selling  doves."  (John  ii.  14; 
Matt.  xxi.   12.) 

To  this  day,  unlike  our  way,  all  work  is  done  "sitting." 
The  carpenter  sits  on  the  very  board  he  is  planing,  and  moves 


An  Oriental  Bazaar  Street  163 

along  it  as  the  work  goes  on.  The  charwoman  squats  at  her 
work.  The  shopkeeper  sits  all  day  long,  though  his  customers 
stand.  Thus  we  read  of  Matthew,  as  "tax-collector,"  that 
he  was  "sitting  at  the  place  of  toll."  It  is  said,  in  metaphor, 
of  the  Most  High,  "  He  shall  sit  a  refiner  and  purifier  of 
silver  "  ;  so  in  our  picture  we  see  the  jeweller  sitting  over  his 
melting  pot,  the  while  he  blows  the  flame  to  a  greater  heat. 
The  beauty  of  this  figure  is  that  the  refiner  looks  into  the 
open  furnace,  or  pot,  and  knows  that  the  process  of  purifying 
is  complete,  and  the  dross  all  burnt  away,  when  he  can  see 
his  image  plainly  reflected  in  the  molten  metal.  (Matt  ix.  9- 
Mark  ii.  14  ;    Mai.  iii.  3.) 

Throughout  the  East  a  special  kind  of  jewellery  is  made, 
jewellery  fashioned  from  gold  or  silver  mixed  with  the  least 
possible  alloy.  Bangles  are  made  in  this  way,  with  scarcely 
any  workmanship,  worth  ^"30  or  more,  their  value  consisting 
alone  of  the  weight  of  the  precious  metal.  Though  solid  and 
of  considerable  thickness,  so  malleable  is  the  gold  that  these 
stout  coils  easily  admit  of  being  unbent  by  a  lady's  fingers, 
so  as  to  be  placed  round  the  wrist  or  ankle,  and  removed  in 
the  same  way.  The  metal,  because  it  is  so  pure,  is  too  soft 
to  admit  of  any  highly  wrought  work. 

In  the  metal-workers'  bazaar  of  Cairo,  a  purchaser  takes 
this  massive,  highly  prized  jewellery  to  an  assay  officer,  who 
is  always  in  attendance  at  this  bazaar.  He  submits  it  to 
tests,  and  then,  if  it  is  genuine,  gives  a  written  certificate 
stating  it  to  be  of  "pure  gold"  or  "pure  silver,"  as  the 
case  may  be. 

Thus  in  Scripture  we  read  that  the  vessels  of  Solomon's 
splendid  palace,  "The  House  of  the  Forest  of  Lebanon"— 
or,  as  we  should  say,  "  Cedar  House  "—were  of  "pure  gold." 
(2  Chron.  ix.  17-20.)  Job  says  the  price  of  Divine  wisdom 
"is  above  pearls,"  and  cannot  be  weighed  with  "pure  gold." 
(Job  xxviii.  18,   19.)      Of    God's   Anointed,   the   psalmist    says, 


1 64       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

"Thou  hast  set  a  crown  of  pure  gold  on  His  head." 
(Ps.  xxi.  3.)  Of  the  Holy  City,  the  New  Jerusalem,  it  is  said, 
"The  city  was  pure  gold,"  and  even  its  broad  street  shone 
with  a  like  splendour.     (Rev.   xxi.   18,  21.) 

A  "  seller  of  doves"  is  seen  in  the  centre  of  the  picture. 
The  street  cries  are  a  great  feature  of  Bible  lands,  and 
though  uttered  by  quite  ignorant  people,  who  can  neither 
read  nor  write,  are  graceful,  poetical,  and  witty  in  the  highest 
degree  ;  they  are  part  of  that  exquisite  refinement  and  good 
taste  that  pervades  the  East  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest, 
and  is  so  well  reflected  in  all  the  stories  and  sayings  of  the 
Bible.  I  have  given  elsewhere  examples  of  these  exquisitely 
beautiful  cries  of  Palestine  street  hawkers.1 

A  shoemaker's  shop  is  shown  to  the  right.  He  works 
mostly  in  morocco  leather,  "rams'  skins  dyed  red,"  or  natural 
coloured  leather,  for  the  fellahheen,  the  villagers ;  and  in  yellow 
leather,  dark  purple,  or  black,  for  townspeople,  belladeen.  The 
fellahheen,  when  at  work  or  in  their  homes — men,  women,  and 
children — go  about  barefoot ;  but  when  dressed  in  their  best 
clothes  may  often  be  seen  carrying  a  pair  of  shoes  in  their  hands, 
and  sometimes  wearing  them  on  their  feet.  A  heavy,  clumsy, 
red  morocco  top  boot  with  an  iron  heel  is  worn  when  riding ; 
but  a  rich  man  in  this  case  is  accompanied  by  a  servant  or 
slave  carrying  his  shoes,  and  this  is  the  allusion  when  John 
the  Baptist  says  of  his  Lord,  "Whose  shoes  I  am  not  worthy 
to  carry." 

Walking  barefoot  is  a  sign  of  poverty,  or  of  mourning, 
being  a  mark  of  fellahheen  or  working  men.  The  ordinary 
sandals  of  the  bedaween  are  mostly  worn  in  the  desert,  but 
one  kind  is  worn  among  the  fellahheen,  especially  in  Syria 
and  Asia  Minor,  consisting  of  a  piece  of  strong  untanned  skin 
(wild  boar  is  preferred  for  this  by  the  Christians  on  account 
of   its    strength,  whilst    the    Muslim  use  buffalo  from  religious 

1  Strange  Figures,  pp.  1-3.     Simpkin,  Marshall  &  Co. 


An  Oriental  Bazaar  Street  165 

scruples),  cut  somewhat  larger  than  the  sole  of  the  foot,  and 
fastened  to  it  by  strings  or  thongs  of  leather,  much  in  the 
same  way  as  the  ordinary  sandal.  The  boots  and  shoes  of  the 
East  have  pointed,  turned-up  toes  and  are  broad  at  the  heel, 
and  are  all  ready  made  and  fit  loosely.  An  ordinary  sandal  is 
a  thing  of  trifling  value,  and  a  pair  of  ordinary  red  morocco 
shoes  can  be  bought  for  as  low  a  sum  as  two  shillings.  For 
this  miserable  price  the  transgressors  in  Israel  betrayed  the 
helpless — as  we  are  told  "they  sold  the  poor  for  a  pair  of 
shoes."     (Amos  ii.  6;   viii.  6.) 

In  the  larger  cities,  such  as  Constantinople,  Damascus, 
Cairo,  Alexandria,  and  Bagdad — and  anciently,  no  doubt,  it  was 
the  same  in  the  palmy  days  of  Jerusalem,  Tyre,  Samaria, 
Babylon,  Nineveh,  and  many  another  Bible  city — the  princi- 
pal shops  are  all  enclosed  in  a  quarter  of  considerable  size 
called  a  bazar  or  bezesten,  devoted  entirely  to  purposes  of 
trade. 

'  This  space  is  cut  up  into  narrow,  short  streets,  each  of 
which  consists  of  a  fireproof  stone  building,  open  at  both  ends, 
with  the  street  running  through  it  covered  by  an  arched  roof, 
pierced  with  windows  to  let  in  the  light."  The  streets  are 
lined  on  each  side  by  the  shops  I  have  described,  though 
some  are  much  larger,  and  each  thoroughfare  is  exclusively 
occupied  by  a  particular  trade.  "The  most  valuable  goods 
occupy  the  most  solid  structures,  which  are  closed  at  each 
end  at    night." 

Around  the  bazar  extends  the  rest  of  the  sook  (the  Greek 
agora,  or  "  market  place  "),  with  a  number  of  humbler  and  less 
protected  shops,  and  this  extensive  surrounding  network  of 
streets  of  small  tradesmen  is  not,  like  the  bazaar  itself,  pro- 
vided with  gates. 

Thus  Josephus  speaks  of  the  place  at  Jerusalem  where 
were  "the  merchants  of  wool,  the  braziers,  and  the  market 
for    cloth."       (Josephus,    Wars    of   the    Jews,    bk.    v.    ch.    vii. 


166       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

sec.  1.)  It  was  so  in  Jeremiah's  day,  for  King  Zedekiah 
commanded  that  the  prophet,  when  thrown  into  prison, 
should  be  "given  a  cake  of  bread  daily  from  the  bakers' 
street."  (Jer.  xxxvii.  21.)  Short  streets  were  thus  confined 
to  the  same  trade  with  us  in  the  Middle  Ages,  and  probably 
on  to  the  sixteenth  century. 


The  Water-Seller 

and 

Palestine  Town  Life 


The  Water-Seller  and  Palestine  Town  Life 

IN  the  centre  of  the  picture  stands  the  sakkah,  the  water- 
seller,    that    characteristic    and    peculiarly   Oriental    street 

vendor.  But  how  different  in  manner,  dress,  and  lan- 
guage from  our  street  hawkers  is  this  true  representative  of 
the  graceful  East !  It  is  difficult,  nay,  impossible,  to  realise, 
in  a  moist  and  temperate  country,  the  scarceness  and  precious- 
ness  of  water  in  a  very  dry,  sub-tropical  climate,  like  that  of 
Palestine,  and  one  where  the  mass  of  the  people  drink 
nothing  else.  The  springs  are  few  and  far  between ;  but 
many  of  them  supply  the  purest  and  most  delicious  water. 
For  its  full  enjoyment,  and,  indeed,  for  the  purposes  of 
health,  it  is  doubly  important  to  drink  it  cold  as  it  comes 
from  these  deep,  limestone,  natural  fountains.  To  the  parched 
and  weary  traveller,  who  has  often,  in  and  around  the  Holy 
Land,  to  travel  twenty  miles  and  more  in  the  driest  parts  of 
the  year,  before  he  can  reach  a  supply,  such  a  draught  of 
"living  [that  is,  'spring']  water"  is  unspeakably  precious; 
and  so,  too,  it  is  when,  towards  the  end  of  the  hot  season, 
water  runs  short  in  the  towns. 

When  our  Lord  sent  out  His  twelve  poor  apostles  on 
their  preaching  and  miracle-working  missionary  journey,  it  is 
certain  that  they  would  have  to  tramp  on  foot  through  many 
a  weary  mile,  as  they  went  to  the  countless  cities  and  towns 
of  Galilee  ;  and  these  itinerating  labours  would  no  doubt 
be  undertaken  in  the  seven  to  eight  months  of  hot,  dry 
weather,  commencing  towards  the  close  of  April,  because  of 
the  facilities  of  travel  at  that  time.     But  we  are  actually  told, 

169 


i7°        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

indirectly,  that  this  was  the  time  of  year.  From  Matt.  xi.  1,  2 
it  appears  that,  just  as  Christ's  twelve  apostles  received  the 
command  to  go  forth,  John  sent  two  of  his  disciples  to 
Christ,  and  on  their  departure  the  Lord  spoke  the  dis- 
course in  that  chapter;  and  then  immediately  we  read:  "At 
that  time  Jesus  went  on  the  sabbath  day  through  the 
corn,  and  His  disciples  were  hungry,  and  began  to  pluck 
ears  of  corn,  and  to  eat";  and  this  fixes  the  season  as  May, 
the  time  when  corn  is  first  ripe,  and  when  great  heat  and 
drought  set  in,  to  last  unbroken  for  the  next  six  months. 
(Matt.  xii.  1.) 

How  welcome,  and  how  necessary,  on  many  a  scorching 
day,  would  be  a  draught  of  spring  water,  often  more  to  be 
desired  than  the  most  elaborate  or  expensive  entertainment 
by  these  simple  peasant  preachers,  who,  in  the  eyes  of  the 
Eastern  world,  were  indeed  but  helpless  "little  ones"!  How 
real  and  full  of  meaning,  when  read  in  the  light  of  the  Holy 
Land,  is  the  Saviour's  suggestive  promise,  as  He  first  sends 
them  forth  :  "  Whosoever  shall  give  to  drink  unto  one  of 
these  little  ones  a  cup  of  cold  [water]  only  in  the  name  of  a 
disciple  [that  is,  because  they  had  the  Lord  Jesus  as  their 
Teacher],  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  he  shall  in  no  wise  lose 
his  reward  "  ! 

In  India,  and,  no  doubt,  it  was  anciently  the  same 
amongst  the  pagan  nations  surrounding  Israel,  idolaters  will 
often  fetch  water  from  far,  and  stand  all  day  on  the  burning 
highways,  offering  it  freely  to  passers-by,  in  honour  of 
their  gods.  This  heathen  custom  lends  peculiar  force  to  the 
Saviour's  words  that  whosoever  should  give  them  a  cup  of 
water  in  His  Name  should  not  go  unrewarded.  (Matt.  x.  42; 
Mark  ix.  41.) 

The  vessel  in  which  the  water  is  carried  is  of  porous 
clay,  and  so,  by  evaporation,  keeps  the  water  cool  in  the 
hottest    weather.     By    a    pitching    movement    the    water-seller 


Palestine  Town  Life  *7* 

pours  it  skilfully  over  his  shoulder  out  of  the  long  spout 
into  one  of  the  two  metal  cups  of  ancient  pattern,  such  as 
we  see  on  Egyptian  and  Assyrian  sculptures,  which  he  carries 
in  his  hands.  As  he  passes  along,  tinkling  these  cups  to- 
gether to  announce  his  coming,  he  cries,  "  Ho,  ye  thirsty 
ones,  come  ye  and  drink,"  and  on  a  burning  day  sells 
many  a  draught  of  cold  water  to  eager  purchasers,  water  that 
he  has  brought  from  some  distant  famous  spring.  (Isa.  lv.  1  ; 
John  iv.  14;    Rev.  xxii.  17.) 

The  youth  clothed  in  the  zouave  jacket,  the  belladeen  cos- 
tume described  under  "  Evening  at  the  Well,"  seated  on  the 
ground  cross-legged,  with  his  feet  tucked  under  him — the 
universal  way  of  sitting  in  the  East — is  seen  drinking  water  out 
of  the  Hebrew  bakbook,  the  earthenware  drinking  water  bottle 
of  the  Orient,  so  called  because,  on  account  of  its  narrow 
neck,  the  water,  when  poured  out,  comes  with  just  this 
gurgling  sound,  "  bakbook,  bakbook."  Many  things  and 
animals  derive  their  Biblical  Hebrew  names  in  this  way 
from  the  sounds  they  emit.  This  is  called  onomatopoeia — 
where  words  are  formed  in  imitation  of  the  sounds  made  by 
the  things  signified — and  many  English  words  have  been 
so  formed,  such  as  "  crash,"  "  buzz,"  etc.  The  vessel 
is  always  held  about  a  foot  away  from  the  mouth,  and,  in 
this  delicate  and  exquisitely  graceful  manner,  any  number  of 
people  can  drink  in  succession  without  touching  the  bottle 
with  their  lips. 

Though  women  are  so  rigidly  secluded,  the  Orient,  in 
the  case  of  men,  knows  little  of  privacy;  and  this  character- 
istic feature  is  constantly  presented  to  us  in  Bible  story. 
Life  is  lived  in  the  open,  as  so  many  curious  Scriptural 
allusions  imply.  Thus  the  barber's  tiny  shop  and  the  opera- 
tions there,  as  seen  in  our  picture,  are  plain  to  all  passers-by. 
In  Bible  lands  the  head  is  closely  shaved ;  but  a  razor  is 
never  allowed  to  touch  the    face.     It  is  a  mark   of  shame   to 


i72       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

have  the  beard  shaved,  and  hence  the  terrible  insult  offered  by 
the  king  of  Ammon  to  David's  ambassadors.  When  we  read 
that  Absalom  annually  polled  his  head — that  is,  had  his  hair  cut 
— it  must  have  been  the  hair  of  this  vain  young  man's  long 
flowing  beard  that  weighed  30  royal  shekels,  or  about  five  to 
six  ounces.  In  our  Versions,  which  follow  the  Hebrew  text, 
it  says  Absalom's  hair  weighed  "  200  shekels."  This,  unless  it 
was  a  miraculous  and  most  disfiguring  growth  (and  we  are 
told  Absalom  was  pre-eminent  ''for  his  beauty"),  it  could 
not  have  done  ;  for  hairdressers  tell  us  the  heaviest  head  of 
woman's  hair  does  not  weigh  more  than  seven  ounces,  or 
about  a  sixth  part  of  that  weight.  The  true  explanation,  no 
doubt,  is  that  an  error  has  crept  into  the  text,  through  the 
scribes  mistaking  the  letter  ^,  the  Hebrew  " /,"  which  stands 
for  the  numeral  30,  for  the  letter  %  the  Hebrew  "r,"  which 
stands  for  the  numeral  200.     (2  Sam.  xiv.  25,  26.) 

The  cage,  or  crate,  crowded  with  fowls  is  a  common 
sight  in  the  market  place  of  Palestine  towns,  and  illustrates 
the  reproach  of  Jeremiah — 

"  Like  a  cage  full  of  fowls, 
So  are  their  houses  full  of  deceit."     (Jer.  v.  2j.) 

On  the  left  of  the  picture  a  man  is  seen  chastising  a 
boy  in  a  characteristic  method  of  the  East.  Where  we 
should  "  box  the  ears,"  they  strike  the  neck  with  the  edge 
of  the  palm  of  the  hand — a  not  less  painful,  but  much  safer, 
mode  of  punishment. 

The  poles  shown  to  the  right  of  the  picture,  those  com- 
monly used  for  so  many  purposes  in  Palestine,  are  the  stems 
of  the  elegant  Jordan  reed,  Anindo  donax,  alluded  to  by  our 
Lord,  when,  speaking  of  the  people  flocking  to  hear  John  the 
Baptist  preaching  by  the  Jordan,  He  cried:  "  What  went  ye  out 
into  the  wilderness  to  behold?  A  reed  shaken  by  the  wind?" 
These  reeds  furnish    strong,  serviceable  poles,  from  twelve    to 


Palestine  Town  Life  *73 

fifteen  feet  high.  No  doubt  it  was  one  of  these  reeds  which 
was  held  up  to  the  dying  Saviour's  lips  with  the  sponge  full 
of  the  Roman  soldiers'  vinegar-like  wine.  The  sponge  would 
be  held  in  its  place  by  the  numerous  recurved  spines  of  a 
bunch  of  hyssop,  the  caper  plant  (Caparis  spinosa).  (Luke 
vii.  24;  John  xix.  28-30;  Matt,  xxvii.  48.) 

To  the  left  of  the  picture  a  typical  Eastern  shop  is  shown, 
with  the  shopkeeper,  as  usual,  comfortably  seated  squatting 
on  his  heels  on  the  floor,  while  the  customer — a  fellahhah,  or 
village  woman,  with  a  child  slung  across  her  back — stands  in 
front.  The  Oriental  shop,  or  dukkan,  has  its  floor  about 
two  feet  six  inches  above  the  ground,  and  is  little  more  than 
a  huge  wooden  box,  open  all  down  the  front,  about  six  to 
seven  feet  high,  six  to  ten  feet  wide,  and  three  to  six  feet 
deep. 

Townswomen  seldom,  if  ever,  go  shopping,  the  work 
of  buying  falling  entirely  to  men.  The  shopkeeper  often 
invites  a  well-known  customer  to  come  and  sit  beside  him 
on  the  floor,  furnishes  him  with  a  pipe,  and  invites  him  to 
drink  a  cup  of  coffee.  When  asked  the  price  of  an  article, 
he  will  say,  just  as  of  old  did  Ephron  the  Hittite,  "  Take  it, 
my  lord,  it  is  thine,  I  give  it  thee  ;  what  is  money  between 
thee  and  me?"  Notwithstanding  all  this  initial  politeness, 
the  completion  of  a  purchase  is  a  long  and  weary  affair. 
The  shopkeeper  demands  twice  as  much  as  he  expects  to 
receive,  and  the  would-be  purchaser  offers  half  of  what  the 
thing  is  worth. 

Bargaining  goes  on  for  half  an  hour  or  more,  and 
passers-by,  though  complete  strangers,  join  in  the  disputa- 
tion, some  taking  the  side  of  the  shopkeeper,  and  some 
that  of  the  customer,  until,  amidst  much  vociferation  and 
excitement,  by  mutual  approaches,  the  middle  price  is 
reached.  It  was  so  of  old.  "  Bad,  bad,  says  the  buyer," 
and    he    does   so   very  energetically ;    but,  by   and    by,  to   his 


i74       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

friends,  "going  his  way,  then  he  boasts  himself"  of  procur- 
ing it  so  cheaply ;  and  often  not  without  reason,  for  many 
an  Oriental  shopkeeper  will  sell  as  low  as  for  one  per  cent, 
profit  rather  than  lose  a  sale.  These  tradesmen  take  life  in 
a  very  easy,  not  to  say  lordly,  manner.  For  though  cus- 
tomers are  still  coming,  one  of  them  will  often,  quite  early 
in  the  afternoon,  shut  up  his  shop,  and  announce  that  he 
will  not  sell  anything  more  that  day !     (Prov.  xx.   14.) 


The  'Atal, 

or  Burden-Bearer 


The  'Atal,  or  Burden-Bearer 

IN  this  street  in  Jerusalem  is  presented  a  very  familiar 
Oriental  town    scene.     The  central  figure    is   the  ' atal  or 

hammal,  the  porter  or  burden  -  bearer.  The  narrow 
streets  and  the  absence  of  carts  call  for  the  services  of  these 
'atals.  The  weights  they  can  lift,  and  under  which  they  can 
stagger  along  for  miles,  are  truly  amazing.  I  have  seen 
them  carry  loads  three  times  larger  and  heavier  than  that 
pictured  here  ! 

Their  sole  stock  in  trade  is  a  rope  about  five  yards  long 
with  a  knot  at  one  end.  The  'atal,  when  taking  up  his  load, 
crouches  down  with  his  back  against  the  heaped-up  articles, 
and  having  skilfully  arranged  his  rope,  without  any  ties,  so  as 
to  catch  and  sustain  them  all,  he  rises  up  with  a  sudden  spring, 
and  brings  the  whole  weight  to  bear  upon  his  shoulders  and 
the  upper  part  of  his  back.  In  this  effort  to  rise,  the  'atals 
have  a  practice  of  emptying  their  lungs  by  the  expiration  of 
breath  in  a  loud  grunt.  This  is  a  trick  of  those  engaged  in 
lifting  labour  the  world  over,  when  in  the  act  of  putting 
their  system  to  a  sudden  and  violent  strain.  But  for  the 
relief  afforded  to  blood  -  pressure  by  this  expiration  of  air, 
they  would  at  such  times  be  in  imminent  danger  of  breaking 
a  blood-vessel. 

The  work  of  the  burden-bearer  is  not  only  terribly  hard, 
but  fraught  with  great  danger  should  he  slip  and  fall.  Surely 
this  gives  us  the  metaphor  of  the  "burden"  applied  in  Holy 
Scripture  to  grievous  distresses.  Thus  Moses  complains  to 
God,  "Thou  layest  the  burden  of  all   this  people  upon  me," 

M  177 


178       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

in  allusion  to  the  crushing  weight  of  responsibility  and 
labour  of  ruling,  in  their  desert  march,  the  helpless  and 
thankless  crowds  of  Israel.  In  the  prophets  the  "burden" 
is  used  as  a  metaphor  for  "heavy  judgments." 

Often  have  I  seen  the  porter's  huge  load  reaching  far 
over  his  head,  which  he  has  had  to  hold  down  on  this 
account  in  a  bowed  and  painful  position,  and  in  such  case, 
should  he  fall,  he  would  inevitably  break  his  neck.  Whilst 
excessively  heavy  burdens  can  be  taken  up  by  an  'atal,  he 
cannot  lay  them  down,  but  has  to  have  them  helped  off  him 
by  another. 

What  a  light  this  throws  on  David's  cry  of  anguish:— 

"  My  iniquities  are  gone  over  my  head  ; 
Like  a  heavy  burden,  they  are  too  heavy  for  me."    (Ps.  xxxviii.  4.) 

It  was  from  these  words  that  Bunyan,  in  his  "Pilgrim's 
Progress,"  took  the  idea  of  Christian  starting  out  on  pilgrim- 
age with  an  awful  burden  on  his  back,  making  life  intolerable. 
Yet  the  reader  will  have  noticed  that,  in  most  illustrations  of 
this  subject,  Christian  is  shown  with  a  small,  light  bundle 
strapped  to  his  shoulders,  that  any  strong  boy  or  girl  could 
carry  any  distance  without  distress.  Different,  indeed,  was 
the  familiar  picture  that  rose  before  David,  when  he  felt  his 
spirit  wearied  and  burdened  beyond  measure  by  a  deep  con- 
viction of  sin,  from  which  he  was  powerless  to  deliver  himself, 
which  made  life  intolerable  by  its  weight,  and  which,  if  he 
fell  under  it,  must  kill  him. 

Our  blessed  Lord  has  a  plain  and  even  more  graphic 
reference  to  the  toil  of  the  'atal,  when,  speaking  of  the  cruel 
and  oppressive  ceremonial  traditions  forced  upon  the  people, 
contrary  to  Scripture,  by  the  hypocritical  Scribes  and  Pharisees', 
He  says  that  these  spiritual  taskmasters  "  bind  heavy  burdens 
and  grievous  to  be  borne,  and  lay  [them]  on  men's  shoulders  ; 
but  they  [themselves]  will  not  move  them  with  their   finger." 


The  'Atal,  or  Burden-Bearer  179 

In  beautiful  contrast  to  such  wearisome  and  unscriptural 
observances,  that  only  tend  to  bondage  and  oppression,  the 
Master   declares,    "My    burden    is    light."      (Matt,    xxiii.    4; 

xi.  30.) 

The  snarling  mongrel,  shown  in  the  picture,  well  re- 
presents the  "dog"  of  Bible  lands.  With  the  exception  of 
a  few  greyhounds,  slukee,  kept  for  coursing,  and  a  few  shep- 
herds' dogs,  these  animals  are  never  individually  owned  or 
cared  for,  but  roam  the  cities  and  villages  in  wild  packs- 
huge  mongrel  curs,  many  of  whom  are  literally  half-bred 
wolves  and  jackals.  Their  very  name  is  one  of  contempt, 
and  they  are  only  just  tolerated  because  they  act  as 
scavengers,  devouring  by  night  the  offal  thrown  by  the 
women  into  the  street,  and  also  as  night  guardians  to  keep 
away  strangers  or  wild  beasts.  They  are  regarded  as  vile 
and  unclean,  and  the  ill-usage  they  receive  drives  them  out 
by  day  into  the  open  country.  Then  "without  are  dogs"; 
but,  safe  under  the  cover  of  darkness,  "they  return  at 
evening,  growling  and  fighting  for  the  refuse  thrown  into  the 
road,  and  ready  to  fly  at  all   strange  comers.     (Rev.  xxii.  15.) 

Dogs  are  never  allowed  in  the  houses,  never  stroked  by 
the  master  or  cared  for  by  the  children.  When  quite  young, 
however,  as  little  puppies,  these  otherwise  hated  and  ill-used 
animals  are  carried  indoors,  and  are  fondled  and  fed  by  the 
children,  but  only  when  they  are  quite  young.  This  our  Saviour 
well  knew,  and  so  did  the  poor,  much  tried  Syrophcenician 
fellahhah,  whose  dauntless  faith  He  has  called  us  to  admire: 
to  give  her  hope,  though  a  lowly  hope,  He  said,  "It  is  not 
proper  to  take  the  children's  bread  and  cast  it  to  little  dogs 
[or  'puppies,'  kunaria,  the  diminutive  of  kuon,  'a  dog']." 
To  which  she  replied,  as  He  intended  she  should,  "I  beseech 
Thee,  Sir  [nai  kurie],  for  even  the  little  dogs  [kunaria]  eat 
from  the  crumbs  that  are  falling  from  their  lords'  table."  It 
is  greatly  to  be  regretted  that  the  translators  should  have  mis- 


i8o       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

translated  this  word  kunaria,  "dogs,"  and  so  made  our  Lord 
apply  what  in  the  East  is  regarded  as  a  dreadful  epithet  to 
this  believing  woman,  and  one  which,  instead  of  suggesting  a 
hope  for  her,  as  the  word  He  used  really  did,  would  have 
taken  all  hope  away!     (Matt.  xv.  22-28.) 

The  two  belladeen,  or  townsmen,  known  as  such  by  the 
kumbaz,  or  kuftan,  the  rich  silk  striped  tunic,  silk  scarf  girdle, 
and  bright  coloured  cloth  cloak,  are  seen  walking  along  the 
street  hand  in  hand.  Few  things  in  Palestine  struck  me  as 
stranger  than  this  custom.  But  I  came  slowly  to  realise  that 
it  answers  exactly  to  our  walking  arm  in  arm.  Where  we 
should  take  a  man's  arm,  they  take  his  hand.  In  this  case 
palm  is  not  held  to  palm,  but  one  grasps  with  the  palm  of 
his  right  hand  the  back  of  the  left  hand  of  the  other  or  the 
fingers  of  his  left  hand. 

The  Scripture  references  to  this  custom  are  most  interest- 
ing. The  angels  who  appeared  in  the  form  of  two  men,  as 
angels  always  did,  when  rescuing  Lot  and  his  family  from  the 
destruction  of  Sodom,  "took  hold  of  his  hand,  and  of  the 
hand  of  his  wife,  and  the  hand  of  his  two  daughters,"  or,  as 
we  should  say,  "  gave  them  their  arm,"  to  lead  them  gently 
and  persuasively  from  the  scene  of  judgment.     (Gen.  xix.  16.) 

Observe  the  inky  blackness  of  the  shadows,  contrasting 
so  vividly  with  the  exquisitely  high  sunlight.  The  shadows 
form  a  very  striking  feature  of  these  Bible  lands,  and  are  often 
alluded  to  in  Scripture  as  a  powerful  metaphor  for  "protection." 
To  this  hour  the  mass  of  the  people  tell  the  time  during 
daylight  by  observing  the  length  of  their  shadow  on  the  ground, 
and  that  with  astonishing  accuracy. 

The  narrowness  and  over-arching  of  the  street  also  speak 
eloquently  of  a  land  of  the  sun. 


<< 


Friend, 

Go  up  Higher"— 

Belladeen 

Hospitality 


"Friend,  Go  up  Higher "—Belladeen  Hospitality 

WE  have  frequently  had  occasion  to  observe  how  every 
feature  of  Oriental  life  is  the  exact  opposite  of  ours 
in  the  North-West.  Here,  on  entering  a  place  of 
worship  or  a  private  house,  as  a  mark  of  respect,  men  re- 
move their  hats,  but  keep  on  their  shoes.  In  Palestine  and 
all  the  adjacent  lands  men  take  off  their  shoes  or  boots,  but 
keep  on  their  turban  or  tarboosh.  The  discarded  footgear  is 
left  in  the  small,  narrow,  lower  entrance  part  of  the  reception 
room,  the  durka'ah,  before  the  visitor  steps  up  some  eight 
inches  to  that  raised  portion  of  the  apartment,  always  square, 
called  the  leewan,  round  three  sides  of  which  the  deewans,  or 
continuous  couches,  run.  It  is  in  the  durka'ah  that  "the  bed- 
closet"  is  placed;  where  also  the  servants  await  the  commands 
of  their  master  or  his  visitors. 

Here,  in  the  durka'ah,  are  to  be  seen  the  red  leather 
riding  boots  of  the  bedawee,  who  may  be  distinguished,  as 
he  sits  on  the  deewan,  by  his  kefeeyeh,  or  striped  silk  handker- 
chief, bound  round  his  head  by  the  aghal,  or  thick  worsted 
cord.  The  red  leather  shoes  of  a  fellahheen  visitor,  and  the 
yellow  shoes  of  the  belladeen,  or  townsmen,  are  also  shown. 
As  we  have  seen,  all  these  are  bought  ready  made,  and  only 
roughly  fit  the  feet;  they  are  broad  in  the  heel,  with  turned- 
up,  pointed  toes. 

A  study  of  these  pictures  will  have  shown  the  reader  that 
the  clothes  of  men,  women,  and  children  always  hang  loosely 
round  them,  not  being  made  to  fit  the  figure,  as  is  the  case 
with  us;    and,  in  this  way,  while  all  artists  agree  that  Oriental 

183 


i&4       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

dress  is  more  elegant  and  graceful  than  ours,  a  world  of  waste 
of  time,  trouble,  and  expense  is  saved,  and  their  clothing  is 
far  more  comfortable  and  healthy. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  foregoing  how  natural  was  that 
command  to  Moses,  which  sounds  so  strange  to  us,  when, 
before  the  burning  bush,  he  learnt  that  he  was  in  the  presence 
of  God,  "Put  off  thy  shoes  from  off  thy  feet,  for  the  place 
whereon  thou  standest  it  is  holy  ground."  So  Joshua  was 
bidden  by  "the  prince  [sar]  of  Jehovah's  host,"  who  was 
doubtless  the  Son  of  God,  "  Loose  thy  shoe  from  off  thy 
foot,  for  the  place  whereon  thou  standest  it  is  holy."  In 
both  instances  these  words  are  equivalent  to  "  Take  off  your 
hat  from  your  head"  among  us.  (Ex.  iii.  5;  Acts  vii.  33; 
Josh.  v.  15.) 

When  a  guest  arrives,  on  the  occasion  of  any  entertain- 
ment, the  host  receives  him,  if  an  equal — for  the  observance 
of  rank  is  a  matter  of  inexorable  etiquette  in  the  East — with 
a  kiss. 

It  is  given  by  placing  the  right  hand  on  the  guest's 
left  shoulder,  and  kissing  his  right  cheek ;  and  then  the  action 
is  reversed — the  host  lays  his  left  hand  on  the  guest's  right 
shoulder,  and  kisses  his  left  cheek.  The  other  returns  the 
salutation  in  the  same  way.  As  we  have  already  seen  else- 
where, the  guests  in  these  cases  are  always  and  only  men. 

Then  a  slave,  generally  one  of  the  humblest  in  the 
establishment,  comes  forward,  having  "girded  himself  and 
taken  a  towel,"  and  washes  the  guest's  hands,  and,  if  he  be 
a  barefooted  bedawee  or  fellahh,  his  feet.  This  is  done,  as  will 
be  seen  in  our  picture,  by  pouring  water  over  them. 

Another  slave  or  servant  carries  round  a  kum-kutn,  or  per- 
fume-sprinkling bottle,  and  sprinkles  the  person  of  the  guest 
with  trebly  distilled  orange  or  rose  water. 

After  this,  on  some  occasions  at  least,  an  embroidered 
napkin    is    thrown    for   a   minute    over   the    guest's   head   and 


Belladeen  Hospitality  l85 

shoulders,  whilst  a  burning  censer  with  incense,  often  lignum 
aloes,  is  held  under  the  napkin,  that  the  cloud  of  incense  may 
cling  to  the  clothes  already   sprinkled  by  the  kum-kum. 

In  some  very  wealthy  houses  it  is  the  custom  to  sprinkle 
attar  of  roses,  orange  flowers,  or  sandalwood,  on  the  head, 
hands,  feet,  or  other  parts  of  the  guest's  person.  The  word 
"ointment"  in  the  Bible,  which  is  the  translation  in  our 
Versions  of  shetnen,  "oil,"  in  the  Old  Testament,  and  of 
muron,  "myrrh,"  in  the  New,  is  an  unhappy  rendering  of 
words  that  mean  these  precious  attars  or  essential  oils.  For 
at  Oriental  entertainments  it  is  as  much  a  part  of  hospitality 
to  give  perfume   as  it  is   to  give  food  or  drink. 

In  the  leewan,  or  reception  room,  the  host  sits  at  the 
corner  of  the  deewan  which  is  diagonally  opposite  the  door 
by  which  the  room  is  entered.  The  chief  seat  of  honour  is 
that  at  his  right  hand,  and  the  next  is  that  at  his  left.  The 
other  places  are  in  the  same  order,  the  third  place  being  the 
second  seat  to  his  right,  and  the  fourth,  the  second  to  his 
left,  and  so  all  down  each  deewan  to  its  end.  "The  lowest 
room,"  or,  as  it  should  be,  "the  lowest  place,"  is  that  right 
at  the  end  of  the  deewan  on  his  left  hand. 

Even  at  a  morning  call,  etiquette  requires  that  the  guests 
should  sit  in  order  of  rank  ;  and  it  must  be  remembered 
that  in  the  East  the  poorest  of  the  people  know  their 
pedigree  and  their  place  in  society.  If,  therefore,  a  host 
sees  any  person  who  has  taken  a  place  on  the  deewan  to 
which  his  rank  does  not  entitle  him,  his  duty  requires  that 
the  matter  should  be  put  right,  and  the  man  requested  to 
take  a  lower  seat. 

For  the  same  reason,  if  anyone  takes  too  low  a  place, 
the  host  will  step  down  from  his  seat,  and,  taking  him  by 
the  hand,  will  lead  him  up  to  the  position  due  to  his  rank. 
On  the  occasion  of  a  host  paying  any  attention  like  this  to  a 
guest,  all  the  other  guests  wait  to  catch  the  eye  of  the  person 


1 86       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

so  honoured,  and  then,  each  in  turn — and  sometimes  there 
are  as  many  as  thirty  seated  on  the  deewan — they  temeeneh  to 
him,  that  is,  make  the  Oriental  salutation  that  answers  to  our 
bow.  This  consists  in  keeping  the  head  erect,  but  slightly 
inclined  forward,  whilst  raising  the  right  hand  to  touch  in 
succession  the  forehead,  the  lips,  and  the  heart. 

All    this    is    graphically    alluded    to    in    Holy    Scripture. 

'The  mother  of  Zebedee's  children,"  James  and  John,  came 

to  Christ  with  the  nobly  ambitious  request,  "Grant  that  these 

my  two  sons  may  sit,  the  one    on    Thy  right    hand,    and    the 

other  on  the  left  in  Thy  kingdom."      (Matt.  xx.  20,  21.) 

The  '  uppermost  rooms  at  feasts,"  which  the  proud 
Pharisees  loved  and  chose,  are  in  the  Greek  "the  first  seats" 
(protoklisia),  that  is,  those  on  the  deewan  nearest  to  the  host. 
When  Christ  tells  His  disciples  to  "go  and  sit  down  in  the 
lowest  place  [topos]"  He  means  the  "  place,"  or  "  seat,"  on 
the  deewan  farthest  away  from  the  host's  left  hand.  (Luke 
xiv.  10.) 

Again  it  will  be  realised  how  the  whole  scene  lives, 
when  the  Master  says,  "When  thou  art  bidden  by  anyone  to 
marriage  feasts,  sit  not  down  in  the  first  seat  [protoklisia],  lest  a 
more  honourable  [man]  than  thou  be  bidden  by  him ;  and  he 
that  bade  thee  and  him  come  and  say  to  thee,  '  Give  this 
man  place,'  and  thou  begin  with  shame  to  take  the  lowest 
place  [topos].  But  when  thou  art  bidden,  go  and  sit  down  in 
the  lowest  place  [topos],  that  when  he  that  bade  thee  comes, 
he  may  say  to  thee,  'Friend,  go  up  higher',:  then  shalt 
thou  have  honour  [doxa]  in  the  presence  of  them  that  sit  at 
meat  with  thee,"  that  is,  each  of  them  will  watch  to  catch 
your  eye  and  bow  to  you.     (Luke  xiv.  8-10.) 

It  will  be  seen  how  disgraceful  was  the  treatment  of  our 
blessed  Lord  by  His  host,  Simon  the  Pharisee.  First  he  neg- 
lected to  give  Him  the  social  greeting  of  an  equal — the  kiss. 
For  all  that  the  eye  of  flesh  saw  in  the  Son  of  God  on  earth 


Belladeen   Hospitality  i$7 

was  a  poor,  uneducated,  working-man  street  preacher  who 
had  the  reputation  of  a  prophet.  So  the  haughty  Pharisee 
allowed  his  servants  to  neglect  the  washing  of  the  Saviour's 
feet  and  the  sprinkling  of  His  person  with  perfume.  (Luke 
vii.  44-46.) 

At  Simon's  house,  as  at  so  many  other  wealthy  and 
worldly  Jewish  houses  in  our  Lord's  day,  the  Roman  fashion 
of  the  triklinia,  or  "  dining-conch,"  was  followed.  In  this 
case,  a  large,  long  table  ran  all  down  the  centre  of  the 
leewan,  and  round  it  on  three  sides,  answering  in  shape  to 
the  three  deeicans,  ran  three  couches,  some  six  feet  wide, 
upon  which  the  diners  laid  recumbent  on  their  sides,  at  full 
length,  with  their  heads  towards  the  table.  Only  in  this  way 
can  what  follows  be  explained,  for  according  to  the  Jewish 
manner,  as  it  is  everywhere  in  the  East  to-day,  they  sat  on 
the  deezcan,  or  sometimes  on  carpets  or  beds  on  the  floor, 
but  in  every  case  with  their  feet  gathered  under  them,  where 
they  could  neither  be  seen  nor  touched.  Our  Lord,  as  we 
might  have  expected,  had  done  what  He  told  His  disciples  to 
do,  when  invited  to  a  feast,  namely,  taken  "the  lowest  place," 
that  is,  the  one  at  the  extreme  end  of  the  triklinia,  or  dining- 
couch,  reaching  up  to  the  durkaah,  the  lower,  or  common 
part,   of  the   room. 

Thus  it  was  that  the  penitent  woman  who  came  in  could 
stand  there  and  see  His  naked,  unwashed  feet  as  He  lay  re- 
clining; for  our  Lord  would  have  naked  feet,  seeing  that  He 
lived  and  dressed  as  a  fellahh,  or  villager.  Discerning  at  a 
glance  the  rude  and  contemptuous  way  in  which  He  had 
been  treated  by  His  proud,  self-righteous  host,  she  appears 
there  and  then  to  have  stooped  down  and  kissed  His  feet  ; 
for  Christ  tells  Simon,  "  From  the  time  I  came  in  she  has 
not  ceased  to  kiss  My  feet."  meaning  she  has  done  it  again 
and  again  from  the  first.  To  this  day,  this  mode  of  salutation 
in  Palestine  is  one  of  the  lowliest  bv  which  an  inferior,   man 


188       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

or  woman,  can  greet  a  superior.  As  she  did  so,  she  burst 
into  tears,  with  which,  as  they  fell  upon  them,  she  washed 
those  precious  feet,  wiping  them  with  the  hair  of  her  head. 
Then  from  the  tiny,  alabaster,  gilt  ornamented  bottle,  in 
which  it  is  still  universally  sold  throughout  the  East,  she 
poured  upon  them  some  rich  attar  or  essential  oil.  Well 
might  the  Master  say  she  had  "loved  much,"  and  thus  given 
a  convincing  evidence  that  "her  many  sins"  were  forgiven! 
(Luke  vii.  47.) 


The  Evening  Meal 
among  the  Belladeen 


The  Evening  Meal  among  the  Belladeen 

THE  scene  in  our  picture  may  be  readily  recognised  as 
one  of  belladeen  or  town  life.  The  host,  in  a  yellow 
striped  kumbaz,  or  kuftan,  the  striped  dressing-gown-like 
silk  robe  of  the  townsman,  sits  in  his  usual  place,  which,  as  we 
have  already  seen,  is  at  the  corner  where  meet  the  two  sides 
of  the  deewan,  or  raised  cushioned  seats,  about  a  foot  high  and 
three  feet  wide,  that  run  round  three  sides  of  the  room  ; 
that  corner  which  is  diagonally  opposite  to  the  door.  Occupy- 
ing the  principal  seats  of  honour,  that  on  his  right  hand  and 
his  left,  are  guests  dressed  respectively  in  a  red  and  gold  and 
light  purple  striped  kumbaz.  Seated  farther  away  to  the  right 
of  the  host,  in  the  third  place  of  honour,  is  seen  a  guest  in 
full  dress,  that  is,  wearing  over  his  kumbaz  a  green  cloth 
cloak,  the  jibbeh,  or  beneesh.  The  black  slave  who  is  waiting 
upon  them  wears  that  other  distinctive  belladeen  dress,  much 
affected  by  young  men,  consisting  of  loose,  very  full  pantaloons, 
resembling  a  divided  skirt,  the  sharwar,  coming  down  to  the 
ankles,  shaped  like  a  bag  broader  than  it  is  long,  with  an 
opening  at  each  of  the  lower  corners  large  enough  to  admit 
the  feet ;  a  sleeveless,  waistcoat-like  garment  with  countless 
tiny  bright  buttons,  the  sudereeyeh,  buttoned  up  to  the  throat ; 
and  over  this  an  elegant  zouave  jacket,  the  kubran,  of  purple 
velvet,  richly  embroidered  with  gold. 

The  room  is  the  leewan,  or  reception  room,  which  also, 
even  in  wealthy  mansions,  serves  for  dining  room  and  bedroom 
as  well.  The  walls,  as  in  this  case,  are  often  rich  and  costly, 
consisting  of  various  inlaid  marbles,  porphyries,  and  many  more 

191 


192       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

or  less  precious  stones.  The  absence  of  furniture  at  once 
strikes  a  Western  eye,  as  these  apartments  are  comparatively 
empty,  a  state  of  things  which  tends  greatly  to  ease,  comfort, 
and  health. 

The  exquisitely  beautiful  ewer  and  basin  for  the  washing 
of  hands  and  feet  is  seen  on  the  floor,  always  of  copper  and 
of  this  ancient  pattern.  In  the  centre  of  the  basin  there  is  a 
dome-like,  perforated  cover,  shaped  at  the  top  like  a  cup, 
which  holds  a  ball  of  perfumed  soap.  This  arrangement  is 
a  very  delicate  one  ;  for  the  water  which  is  poured  over  the 
hands  and  feet,  when  thus  soiled,  passes  out  of  sight  through 
the  tiny  holes  in  the  dome-like  cover.  The  embroidered 
napkin,  to  be  used  as  a  towel  by  the  slave  in  wiping  the  guests' 
hands  and  feet  when  they  are  washed,  lies  on  the  floor  beside 
the  basin  and  ewer. 

Here  at  this  Oriental  dinner-party  a  Western  might  well 
ask,  "Where  are  the  ladies?"  But  the  seclusion  of  women, 
so  far  from  permitting  them  to  be,  as  with  us,  the  leaders 
of  society,  prevents  them  from  even  entering  it  ! 

Only  men  servants  wait  on  the  men  at  social  functions. 
There  are  three  kinds  of  servants  in  the  East.  The  lowliest 
form  is  that  of  slaves,  bought  and  sold,  who  are  the  property 
of  their  owners,  but  who  are,  for  the  most  part,  treated 
well,  as  well  as  servants  are  among  us,  and  sometimes  much 
better.  They  are  now  mostly  negroes,  but  in  earlier  days  they 
were  evidently  taken  largely  from  other  nations  ;  for  the  law 
of  Moses  permitted  and  regulated  slavery,  and  even  Hebrews 
could,  under  modified  conditions,  purchase  Hebrew  slaves. 
Slaves  would  appear  to  have  formed  by  far  the  largest  class 
of  servitors  in  Bible  times,  for  the  words  that  occur  most 
frequently,  'ebed  in  the  Old  Testament  and  doulos  in  the 
New,  both  mean  "slave,"  or  "  bond-servant,"  though  they  are 
always  translated  "servant"  in  our  Versions.  These,  under 
the   law   of    Moses,  were    captives    taken  in  war,  debtors  sold 


The  Evening  Meal  among  the  Belladeen  193 

to  pay  their  debts,  and  children  sold  by  their  parents  or 
other  relatives.  Over  this  class  the  master  has  practically  un- 
bounded power. 

Next  there  are  "  hired  servants,"  answering  to  servants 
as  with  us,  who  are  free  to  come  and  go,  and  who  undertake 
certain  duties  for  a  stipulated  wage.  But  the  highest  class  of 
service  is  that  of  "unhired  servants,"  who  are  often  numerous 
in  large  establishments,  and  are  mostly  children,  or  poor  re- 
lations, or  neighbouring  poor  but  independent  tradesmen, 
looking  for  the  master's  influence  to  advance  them  in  business; 
or,  if  the  latter  is  a  religious  teacher,  poor  or  young  disciples, 
as  in  the  case  of  Elisha,  who  it  was  said,  "  poured  water  on 
the  hands  of  Elijah,"  that  is,  "ministered  to  him  as  a  ser- 
vant." These  generally  have  two  suits  of  clothes  given  them 
annually  by  the  master,  and  receive  considerable  gratuities 
from  his  guests,  suitors,  and  tradesmen  ;  for  they  occupy  a 
place  somewhat  similar  to  our  upper  servants,  only  that  their 
duties  are  very  light  and  less  menial.  Hence  the  force  of 
those  words  on  the  lips  of  the  prodigal  son,  referring  to  this 
difference  between  the  hired  and  unhired  diakonoi :  "Make 
me  as  one  of  thy  hired  servants,"  for,  as  a  poor  ruined  son, 
he  might  naturally  have  become  one  of  the  more  honourable 
unhired  servants.     (Luke  xv.   17-19.) 

When  the  dinner  is  ordered,  it  is  still  as  of  old,  by  the 
modest  words,  "  Set  on  bread,"  no  matter  how  elaborate  the 
feast ;  and  some  Oriental  dinners  consist  of  more  than  twenty 
courses.  For  the  meal  a  tiny  octagonal  table,  inlaid  with 
mother-of-pearl,  is  placed  in  front  of  the  host,  and  a  tray  of 
yellow  metal,  much  larger  than  the  table,  is  laid  upon  it. 
The  dishes  are  brought  in  one  at  a  time,  and  placed  on  the 
middle  of  the  tray.  Bunches  of  green  onions  or  garlic  are 
often  put  round  the  tray.  The  piece  de  resistance  of  an 
Oriental  meal,  the  pilaw,  a  national  dish,  is  here  shown.  It 
consists    of    boiled    rice,    seasoned   with    butter,    or    preferably 


194       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

with  the  fat  of  the  sheep's  broad  tail,  sometimes  tinged  with 
saffron,  and  flavoured  with  pease  or  tiny  pieces  of  broiled 
mutton. 

They  help  themselves  from  the  dish,  and  eat  with  their 
fingers,  as  do  the  fellahheen  and  bedaween. 

Many  delicate  rules  are  observed  in  this  matter.  For 
instance,  it  is  thought  very  rude  to  spread  out  the  fingers  on 
dipping  the  hand  in  the  dish,  as  if  to  take  a  large  help- 
ing, as  the  guest  in  the  green  cloth  cloak  is  seen  doing. 
Etiquette  requires  that  the  ringers  and  thumb  should  at  such 
times  be  kept  close  together.  The  Oriental  proverb  descrip- 
tive of  a  cunning  and  greedy  man  is,  "He  descends  like  a 
crow,  and  he  ascends  like  a  camel,"  that  is,  he  dips  politely 
into  the  dish,  as  if  about  to  take  a  bird's  peck,  but  brings  up 
a  fist-full  of  food,  large  as  the  hoof  of  a  camel ! 

Water  is  not  put  on  the  table  at  meal  times,  but,  like 
wine  or  shorbet,  is  brought  to  those  guests  who  call  for  it. 
The  drinking  cup  is  a  small  handleless  bowl,  usually  of  brass. 
It  is  still  held  from  below,  poised  on  the  tips  of  three  fingers, 
in  the  way  described  by  Xenophon,  and  shown  on  ancient 
sculptures.  This,  in  all  probability,  was  the  form  of  cup  used 
at  the  institution  of  the  Lord's  Supper. 

After  every  meal  an  Oriental  not  only  washes  his  hands, 
but  also  rinses  his  mouth  with  water,  the  slaves  or  servants 
coming  round  with  drinking  cup,  basin,  and  jug  for  this 
purpose. 


The  'Al'meh, 
or  Dancing  Girl 


The  'Al'men,  or  Dancing  Girl 

THIS  is  a  truly  Oriental  after-dinner  scene.  These  gen- 
tlemen, who,  by  their  jibbehs,  or  bright,  pure-coloured 
cloth  cloaks,  are  at  once  recognised  as  belladeen,  have 
brought  in  this  'al'meh,  or  dancing  girl,  who  is  often  also 
a  singer,  for  their  amusement.  The  professional  female 
dancer  is  a  feature  of  the  luxurious  town  life,  and  she  is 
practically  unknown  amongst  the  simple  fellahheen.  The 
villagers  have  for  the  most  part  only  the  country  dance  of 
men  alone,  who,  joining  hands  in  a  ring,  with  steps  more 
grave  than  gay,  perform  a  solemn  choral  dance  to  the 
accompaniment  of  music — generally  flute,  drum,  and  tam- 
bourine— singing,  and  clapping  of  hands.  This  last,  or  some 
simple  sword  dance  by  men,  was  "the  music  and  dancing" 
heard  by  the  elder  brother  in  the  parable  of  the  Prodigal 
Son,  clearly  a  fellahheen  scene.  This,  too,  is  the  dancing  in 
our  Lord's  allusion  to  the  children  playing  in  the  market- 
place.    (Luke  xv.  25;   vii.  32.) 

Women  among  the  fellahheen  dance  among  themselves 
when  alone,  as  do  the  women  of  the  townspeople,  but  not 
in  public,  and  never,  in  any  case,  with  men.  On  a  few 
occasions  of  extraordinary  rejoicing  women  seem  to  have 
danced  in  choral  dances  in  public,  as  in  the  case  of  Miriam 
and  all  the  women  of  Israel,  who  "went  out  after  her  with 
tambourines  and  dances,"  that  is,  "tambourine  dances,"  and 
in  that  of  the  women  from  all  the  cities  of  Israel  who  came 
out  with  singing  and  dancing  and  music  "to  meet  King 
Saul"   after  David's  return  from  smiting  the  Philistines.     But 

197 


198       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

these  were  plainly  exceptional  instances  at  times  of  great  ex- 
citement after  miraculously  given  crushing  defeats  of  their 
enemies. 

The  'al'mehs,  or  dancing  girls,  are  therefore  looked 
down  upon,  and  their  calling  is  not  thought  reputable.  The 
very  fact  that  dancing  in  public  necessitates  their  appear- 
ing unveiled  before  men  is  in  itself  most  discreditable ; 
although  in  all  ordinary  cases,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  picture, 
their  dress  and  their  dance  are  far  more  modest  and  free  from 
vulgarity  than  that  of  our  'al'mehs,  or  stage  dancing  girls. 

Egypt  has  for  ages  been  celebrated  for  its  public  dancing 
girls,  the  most  famous — or,  more  truly  speaking,  infamous — of 
whom  belong  to  a  distinct  tribe  called  Ghawazee.  A  woman 
of  this  tribe  is  called  Ghazeeyeh,  and  a  man  Ghazee.  The 
Ghazeeyeh,  many  of  whom  are  extremely  handsome,  and  most 
of  them  richly  dressed,  perform  unveiled  in  public  streets, 
even  to  amuse  the  rabble.  They  play  castanets,  and  are 
accompanied  by  musicians  of  their  tribe  on  the  kemengeh, 
or  violin,  the  rabab,  a  species  of  one-stringed  violin,  the  tar, 
or  tambourine,  the  darabukkeh,  or  small  pottery  drum,  and  the 
zemr,  or  trumpet.  They  are  never  admitted  into  a  respectable 
hareem,  though  sometimes  allowed  to  perform  before  the  door 
in  the  open  courtyard  of  a  town  house.  These  women  are 
the  most  abandoned  of  the  courtesans  of  Egypt. 

Bearing  this  in  mind,  we  may  realise  how  disgraceful 
was  the  conduct  of  the  young  princess,  the  daughter  of 
Herodias,  when  she  demeaned  herself  by  appearing  at  Court 
as  a  dancing  girl  before  Herod  and  his  lords,  officers  and 
nobles,  at  a  banquet  on  his  birthday,  to  which,  it  goes  with- 
out saying,  none  but  men  would  be  invited.  This  is  an  awful 
but  truly  Eastern  story,  and  shows  how  low  a  woman  may 
stoop  to  achieve  her  cruel  ends  when  actuated  by  a  vindictive 
spirit.     (Matt.  xiv.  6-12  ;  Mark  vi.  21-29.) 

Equally  difficult  to  me,  as  a  boy,  was  Herod's  oath,  when, 


The  'Al'meh,  or  Dancing  Girl         199 

excited  by  wine,  and  carried  away  by  the  lascivious  per- 
formance— for  we  may  be  sure  that  the  young  princess  did 
her  best  to  imitate  a  Ghazeeyeh — the  king  swore,  "Whatso- 
ever thou  shalt  ask  of  me,  I  will  give  it  thee,  unto  the  half 
of  my  kingdom."  Taking  the  words  literally,  such  a  reward 
sounds  absurd  and  impossible.  But  this  expression  "unto  the 
half  of  my  kingdom,"  like  a  thousand  others  in  Holy  Scripture, 
is  not  literal  but  figurative.  It  simply  means,  "I  will  spend 
half  of  my  income"  to  get  what  you  ask;  and,  even  in  this 
form,  it  is  doubtless  an  exaggeration,  and  comes  literally  to, 
"I  will  spend  a  great  sum"  to  procure  what  you  request. 
It  will  be  remembered  that  Ahasuerus,  the  mighty  Xerxes  of 
profane  history,  on  two  occasions,  spoke  in  the  same  highly 
figurative  language  to  his  queen,  Esther,  saying,  "What  is 
thy  petition  ?  and  it  shall  be  granted  thee  :  and  what  is  thy 
request?  even  to  the  half  of  my  kingdom  it  shall  be  per- 
formed."    (Esth.  v.  6;    vii.  2.) 

To  fully  understand  the  letter  of  Holy  Scripture,  a  know- 
ledge of  the  tropes  and  figures  of  rhetoric,  and  the  figures  of 
grammar,  still  so  constantly  used  in  the  colloquial  speech  of 
Bible  lands,  is  as  necessary  ,as  a  knowledge  of  their  manners 
and  customs  and  natural  features. 

Immense  rewards  are  given  by  Oriental  sovereigns  to 
favourite  dancers.  So  unbounded  are  the  payments  thus 
made  to  these  performers  that  some  of  the  ancient  and  most 
powerful  Persian  and  Mogul  dynasties  are  said  to  have  owed 
their  declension  and  fall  to  such  extravagances.  The  vengeful 
and  artful  Herodias  was  therefore  justified  in  anticipating  that 
her  daughter's  performance  before  the  weak,  pleasure-loving, 
profligate  Herod  would  probably  procure  any  price  that  she 
might  demand. 

The  host  and  his  friends  in  our  picture  are  seen  clapping 
their  hands  in  that  rhythmic  and  continuous  manner  in  which 
dancers  are  always  encouraged  in  the  East. 


200       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

A  very  common  mode  of  female  adornment  is  shown  in 
the  way  the  'al'meh,  or  Ghazeeyeh's,  hair  is  dressed.  In  this 
fashion  the  hair  is  divided  into  numerous  small  plaits  or  braids — 
at  least  eleven,  and  sometimes  as  many  as  twenty- five,  but 
always  an  odd  number — which  are  allowed  to  hang  down  the 
back.  Into  each  of  these  braids,  or  thin  plaited  tresses  of 
hair,  three  strings  of  black  silk,  some  eighteen  inches  in 
length,  are  woven,  to  which  an  immense  number  of  small 
gold  spangles  are  fastened  at  irregular  intervals.  Sometimes 
the  silken  threads,  which  are  called  keytans,  are  attached  to  a 
lace  or  band  of  black  silk  which  is  bound  round  the  head, 
and  they  then  hang  quite  separately  from  the  plaits  of  hair. 
The  spangles  are  flat,  thin  ornaments  of  gold,  all  of  the 
same  size  and  shape,  called  bark,  and  there  are  about  twelve 
bark  to  each  string.  Their  usual  form  is  oblong,  round  at 
the  lower  end,  and  pointed  at  the  upper.  By  a  tiny  ring  at 
their  upper  extremities  these  sequin-like  spangles  are  fastened 
to  the  silken  strings,  an  inch  apart,  but  those  of  each 
string  are  carefully  arranged  so  as  not  to  correspond  with 
those  of  the  other  strings.  At  the  end  of  each  of  the  strings 
is  a  small  gold  tube  {niasoorah),  or  else  a  many-sided  gold 
bead  (habbeh),  and  beneath  this  is  suspended  by  a  tiny  ring  a 
gold  coin  about  five-eighths  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  Other 
forms  of  ending  to  the  strings  are  occasionally  used  by  rich 
women  in  the  place  of  the  gold  coins.  One  of  these  is  a 
flat  ornament  of  gold,  called,  from  its  form,  kummetre,  or 
"pear,"  and  another,  which  is  commoner,  is  called  shiftish'eh, 
and  is  composed  of  open  filagree  gold  work  with  a  pearl  in  the 
centre,  whilst  at  times  a  tiny  tassel  of  pearls  ends  the  keytan, 
or  string.  Sometimes  each  keytan  ends  alternately  with  a 
pearl  and  an  emerald.  Wealthy  women  also  in  certain  cases 
have,  throughout  the  strings,  a  pearl  attached  to  each  bark. 
As  there  are  usually  about  twelve  bark,  or  spangles,  upon 
each  string,  where    a  woman  has  twenty-five  plaits,  or    braids, 


The  'Al'meh,  or  Dancing  Girl  201 

each  of  which  has  its  three  strings,  she  will  have  hanging 
over  her  hair  900  bark,  seventy-five  rnasoorah,  or  habbeh,  and 
seventy-five  of  one  or  other  of  the  tassel-like  appendages. 

The  whole  of  this  ornament  is  called  in  Arabic  the  safa. 
The  countless  gold  spangles  almost  entirely  hide  the  hair, 
and  glitter  and  tinkle  with  every  movement  of  the  head.  It 
would  be  difficult  to  find  in  the  way  of  jewellery  a  vainer 
or  more  artificial  form  of  female  adornment.  This  assuredly 
throws  light  upon  two  otherwise  very  difficult  passages, 
namely,  the  Apostle  Paul's  words  of  exhortation,  "I  will, 
therefore,  .  .  .  that  women  adorn  themselves  with  modest 
apparel  .  .  .  not  with  braided  hair  and  gold,  or  pearls,  or 
costly  apparel  "  ;  and  those  of  the  Apostle  Peter,  where  he 
says  of  wives,  "whose  adorning  let  it  not  be  the  outward 
[adorning]  of  plaiting  the  hair  and  of  wearing  gold,  or  of 
putting  on  of  [costly]  apparel."     (1  Tim.  ii.  9  ;   1  Pet.  iii.  3.) 

There  could  be  nothing  unseemly  or  unbecoming  to  the 
character  of  a  believing  woman  in  having  her  hair  braided. 
Nor  would  it  seem  likely  that  all  wearing  of  gold  would  be 
forbidden.  Clearly  the  language  here  is  not  literal  but  figura- 
tive, the  grammatical  figure  of  hendiadys,  or,  as  the  Greek 
term  means,  "one  by  means  of  two,"  that  is,  one  subject 
expressed  as  if  it  were  two  distinct  subjects.  This  figure,  to 
put  it  quite  plainly,  occurs  where  two  nouns  in  the  same 
case  are  joined  by  the  conjunction  "and,"  one  of  which — 
generally  the  latter  of  the  two — is  to  be  understood  not  as 
a  noun  at  all,  but  as  an  adjective  qualifying  the  other.  An 
example  in  the  Old  Testament  occurs  where,  speaking  of 
Jehovah,  Moses  recounts  "  His  miracles  and  His  acts,"  which 
plainly  stands  for  "His  miraculous  acts."  So  "brimstone  and 
fire"  is  "burning  brimstone."  "Sweet  odours  and  different 
kinds"  is  "different  sweet  odours."  "Your  iniquity  and 
assembly"  is  your  "iniquitous  assembly."  "A  mouth  and 
wisdom"  is  "a  wise  mouth,"  that  is  "wise  speech."     "  Grace 


202       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

and  truth  [or  rather  'reality']"  is  "real  grace."  "Ministry 
and  apostleship  "  is  "  apostolic  ministry."  "Of  Christ  and  of 
God"  is  "of  Divine  Christ."  "Philosophy  and  vain  deceit" 
is  "vain,  deceitful  philosophy,"  and  "life  and  immortality  [or 
rather  'incorruptibility']"  is  "incorruptible  life."  These  are 
a  few  instances  out  of  very  many.  This  figure  of  hendiadys 
is  employed  in  modern  Arabic,  and  is  found  in  the  Greek 
and  Latin  classics,  and  is  of  much  more  frequent  occurrence 
in  Holy  Scripture  than  our  translators  and  commentators  seem 
to  be  aware. 

Thus  "braided  hair  and  gold"  stands  for  "gold-braided 
hair,"  or  "hair  braided  with  gold,"  that  is,  the  wearing  the 
safa. 


A  Town 
Hareem 


A  Town  Hareem 

THE  picture  gives  the  women's  apartment,  the  hareem, 
from  the  root  haram,  "sacred,"  or  "set  apart,"  the 
room  where  the  women  live  in  jealous  seclusion.  Like 
all  rooms  amongst  the  belladeen,  a  deewan,  or  raised  couch, 
runs  round  three  sides  of  it.  The  main  window  projects 
outward  like  a  closed-in  balcony,  and  the  alcove  thus  formed 
is  entirety  surrounded  by  wooden  lattice  work,  exquisitely 
hand  carved,  which  enables  the  inmates  to  get  an  imperfect 
view,  through  the  crevices,  of  what  is  passing  outside,  whilst 
nothing  can  be  seen  of  the  room  from  without.  There  is 
a  little  door  in  this,  also  made  of  elegant  lattice  work, 
about  eighteen  inches  square,  that  can  be  opened  in  case 
of  emergency.  This  is  here  shown  open,  and  two  of  the 
ladies  are  attempting  to  look  out  into  the  street. 
Thus  in  Deborah's  triumphant  ode, 

"  Through  the  window  she  looked  forth  and  cried, 
The  mother  of  Sisera  [cried]  through  the  lattice,"     (Jud.  v.  28.) 

in    her   impatience    at    her    son's    long    delay.     Thus    too    the 
Beloved,  the  Bridegroom  of  the  Song  of  Songs,  the  Bridal  Song, 

"  Looked  in  through  [or  '  from ']  the  window, 
Blooming   [that   is,   'looking   fresh'   or   'flourishing']  through 
the  lattice."     (Cant.  ii.  9.) 

Through  such  a  lattice  Ahaziah  accidentally  fell  down,  possibly 
by  its  wooden  projecting  floor  giving  way.     (2  Kings  i.  2.) 

205 


2o6       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

At  such  a  tiny  lattice  window  Jezebel,  "having  painted 
her  eyes  and  made  her  head  right,"  that  is,  seen  to  its  due 
adornment,  looked  out  and  shouted  insultingly  to  Jehu.  On 
his  looking  up  to  the  window,  and  calling  out,  "  Who  is 
with  me?  who?"  her  place  was  soon  taken  by  two  or  three 
palace  eunuchs  to  whom  he  cried,  "Let  her  go";  and  they 
threw  her  out  into  the  street  through  this  same  small  aperture, 
and  so  fulfilled  the  dread  prophecy  of  Elijah  the  Tishbite, 
"  In  the  portion  of  Jezreel  dogs  shall  eat  the  flesh  of  Jezebel." 
Shocking  and  unreal  as  this  devouring  by  dogs  sounds  to 
us,  it  is  exactly  what  would  take  place  to-day  in  any  town 
or  village  of  Palestine,  if  a  dead  body  were  left  to  lie  in 
the  street  even  for  a  short  time ;  for,  as  already  stated,  the 
wild  packs  of  pariah  dogs  that  infest  these  places  consist  of 
fierce  mongrels,  half-bred  wolves  and  jackals,  who  are  speci- 
ally kept  as  scavengers,  have  rapacious  appetites,  and  are 
generally   half-starved.    (2    Kings   ix.    30-37.) 

Clapping  the  hands  is  the  usual  way  of  calling  for  any- 
one in  the  East,  and  is  employed  universally  in  summoning 
a  servant,  just  as  we  should  ring  a  bell.  It  is  incidentally  re- 
ferred to  again  and  again  in  the  Arabian  Nights.  It  seems 
to  be  the  allusion  in  Ezekiel,  where  the  prophet  is  told,  "Clap 
[your]  hands,  and  let  a  sword  be  doubled  a  third  time,"  that 
is,  "Summon  the  Babylonians  for  a  threefold  attack  on  Israel, 
as  a  man  summons  his  servant  by  clapping  his  hands." 
(Ezek.  xxi.  14.)  In  the  case  in  our  picture,  the  elderly 
lady,  who  is  evidently  the  husband's  mother,  the  duenna 
of  the  establishment,  is  seen  clapping  her  hands  to  recall 
the  younger  woman  from  the  window,  and  check  the  gross 
impropriety  of  looking  unveiled  through  the  opening  of  the 
lattice. 

Two  young  boys  are  shown  wrestling,  for  sons  in  Oriental 
lands  have  always  been  brought  up  to  be  warriors,  and  there- 
fore   encouraged    from    their   youth    up    to   wrestle    and    fight. 


A  Town  Hareem  207 

This  has  come  about  very  naturally  in  a  land  where  adult 
males  have  always  been  called  upon  to  bear  arms ;  a  truth 
expressed  by  David  in  the  words  : — 

"  Blessed  [is]  Jehovah  my  rock,  Who  is  teaching 
My  hands  for  war,  my  fingers  for  battle."     (Ps.  cxliv.  I.) 

In  the  hareem,  as  out  of  it,  boys  are  honoured  and  girls 
despised,  and  every  thoughtful  reader  must  see  that  this  was 
very  much  the  spirit  of  the  Old  Testament.  It  is  not  "chil- 
dren," as  in  our  Authorised  and  Revised  Versions,  that  the 
psalmist — probably  in  this  case  King  Solomon — counts  a  bless- 
ing, but  "sons."     Rightly  translated  the  words  are: 

"  Lo,  sons  [baneem]  [are]  a  splendid  inheritance  ['  an  inheritance  of 
Jehovah,'  the  Hebrew  superlative], 
A  reward  is  the  fruit  of  the  womb. 
As  arrows  in  the  hand  of  a  mighty  one, 
So  [are]  the  sons  of  the  young  men. 
O  the  great  happiness  of  the  strong-man  [gebcr] 
Who  has  filled  his  quiver  with  them  ! 
They  are  not  ashamed, 
For  they  speak  with  enemies  in  the  gate."     (Ps.  cxxvii.  3-5.) 

The  most  casual  reader  of  the  Bible  must  observe  what 
a  blessing  and  honour  large  families  were  esteemed  of  old, 
especially  if  they  consisted  mainly  of  boys  ;  nor  are  they  less 
valued  in  Oriental  hareems  to  this  day.  Among  the  villagers 
every  son  was  a  valuable  hand  on  the  farm;  and,  as  the  psalmist 
says,  when  meeting  "  enemies  in  the  gate,"  whether  before 
the  judge  in  the  courts  there  held,  or  in  the  constant  border 
warfare  and  family  feuds,  a  large  number  of  stalwart  sons 
would  be  invaluable,  and  save  the  patriarchal  head  of  the 
family  from  being  put  to  shame. 

"Sons,"    they   will    tell    you    in    the    East,    "build    up    a 


208       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

house,  but  daughters  pull  it  down,"  meaning  that  the  girls 
marry  into  other  families  or  other  branches  of  the  same  family. 
Indeed,  the  word  "son  "  in  Hebrew,  bain,  comes  from  the  root 
banah,  "builded."  We  find  this  figure  of  "building"  applied 
to  having  male  children  in  the  book  of  Ruth,  where  the 
people  that  were  in  the  gate  and  the  elders,  who  were  wit- 
nesses of  the  betrothal  of  Boaz  and  the  Moabite  maiden, 
said  to  the  former,  "Jehovah  make  the  woman  that  is  come 
into  thine  house  like  Rachel  and  like  Leah,  which  two 
built  the  house  of  Israel,"  that  is,  by  bearing  to  Jacob,  either 
by  themselves  or  their  handmaids,  twelve  sons.  Of  the  "faithful 
priest,"  that  is,  "  high  priest,"  whom  God  would  raise  up  in  the 
place  of  Eli,  He  declared,  "I  will  build  him  a  sure  house," 
that  is,  a  "sure  family"  of  sons  and  male  descendants,  who 
should  carry  on  his  priestly  line.  So  Nathan  the  prophet  said 
to  King  David,  "Jehovah  will  build  thee  a  house,  and  .  .  . 
set  up  thy  seed  after  thee  that  shall  be  of  thy  sons."  The 
Most  High  promised  Jeroboam,  if  faithful,  "I  will  build 
thee  a  sure  house,  as  I  built  for  David."  (Ruth  iv.  11; 
1  Sam.  ii.  35;  2  Sam.  vii.  27;  1  Chron.  xvii.  10,  11;  1  Kings 
xi.  38). 

The  charcoal  brazier,  the  mangal,  always  of  this  pattern, 
is  used  for  obtaining  heat  in  town  houses.  It  consists  of  a 
stand  of  copper,  two  feet  high,  in  the  centre  of  the  upper 
surface  of  which  is  set  a  chafing  dish  of  the  same  metal, 
which  contains  the  fire.  "The  pan,  or  chafing  dish,  is 
first  filled  with  ashes,  upon  which  the  servant  lays  the 
charcoal  and  lights  it,  always  in  the  open  air,  whether  in 
the  court  or  the  veranda.  There  it  is  gradually  kindled  by 
the  breeze,  or  by  brisk  use  of  a  coarse  feather  fan.  It  is 
not  brought  into  the  room  until  thoroughly  lighted."  The 
houses  in  Pompeii  were  heated  in  just  this  same  way ;  and 
even  the  Roman  villas  in  England,  as  shown  by  Roman 
remains. 


A  Town  Hareem  209 

This  brazier  would  be  "the  fire  of  coals"  referred  to 
in  Scripture,  that  is,  of  "charcoal,"  the  only  coal  of  Bible 
lands,  and  this  is  always  mentioned  as  a  luxury.  "The  fire 
that  was  on  the  stove,"  burning  in  King  Jehoiakim's  "winter 
house  in  the  ninth  month"  (November,  when  wintry  weather 
begins),  on  which  he  sacrilegiously  burnt  the  roll  of  Jere- 
miah's prophecy,  would  also  be  such  a  brazier.  This  too 
would  be  the  fire  at  which  Peter  sat  with  the  servants  and 
warmed  himself,  in  the  courtyard  of  the  high  priest's  palace. 
(Jer.  xxxvi.  22,  23;  Mark  xiv.  54;  John  xviii.  18.) 

The  hottest  of  all  charcoal,  and  that  which  burns  longest, 
is  made  from  the  root  of  the  broom.  The  demand  for  this 
throughout  the  East  is  leading  to  the  extermination  of  this 
shrub,  which  formerly  abounded  in  the  deserts,  and  was  one 
of  the  largest  growths  commonly  found  there.  Hence  Elijah's 
resting  beneath  it  for  shelter  from  the  burning  sun.  In  our 
Authorised  Version  it  is  said  he  "  sat  down  under  a  juniper 
tree,"  which  is  a  low,  stunted  growth  that  could  give  him  no 
protection.  "Coals  of  juniper,"  in  the  Hebrew,  is  "  coals  [or 
'charcoal']  of  broom,"  roathetn,  the  Arabic  retem,  the  Retama 
roetham  of  the  botanists,  "the  broom  shrub."  (1  Kings  x. 
45  ;    Ps.  cxx.  4.     See  also  Job  xxx.  4.) 

This  apartment  that  is  the  women's  living  room  by 
day  is  their  bedroom  at  night.  The  beds,  thin,  small  mat- 
tresses, are  kept  in  a  closet,  the  Bible  "  bedchamber," 
by  day,  and  at  night  time  are  brought  out  and  laid  upon 
the  floor. 

As  seen  here,  needlework,  embroidery,  music,  the  care 
of  children,  and  cooking  and  confectionery  in  its  lighter  and 
more  elegant  branches,  are  the  main  employments  of  ladies 
of  the  hareem,  who  in  these  matters  are,  for  the  most  part, 
very  skilful  and  industrious.  There  is  an  embroidery,  peculiar 
to  the  East,  in  which  the  pattern  is  the  same  on  both  sides 
of  the  silk  or  cloth,  and  in  which  no  ends  or  roughness  of 
o 


210       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

any  kind    are    shown,  to   which    Sisera's  mother    is    made    to 
refer  in  Deborah's  ode  as — 

"  A  spoil  of  dyed  colours  lor  Sisera, 
A  spoil  of  dyed  colours  of  embroidery, 

Dyed  colours  of  embroidery  on  both  sides  [literally,  '  a  pair 
of  embroidered  things ']."     (Jud.  v.  30.) 

Like  all  Oriental  rooms,  the  apartment,  it  will  be  seen, 
has  little  furniture  of  any  kind,  and  there  is  a  marked  absence 
of  mere  ornaments.  The  freedom  from  unnecessary  cares,  as 
well  as  the  hygienic  advantages  of  this  feature,  are  very  great, 
and  contrast  strongly,  and,  it  must  be  admitted,  most  favour- 
ably, with  our  modern,  elaborate,  and  artificial  life.  Nothing 
of  real  refinement  or  good  taste  is  sacrificed  in  the  East  to 
this  truly  labour-saving  and  charming  simplicity. 


The  Oriental 
CaU 


The  Oriental  Cafe 

THE  cafe  of  the  Orient,  kahweh,  "coffee,"  as  it  is  called 
in  Arabic,  is  a  very  important  institution.  In  one 
corner,  on  a  raised  fireplace  of  charcoal,  the  coffee 
is  kept  simmering  in  a  coffee-pot.  This  excellent  drink 
largely  takes  the  place  of  alcohol  as  a  cardiac  and  brain 
stimulant  in  Bible  lands.  The  coffee  is  freshly  roasted  just 
before  it  is  ground,  and  in  grinding  it  a  cheerful  tune  is 
skilfully  played  by  striking  the  pestle  on  different  parts  of  the 
inside  of  the  mortar.  This  mortar  is  shown  on  the  ground 
in  the  picture  entitled  "  The  First  Look  at  the  Eastern  Bride." 
Wheat  and  chopped  meat  are  roughly  ground  for  a  national 
dish  of  the  Arabs,  called  kibbey,  in  just  such  a  mortar  ;  and 
the  wise  man  says,  "Though  thou  shouldest  bray  a  fool  in  a 
mortar  among  wheat  with  a  pestle  [that  is,  '  make  him  up 
into  kibbey'],  his  foolishness  will  not  depart  from  him'" 
(Prov.  xxvii.  22.) 

The  freshly  ground  coffee  is  prepared  by  putting  it  with 
cold  water  into  a  deep,  narrow,  copper  vessel,  called  bookraj, 
with  a  long  metal  arm,  by  which  it  is  held  over  a  hot  charcoal 
fire  till  it  boils.  It  is  then  withdrawn  for  a  minute  or  so, 
and  again  brought  to  the  boil,  and  this  process  is  repeated  a 
third  time.  This  is  the  perfect  way  of  making  coffee.  It  is 
then  poured  out,  grounds  and  all,  and  drunk  without  milk 
or  sugar.  "The  coffee-maker,  holding  in  his  left  hand  a  row 
of  tiny  handleless  cups,  placed  one  inside  the  other,  then 
pours  out  a  little  coffee  into  the  topmost,  and  rinses  it  with 
the    liquid,    which    he    then    pours    into   the    second,    and    the 

213 


214       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

others  in  turn,  rinsing  them  all  with  the  coffee  he  poured  into 
the  first  cup.  When  he  has  rinsed  the  last  cup  he  pours  its 
contents  into  the  fire,  as  a  libation  to  the  sheikh  Esh-Shaddilly, 
the  patron  of  coffee  drinkers."  The  keeper  of  a  cafe  will 
often  show  his  goodwill  by  rushing  forth  and  pouring  a  cup 
of  coffee  on  the  ground  in  a  similar  way  before  the  feet  of  a 
passing  bride,  to  propitiate  his  patron  saint,  sheikh  Esh-Shad- 
dilly, and  dispose  him  in  the  bride's  favour.  Libations  are 
frequently  spoken  of  in  the  Old  Testament  as  poured  out  in 
Jehovah's  honour.  Observe  the  touching  simile,  "Pour  out 
thy  heart  like  water  before  the  face  of  the  Lord."  (Lam. 
ii.  19.) 

The  kahweh  is  a  general  place  of  resort  for  men,  but 
women  are  excluded.  The  most  picturesque  spots  are  chosen 
for  it,  combining,  if  possible,  the  beauties  of  nature  with  the 
ever-varying  movements  of  a  busy  thoroughfare.  Hence 
there  is  always  one  near  the  principal  gate  of  a  city. 
"  Such  a  spot  is  the  paradise  of  the  Oriental,  where  he 
dreams  and  builds  castles  in  the  air,  under  the  inspiration  of 
his  favourite  coffee  and  tobacco,  enhanced  by  the  dreamy 
thrumming  of  stringed  musical  instruments  and  song."  Out- 
side, workmen  sit  waiting  to  be  hired.  Within,  merchants  meet 
to  transact  business ;  and  light  refreshments,  such  as  shorbet 
and  sweetmeats,  are  served — sometimes  even  meals. 

In  the  centre  of  the  picture  is  seen  a  singer  entertaining 
the  company.  Orientals  are  passionately  fond  of  music,  and 
the  cafejys,  cafe  keepers,  hire  both  vocal  and  instrumental 
musicians  to  attract  and  retain  their  customers.  The  vocalist 
fans  his  mouth  with  a  sheet  of  paper  or  with  the  left  hand, 
to  increase  his  breath  and  tone  power  ;  while  placing  the 
right  hand  on  the  right  cheek  and  the  thumb  upon  the 
gullet,  in  order  the  better  to  modulate  the  voice.  This  is 
seen  in  our  picture.  So  David,  "the  singer  of  Israel,"  must 
have    sung   of  old  ;    so  Moses  and  the   children  of    Israel  and 


The  Oriental  Cafe  215 

Miriam  and  her  companions;  so  Solomon's  "men  singers 
and  women  singers,"  and  so,  in  all  probability,  those  who 
were  "appointed  singers  to  Jehovah."  (Ex.  xv.  1-21;  Eccles. 
ii.  8  ;  2  Chron.  xx.  21.) 

Lyric  songs,  like  lyric  poetry,  are  practically  unknown  in 
the  East.  The  songs  are  mainly  love  songs,  war  songs,  and 
sacred  songs.  There  are  a  few  comic  songs,  but  they  are, 
for  the  most  part,  free  from  vulgarity. 

Their  musical  scale  is  radically  different  from  ours,  and 
is  most  defective.  Their  instruments  are  all  tuned  differently 
from  those  of  Europeans.  The  first,  second,  and  last  notes 
of  the  octave  are  the  same,  but  the  other  five  notes  are  de- 
fective, and  have  not  the  regular  progression  in  the  number 
of  vibrations  producing  the  note  as  ours  have.  The  perfect 
symmetrical  scale  of  our  music  was  not  introduced  until  about 
the  year  1200  a.d.,  and  was  the  invention  of  an  Italian, 
Guido  d'Arezzo.  We  in  the  West  must  always  begin  by 
tuning  our  instruments  wrongly  if  we  would  perform  Oriental 
music,  that  is,  to  be  exact,  where,  on  a  reduced  scale  of 
vibrations,  the  3rd,  4th,  5th,  6th,  and  7th  notes  in  the  East 
are  29£,  32-J,  38,  41,  43£,  vibrations  respectively,  with  us  they 
are   30,  32,  36,  40,  and  45. 

In  consequence  of  this  defect  in  harmony  in  Oriental 
music,  it  is  wholly  lacking  in  symphony  or  harmonising  parts — 
Easterns  sing  only  in  unison ;  and  the  accompaniment  to 
a  melody  consists  of  a  single  note  struck  on  a  different 
octave  by  way  of  variety.  "The  prominence  thus  given  to 
the  key-note  makes  the  air  of  still  greater  importance 
than  with  us."  They  delight  in  monotony,  and  sometimes 
repeat  the  same  bar,  or  two  or  three  bars  consecutively, 
over  and  over  again,  perhaps  thirty  times!  They  have  not 
only  semitones,  as  with  us,  but  quarter-tones,  and  trills 
upon  a  single  note  like  the  tremolo  of  an  organ  ;  and 
they  also  adopt  in  singing  "the   intonations   of    common  con- 


216       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

versation,  in  a  manner  which  utterly  baffles  our  power  of 
reproduction." 

Thus  must  have  been  the  sacred  music  arranged  by  David, 
and  afterwards  used  in  the  Temple  worship.  It  must  have 
been  the  music  of  Egypt,  Assyria,  Babylon,  Persia,  Phoenicia, 
Greece,  and  Rome ;  in  a  word,  of  all  nations  till  1200  a.d. 
It  has  been  well  said:  "The  close  resemblance  between  the 
musical  instruments  of  the  ancients  and  those  of  modern 
Orientals  seems  to  indicate  that  they  adopted  the  same  unsound 
musical  principles." 

Most  of  the  musical  instruments  are  used  mainly  to 
accompany  song,  and  it  was  the  same  in  Bible  times. 
"Praise  Jehovah  with  harp"  stands  for  'Sing  praises  with 
the  accompaniment  of  a  harp."  This  is  the  meaning  when 
David  speaks  of  "  instruments  I  made  for  praising."  Thus 
they  are  called  by  Amos  "instruments  of  song  [k'elai  s/wV]," 
and  this  appellation  is  given  them  generally.  "The  instru- 
ments of  song  of  God,"  and  "the  instruments  of  song  of 
Jehovah,"  Hebrew  superlatives  for  "  splendid  instruments  of 
song,"  appointed  by  David,  were  no  doubt  only  very  fine 
kinds  of  the  musical  instruments  we  hear  in  the  East  to-day. 
(Ps.  xxxiii.  2,  cl.  3 ;  1  Chron.  xxiii.  5  ;  Amos  v.  5 ;  1  Chron. 
xvi.  42  ;  2  Chron.  vii.  6.) 

These  musical  instruments  may  be  said  to  be  of  two 
kinds,  those  played  out  of  doors  and  those  played  in  houses. 
The  first  are  principally  used  in  military  music  and  in 
country  districts.  The  chief  of  these  are  the  zoorna,  or 
"hautboy,"  a  loud,  shrill,  trumpet-like  instrument,  and  many 
kinds  of  drums,  struck  by  a  peculiar-shaped  drumstick  on 
one  side,  whilst  in  most  cases  a  long,  thin,  tapering  rod  is 
held  touching  the  entire  length  of  the  opposite  surface.  A 
third  outdoor  instrument  is  the  bagpipe,  shown  to  the  right  of 
the  picture,  simpler  than  that  of  Scotland,  Italy,  and  Bulgaria, 
and  having  only  one  pipe.     It  is  made  of  an  entire  sheepskin 


The  Oriental  Cafe  217 

untanned,  but  divested  of  its  wool.  The  player  holds  it 
clasped  to  his  chest  in  front  of  him,  and  presses  it  towards 
him  with  both  his  arms,  whilst  blowing  into  it  with  his 
mouth.  The  nay,  or  "flute,"  is  both  an  indoor  and  outdoor 
instrument.  "  It  is  a  reed  about  eighteen  inches  long,  pierced 
throughout  evenly  with  six  holes  for  the  notes,"  made  both 
single  and  double  ;  it  is  difficult  to  play,  owing  to  the  peculiar 
way  in  which  one  has  to  blow  upon  the  sharp  edges  of  its 
mouth,  often  made  of  horn,  whilst  the  instrument  is  held 
somewhat  sideways  for  this  purpose.  The  right  hand  is  put 
nearest  the  mouth,  instead  of  the  left  hand,  as  with  us  ;  and 
this  is  the  same  with  the  zooma  and  the  bagpipe.  In 
Egyptian  sculptures  it  is  shown  played  in  just  this  way.  It 
is  the  favourite  instrument  of  the  shepherds,  who  almost  all 
play  it.  This  nay,  or  "flute,"  is  the  hhaleel  of  the  Hebrew 
Bible.  It  is  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament  as  played 
equally  at  weddings  and  funerals,  just  as  it  still  is  in  Palestine 
to-day.  (Matt.  ix.  23,  xi.  17;  Luke  vii.  32;  1  Cor.  xiv.  7; 
Rev.  xviii.  22.) 

Of  indoor  instruments  the  harp,  kinnor,  so  often  men- 
tioned in  the  Old  Testament,  is  not  played  now ;  unless  it  is 
the  Arabic  kanoon.  This  last,  probably  the  original  of  the 
harp  of  Egypt  and  the  lyre  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans, 
is  held  by  many  to  be  the  "harp"  of  the  Bible.  "The 
kanoon  is  a  box  two  inches  deep,  of  an  irregular  form,  its 
greatest  length  being  thirty-nine  inches  and  its  width  sixteen. 
Across  the  top  are  stretched  seventy-two  strings  of  catgut. 
It  has  only  twenty-four  notes,  and,  like  the  piano,  each  note 
has  three  strings,  which  are  tuned  with  a  key.  The  sounding 
board  lies  under  the  strings,  and  is  perforated,  and  covered 
with  fish  skin  where  the  bridge  rests.  The  performer  lays 
the  instrument  on  his  knees,  and  strikes  the  chords  with  the 
forefinger  of  each  hand,  to  which  is  fastened  a  plectrum  of 
horn.     Another   form    of   this    instrument,   called    santoor,  is    a 


218       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

double  kanoon,  and  comes  still  nearer  to  our  piano ;  the  strings 
are  of  wire,  and  only  double ;  they  are  struck  with  wooden 
hammers  held  in  the  hands.  When  used  in  a  procession, 
this  instrument  is  suspended  from  the  neck  by  means  of  a 
cord."  They  have  a  primitive  mouth  organ,  the  ancient 
Pan's  pipe,  consisting  of  reeds  of  different  lengths,  the  player 
passing  his  mouth  from  one  to  the  other.  This  is  the 
"organ"  of  our  Authorised  Version,  the  "pipe"  of  the 
Revised,  the  Hebrew  'uggav  or  'uggab,  and,  together  with 
the  harp,  kinnor,  was  invented  by  Cain's  descendant,  Jubal ; 
and  these,  the  one  a  stringed,  and  the  other  a  wind  musical 
instrument,  are  the  first  two  mentioned  in  the  Bible.  (Gen. 
iv.  21.    See  also  Job  xxi.  12,  xxx.  31 ;    Ps.  cl.  4.) 

There  are  several  kinds  of  violins,  all  of  which  are  called 
in  Arabic  kemenjeh,  signifying  "  bow  instrument."  The 
simplest  form  has  only  one  or  two  strings,  but  there  is  a 
kemenjeh  with  six  strings.  It  is  made  of  coco-nut  shell. 
The  strings  are  horsehair.  The  instrument  is  three  feet  long, 
and  has  a  rod  at  the  end  shod  with  iron,  upon  which  it 
rests  on  the  ground  when  being  played,  in  the  same  way  as 
the  bass  viol  or  violoncello  with  us.  This  is  the  nevel  of  the 
Hebrew  Bible,  rendered  in  our  Versions  sometimes  "viol" 
and  sometimes  "psaltery,"  and  in  the  Prayer  Book  version 
of  the  Psalms  "lute";  but  which  should  in  all  places  be 
translated  "violin."  One  with  ten  strings  is  mentioned  in  the 
Psalms,  for  "  Upon  ten  [strings],  and  upon  violin,"  is  hendiadys 
for  "Upon  a  ten   [stringed]  violin."     (Ps.  xcii.  3;   cxliv.  9.) 

Another  stringed  instrument  is  the  tamboora,  a  sort  of 
guitar,  three  feet  nine  inches  long,  with  ten  strings  of  fine 
wire  and  forty-seven  stops,  often  inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl 
and  valuable  woods.  It  is  played  with  the  fingers  protected 
by  a  plectrum.  With  three  or  six  strings  it  is  called  sada ; 
and  "it  is  the  usual  companion  and  solace  of  the  guardsman 
in  his  little  mud  hut   at   the   narrow  mountain   pass,  or  of   the 


The  Oriental  Cafe  219 

policeman  in  the  town,  who  hangs  it  up  on  the  wall  beside 
his  weapons  above  his  little  deewan."  Was  this  the  once 
mentioned  "sackbut,"  the  Hebrew  sabbeka,  which  from  the 
Greek  sambuke  we  know  to  have  been  a  stringed  instrument? 
The  guitar,  or  ood,  is  somewhat  bulky,  two  feet  long,  the 
underpart  ribbed  and  rounded  off,  instead  of  flat,  as  with  us, 
having  a  short  neck,  with  the  end  suddenly  bent  back  at  an 
angle  of  seventy-five  degrees,  holding  the  fourteen  strings, 
two  to  each  note.  u  It  is  played  by  the  fingers  with  a 
plectrum.  Its  notes  are  louder  than  those  of  an  Italian  guitar. 
A  small  kind  of  this  guitar  with  a  soft  and  silvery  note  makes 
a  favourite  and  excellent  accompaniment  to  the  voice."  The 
tamboora  and  the  ood  are  probably  correctly  called  "lute." 
Either  this  "lute,"  or  the  kanoon,  would  appear  to  be  the 
"harp"  upon  which  David  "played'  with  his  hand,  to 
soothe  Saul.     (1  Sam.  xvi.  23;  xviii.  10.) 

The  tambourine,  or  timbrel,  called  in  Arabic  tar,  is  very 
similar  to  our  modern  tambourine.  It  is  held  in  the  left  hand 
and  is  struck  by  the  fingers  of  the  right,  whilst  the  tin  pieces 
on  the  belt  attached  to  the  framework  contribute  their  jingle 
to  the  music.  It  is  probably  the  tzeltzeleem  of  the  Hebrew 
Bible  mentioned  as  played  before  Jehovah  by  David  and  all 
the  house  of  Israel,  together  with  the  harp,  violin,  drum, 
and  sistra.  Common  also  are  the  cymbals,  two  metal  plates, 
which  are  struck  together,  producing  a  sharp  clashing  sound. 
These  are  doubtless  the  metziltayeem,  of  the  Old  Testament, 
mentioned  thirteen  times  in  connection  with  sacred  music. 
The  drum,  deff,  used  in  the  East  seems  to  answer  to  the 
Hebrew  toaph,  and  probably  includes  the  tambourine  and 
drums  of  many  kinds,  some  of  them  very  large,  down  to  the 
darabukkeh,  a  small  drum  made  with  a  frame  of  pottery,  ending 
in  a  short  cylinder,  held  under  the  left  arm,  which  is  struck 
alternately  by  the  four  fingers  of  each  hand,  and  this  kind  is 
also  played  out  of  doors.     Toaph,  "drum"  or  "tambourine,"  is 


220       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

rendered  either  "  tabret  "  or  "timbrel"  in  our  Versions.  Thus 
Miriam  and  the  women,  singing  and  dancing  in  praising  God 
for  Egypt's  overthrow  in  the  Red  Sea,  played  on  the  toaph ; 
and  so  did  Jephthah's  daughter,  when  going  out  to  welcome 
her  victorious  father.     They  were  used  in  sacred  music. 

The  kanoon  or  "harp,"  the  ood  or  "guitar,"  the 
kemenjeh  or  "violin,"  the  nay  or  "flute,"  and  the  darabukkeh 
or  "pottery  drum,"  are  shown  in  the  picture. 

Sometimes,  instead  of  band  or  vocalist,  a  professional  story- 
teller becomes  the  entertainer.  These  men  often  improvise 
as  they  go  on,  and  illustrate  the  narrative  with  "inimitable 
action,  accompanying  the  description  of  every  scene  with 
peculiar  and  highly  expressive  pantomime,  an  ever-changing 
expression  of  countenance,  an  occasional  shrug  of  the  shoulders, 
a  nod  or  knowing  shake  of  the  head,  a  sudden  throwing  out 
of  the  five  fingers,  a  shaking  of  the  garment,  and  even  spitting 
and  protruding  of  the  tongue — gestures  and  signs  whose  full 
force  and  meaning  can  be  appreciated  only  by  a  native-born 
Oriental."  Doubtless,  in  Bible  times,  parables  and  stories  were 
told  more  or  less  in  this  striking  and  dramatic  manner. 

There  are  also  those  who  answer  to  the  bards  of  the  Middle 
Ages,  who  compose  and  sing  heroic  poems  and  odes,  accom- 
panying themselves  on  the  tamboora,  or  lute.  "Thus  do 
the  common  people  of  the  East  learn  history;  so  Homer  at 
once  delighted  and  instructed  the  ancient  Greeks."  The 
song  of  Moses  and  Miriam,  the  song  of  Deborah  and  Barak, 
and  Psalms  lxxviii.,  cv.,  cvi.,  cxxxv.  and  cxxxvi.,  are  instances 
of  this  bardic  and  truly  Oriental  style. 

Around  the  singer  are  shown  some  fine  Jerusalem  types, 
notably  the  aged  Jews.  Outside  is  seen  a  tame  bear,  per- 
forming for  the  amusement  of  the  people.  Large  baboons 
are  employed  for  the  same  purpose  ;  and  ancient  Egyptian  and 
Assyrian  sculptures  show  that  Eastern  crowds  were  entertained 
in  the  same  way  thousands  of   years  ago. 


Choosing  a 
Bride 


Choosing  a  Bride 

THERE  are  five  strange  facts  in  connection  with  Oriental 
courtship  and  marriage  which  need  to  be  realised  if 
we  are  to  understand  the  allusions  to  this  subject  in 
Scripture.  First,  everyone  in  the  East  is  bound  to  marry. 
It  is  held  to  be  the  duty  of  every  man  and  woman.  The 
Jews  hold  the  command  given  at  the  creation  of  man,  "Be 
fruitful  and  multiply  and  fill  the  earth,"  to  be  one  of  the 
613  precepts  of  the  Law,  which  makes  marriage  binding  upon 
all.  So  fully  is  this  duty  enforced  in  Bible  lands  that  a 
Mohammedan  nobleman  would,  if  it  were  necessary,  call  a 
beggar  out  of  the  street  to  marry  his  daughter  rather  than 
allow  her  to  lead  a  single  life.     (Gen.  i.  27,  28.) 

Secondly,  no  one  chooses  his  or  her  own  partner.  The 
woman  is  "given  in  marriage":  the  man  has  his  bride  chosen 
for  him,  and  it  is  thought  very  bad  form  for  him  to  see  the 
face  of  his  betrothed  till  after  marriage — such  are  the  great 
reverence  for  parents  and  obedience  to  authority  that  prevail 
in  the  Orient.  (Matt.  xxii.  30;  Mark  xii.  25;  Luke  xx.  35; 
1  Cor.  vii.  39.) 

Thirdly,  marriage  takes  place  among  Easterns  at  a  very 
early  age.  Girls  are  "given  in  marriage"  at  eleven  or  twelve 
years  of  age,  though  this  is  not  the  limit.  They  are  frequently 
married  as  young  as  nine  ;  and,  in  purely  Oriental  cities, 
grandmothers  of  twenty  years  old  are  to  be  found ! 

Fourthly,  first  cousins,  if  possible,  are  chosen.  In  the 
high  civilisation  of  North-Western  lands  this  last  would  be 
impossible.     Mr.    G.   H.  Darwin    has    shown,  in  a  paper  read 

223 


224       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

before  the  Statistical  Society  on  this  subject,  that  wherever  here 
in  England  this  takes  place  for  five  generations  running,  in 
our  highly  artificial  ordinary  town  life,  the  result  in  every 
case  is  disastrous — though  he  says  in  the  North,  in  the  rough, 
primitive  fisher  villagers  and  amongst  the  farm  labourers  of 
the  backward  districts,  it  takes  place  with  "comparative 
impunity."  But  throughout  the  East  it  has  been  going  on 
for  thousands  of  years,  and  hundreds  of  generations,  and  the 
people  are  mentally  and  physically  as  fit  as  the  Japanese — 
and  more  than  this  it  would  be  difficult  to  say. 

Fifthly,  a  man  always  has  to  buy  his  wife  in  Bible  lands. 
It  is  true  he  has  to  do  this  sometimes  in  certain  classes  of 
life  in  the  North- West,  but  with  us  it  is  done  sub  rosa,  and 
never  as  a  matter  of  public  negotiation!  But  there,  in  all 
classes  alike,  and  more  particularly  among  the  poor,  it  is 
done  openly  and  on  all  occasions ;  and  I  am  very  glad  in 
the  East  that  it  is  so,  for  a  reason  to  be  given  later  on. 

Thus  we  understand  the  true  fate  of  Jephthah's  daughter, 
brought  upon  her  by  her  father's  rash  vow.  She  was  not, 
as  it  has  been  constantly  supposed,  slain  as  an  offering  to 
Jehovah,  for  human  sacrifices  were  specially  forbidden,  and 
it  would  have  been  death  to  have  offered  to  Jehovah  any 
sacrifice  not  sanctioned  by  the  law  of  Moses.  What  hap- 
pened was  the  setting  apart  of  this  young  girl  to  lead  a 
celibate  life,  a  terrible  punishment  and  disgrace,  for  she  was 
probably  the  only  unmarried  girl  in  those  parts.  In  view  of 
this,  she  asked  for  two  months  "to  bewail  her  virginity,"  in 
company  with  her  young  female  companions  ;  and  at  the 
end  of  this  period,  we  read,  "  her  father  did  with  her  according 
to  his  vow,  which  he  had  vowed,  and  she  knew  no  man." 
When  "the  daughters  of  Israel  went  yearly  to  lament  [or 
'praise']  the  daughter  of  Jephthah  "  for  four  days,  it  was  not 
to  weep  at  her  grave  or  celebrate  her  memory,  but  to  console 
and  sympathise  with  her  during  her  lifetime.     (Jud.  xi.  34-40.) 


Choosing  a  Bride 


ZZ3 


It    follows    that   there    is    not,    and    never    has    been,    any 
courting  in  the  East,  as  with  us  in  the  West.     The  marriages 
are  arranged  mostly  by  the  women  of  the  family,  and  a  man's 
wife  is  chosen  generally  by  his  mother  and  his  aunts.     Much 
care  is  taken  in  the  selection,   far  more  than  most  young  men 
amongst   us    exercise    on    their    own    behalf,    and    mesalliances 
are  thus   avoided.     It   is  true  that  the   young  people   are    not, 
and   cannot  be,   in  love  with   one  another  under   this    system. 
But  in   the   East   this   is   not   held  to  be  necessary,  as  they  say, 
'Love    comes    after    marriage,    not    before";     and   even    with 
us   it  is  true   that,  in  the  case  of  every  really  happy  and    suc- 
cessful marriage,   the  highest,    holiest,    purest    love,    love    built 
on    full    knowledge  and    experience  one  of   the    other,    comes 
after  marriage  in  a  way  it  could  not  come  before.     Adam  and 
Eve  were  not    less    blessed    because  they   were  not  concerned 
in    choosing    each    other.     As    a    matter  of    fact,   marriages    in 
the    Orient    turn    out,    for    the    most    part,    just    as    happily   as 
they    do    with    us  ;     and    it    is   certain   that    in    Old    Testament 
times    they   were    arranged    as    now,    and    this    explains    why 
divorce   was    allowed    in   the    case    of   incompatibility.     It   was 
a   natural  and  necessary  corrective  in  a  state   of    society  where 
marriage  was  made  without  previous  acquaintance  and  personal 
choice ;    and    in    those    days    infidelity   was    not    a    ground    for 
divorce,    but    a    crime    punished    by    death.       (Deut.    xxiv.    1, 
xxii.  22 ;   Lev.  xx.  10  ;  John  viii.  5.) 

When  the  female  relatives  have  made  their  choice  of  a 
bride,  they  pay  a  morning  call  at  her  parents'  house,  and  the 
object  of  their  visit  is,  according  to  the  usual  formula  of  the 
East,  announced  by  their  asking  for  "a  glass  of  water  at  the 
hands  of  the  daughter  of  the  house,"  the  eldest,  unmarried 
daughter.  These  morning  calls  are  elaborate  affairs,  and  the 
daughter  herself,  hastily  dressed  for  the  occasion  to  look  her 
best,  comes  in  and  waits.  This,  in  belladeen  life,  is  the 
scene    of     our    picture.       First    shorbet    is    served   of    lemon, 


226       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

orange,  or  mulberry  syrups,  highly  perfumed  with  trebly  dis- 
tilled orange  or  rose  water,  brought  round  in  tumblers.  Then, 
after  an  interval,  sweetmeats  are  served,  generally  a  very  de- 
licious and  wholesome  conserve  of  violet  or  rose  petals.  Next, 
after  another  wait,  comes  a  third  course,  liqueurs,  served  as 
with  us  in  liqueur  glasses.  In  Mohammedan  houses  this  course 
is  omitted.  Finally,  after  another  interval,  coffee  is  served, 
coffee  very  perfectly  made  from  berries  roasted  and  ground 
for  the  occasion,  without  milk  or  sugar,  in  tiny,  handleless 
cups  placed  in  eggcup-like  stands. 

Then,  when  "the  daughter  of  the  house"  has  retired, 
a  proposal  is  made  for  her  and  her  price  discussed,  which, 
if  she  is  comely  and  well  born,  often  runs  high.  It  is  deeply 
interesting  to  note  that,  according  to  this  invariable  Eastern 
custom,  Christ  is  said  to  have  bought  His  bride,  the  Church, 
"the  Bride,  the  Lamb's  wife."  But  at  what  a  price— for  we 
read  that  "He  loved  the  Church,  and  gave  Himself  for  it," 
"the  Church  of  God  [or  'of  the  Lord'],  which  He  has 
purchased  with  His  own  blood."  (Rev.  xxi.  9;  Eph.  v.  25; 
Acts  xx.  28;    Gal.  ii.  20.) 


A  Village  Bride's 
Procession 


A  Village  Bride's  Procession 

THE  scene  of  our  picture  is  the  taking  about  in  procession 
of  a  bride  amongst  the  fellahheen  during  the  wedding 
festivities.  The  girl  is  mounted  on  a  camel  and  decked 
with  orange  blossom.  With  her  is  being  carried  a  box, 
painted  in  gaudy  colours,  containing  her  simple  trousseau, 
and  also  the  primitive  wooden  cradle  of  the  East,  always  in 
evidence  on  such  occasions.  Those  who  are  leading  her  about 
are  rejoicing  in  true  Oriental  fashion,  firing  off  their  old 
matchlocks,  dancing,  clapping  their  hands,  and  uttering  the 
shrill,  ear-piercing  olooleh,  tahleel,  woolwel,  ziraleet,  or  zughareet 
— it  bears  all  five  names — the  ululo  of  the  Romans,  the  ullaloo 
cry  of  the  Irish  wake,  the  prolonged  shriek  of  excitement  to 
be  heard  alike  on  occasions  of  distress  or  joy.  It  is  made  by 
rapid  vibrations  of  the  tongue  against  the  palate,  aided  by  a 
movement  of  the  four  fingers  of  the  right  hand  upon  the 
mouth.  It  is  called  by  the  Arabs  olooleh,  because  this  piercing 
cry  sounds  like  olooleh,  or  lill,  lilt,  constantly  and  quickly  re- 
peated. Though  frequently  used  on  joyful  occasions,  and  as 
an  Arab  battle-cry,  it  is  more  often  associated  with  lamentation 
and  woe.  Thus  James  cries,  "  Come  now,  you  rich,  weep  and 
utter-the-cry-of-o/oo/^  [olohtzontes] "  ;  and  Mark  tells  us,  when 
the  ruler  of  the  synagogue's  daughter  died,  those  in  the  house 
were  "weeping  and  uttering  -the  -cry-  of  -olooleh  [alalazontes , 
evidently  a  form  of  ololuzontes]."  This  tahleel  or  woolwel,  the 
same  as  the  Hebrew  verb  yalyal,  a  structure  of  the  verb 
yalal,  uniformly  rendered  "howl"  in  all  the  twenty-nine  places 
where  it  occurs  in  our  Authorised  Version,   is  literally  "  utter- 

229 


2^0 


Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 


the-cry-oi-olooleh."     Our  English  word  "yell"  comes  from  this 
Hebrew  root  yalal.     (Jas.  v.   1  ;   Mark  v.   38.) 

The  price  of  a  village  bride  in  my  time  in  Palestine  was 
from  .£20  to  ,£60.  In  the  time  of  Moses,  this  sum,  called 
"the  purchase  money  [mohar]  of  virgins,"  appears  to  have  been 
reckoned  for  general  purposes  at  "fifty  [shekels]  of  silver," 
probably  about  ,£10.  "  Shechem,  the  son  of  Hamor  the  Hivite, 
the  prince  of  the  land,"  in  asking  that  Dinah  should  be  given 
him  as  a  wife,  said,  "Multiply  upon  me  exceedingly  purchase- 
money  [mohar]  and  gift,  and  I  will  give  according  as  ye 
shall  say."  Boaz  said  to  the  elders  and  all  the  people  of 
Bethlehem,  "Ye  are  witnesses  this  day  .  .  .  that  I  have 
bought  Ruth  the  Moabitess,  the  wife  [formerly]  of  Mahlon, 
for  myself  for  a  wTife."  Jacob's  predicament  arose  from  his 
having  no  money  to  buy  a  bride  ;  and  so  his  covetous  uncle 
Laban  forced  him  to  pay  a  very  high  price  in  labour,  seven 
years'  toil,  probably  worth  in  wages,  at  4s.  a  week  [the  denarius 
a  day  of  the  New  Testament],  about  £73.  By  his  being 
cheated,  and  made  to  serve  another  seven  years  for  her, 
the  price  was  brought  up  to  £146 !  Caleb  said  he  would  give 
his  daughter  Achsah  to  the  man  who  took  Debir,  formerly 
Kirjath-sepher ;  and  his  nephew  Othniel  paid  in  this  way 
for  his  bride.  Thus,  too,  King  Saul  sent  David  word  that 
he  did  not  ask  a  money  payment  for  the  hand  of  his 
daughter  Michal,  but  the  lives  of  a  hundred  men  of  the 
Philistines ;  and  David  paid  by  sending  his  royal  father-in-law 
evidence  that  he  had  slain  200.  Saul  had  already  promised 
to  give  his  daughter,  that  was  his  eldest  daughter  Merab,  for 
the  service  of  the  slaughter  of  Goliath,  but  had  been  false  to 
his  word. 

I  have  said  I  am  so  glad  that  a  man  has  to  buy  his  wife 
in  the  East,  for  otherwise  I  do  not  know  what  would  become 
of  the  poor  despised  girls,  for  woman  there  occupies  a  sadly 
humiliated  position,  and    to    a   large  extent    this  was   the  same 


A  Village  Bride's  Procession         231 

in  Old  Testament  times.  Few  people  would  care  to  tell  an 
Oriental  father  in  public  that  a  daughter  was  born  to  him. 
Miss  Rogers  says  that  at  her  brother  the  English  consul's 
house  at  Haiffa,  she  was  playing  a  game  of  chess  with  a 
Mohammedan  efjcndi,  or  nobleman,  when  one  of  his  black 
slaves  came  in  and  announced,  "A  son  is  born  to  you,  my 
lord."  Imagine  Miss  Rogers'  astonishment  when,  on  calling 
to  congratulate  the  young  wife  on  the  great  event,  the  birth 
of  a  first-born  son,  she  found  the  lady  in  tears,  because  the 
child  was  a  daughter  ;  the  slave  having  been  ashamed,  both 
on  his  own  account  and  his  lord's,  to  tell  publicly  of  any- 
thing so  humiliating  as  the  birth  of  a  girl  !  Girls  in  the  East 
from  their  earliest  years  well  know  this,  and  if  one  of  them 
wants  to  express  how  trifling  something  is  she  will  say,  "  It 
is  as  small  as  the  rejoicing  the  day  I  was  born  !  '  If  you 
ask  a  bedaween  sheikh  how  many  children  he  has,  you  may 
hear  him  reply,  "The  Lord  hath  given  to  thy  servant  six 
children,"  that  is,  giving  the  number  of  his  sons  only,  wholly 
ignoring  the  existence  of  his  five  daughters  !  A  man  will  say 
to  a  doctor,  "Sir,  I  have  a  sick  man  at  my  house;  please 
come  and  see  him"  ;  and  the  experienced  medical  man  replies, 
'  Yes,  I  will  come  and  see  her"  for  he  knows  it  is  his 
wife  whom  he  has  been  ashamed  to  mention  ! 

Whereas  it  is  a  compliment  in  the  North- West  to  ask  a 
man  after  the  health  of  his  wife,  it  is  thought  a  grave  insult 
to  do  so  in  the  East.  There  are  a  number  of  things  that 
must  never  be  mentioned  among  Orientals  without  an  apology, 
which  takes  the  form  of  saying,  " Ajalak"  "May  you  be 
exalted,"  or  "  Ajalak  shanak  Allah"  "May  God  exalt  you 
[above  this  vile  subject]."  A  dog,  a  pig,  a  donkey,  or  a 
slipper,  come  under  this  category,  and  so  does  a  man's  wife  ! 
A  nobleman,  mentioning  his  equally  nobly  born  spouse,  would 
feel  bound  to  apologise  for  doing  so  by  adding  "Ajalak." 
But  the  despised    girls  are  worth  a  good    sum  to  their  father, 


232        Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

in  the  way  of  purchase  money  from  prospective  sons-in-law ; 
and  many  a  man  is  set  up  in  business  in  the  East  by  a 
money-lender  on  the  security  of  the  "purchase  money  of 
virgins"  he  will  receive  for  half  a  dozen  daughters.  Thus  the 
humiliation  and  affliction  of  having  a  family  of  girls  is  made 
tolerable  ! 

How  much  women  owe  to  Christ,  Who,  by  giving  them 
equal  spiritual  privileges  with  men,  which  were  denied  them 
under  the  law  of  Moses,  has  raised  them  from  their  former 
degradation!  Women,  with  their  quick  intuition,  soon  realised 
the  glorious  truth  that  the  Lord  Jesus  had  come  to  save  and 
uplift  the  poor,  the  despised,  the  oppressed,  the  down-trodden, 
and  therefore  to  raise  their  sex.  So  we  read  of  this  Great 
Prophet,  that  "women  were  ministering  to  Him,"  not  only 
personally,  but  also  "of  their  property."  Well  they  might, 
and  the  only  wonder  is  that  any  woman  can  be  aware  that 
she  owes  her  present  happy  and  honourable  social  position 
entirely  to  the  Saviour,  and  not  hasten  to  minister  to  Him 
now,  as  her  sisters  of  old  ministered  to  Him  in  Palestine. 


A  Bridal  Procession 
in  a  Town 


A  Bridal  Procession  in  a  Town 

^LTHOUGH  the  marriage  itself  in  Bible  lands  is,  and 
J~^  always  has  been,  the  simplest  of  all  ceremonies,  con- 
sisting merely  of  the  receiving  of  the  bride  into  the 
bridegroom's  house,  being  an  acknowledgment  before  wit- 
nesses that  he  takes  her  as  his  wife— which  survives  to  this 
day  in  our  similar  form  of  Scotch  marriage— yet  the  proces- 
sions and  entertainments  carried  on  in  connection  with  it  are 
most  elaborate. 

We  learn  from  Samson's  wedding  that  a  week  was  the 
usual  period  during  which  the  festivities  lasted,  for  the  time 
he  gave  them  to  guess  his  riddle  was  "within  the  seven  days 
of  the  feast."  (Jud.  xiv.  12.)  With  this  very  interesting 
incident  agrees  the  saying  of  the  Jewish  rabbis,  probably  1,400 
years  later,  who  speak  of  the  seven  days  of  the  marriage 
festival  as  emblematic  of  the  7,000  years  during  which  they 
taught  the  world  would  last. 

These  rejoicings  still  continue  for  at  least  seven  days, 
and  sometimes  extend  to  a  fortnight.  Many  families  are 
ruined,  and  come  into  the  power  of  unscrupulous  money- 
lenders, owing  to  the  cost  of  these  entertainments.  Open 
house  is  kept,  and  passers-by,  as  well  as  friends  and  neigh- 
bours, are  invited. 

It  is  this  large  and  lavish  hospitality  that  explains  the 
great  quantity  of  wine  miraculously  supplied  by  our  Lord  at 
the  wedding  feast  at  Cana  of  Galilee,  probably  some  135 
gallons. 

That  this  was  fermented  wine  is  certain,  for  we  read  that 

235 


236       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

the  experienced  "governor  of  the  feast,"  after  tasting  it,  called 
it  "the  good  wine,"  which  is  usually  only  supplied  at  the 
commencement  of  a  banquet.  Bat  it  should  be  borne  in 
mind  that  the  best  wine  in  Palestine  is  the  pure  fermented 
juice  of  the  grape  quite  unfortified,  and  is  not  stronger  than 
an  ordinary  claret,  that  is,  has  only  about  fourteen  per  cent, 
of  alcohol;  and  also  that  all  wine  throughout  the  East,  when 
drunk,  is  mixed  with  about  half  its  bulk  of  water,  which 
reduces  it  to  a  strength  but  little  above  that  of  some  tem- 
perance drinks. 

When  we  remember  the  crowds  that,  day  after  day,  some- 
times for  a  fortnight,  attend  a  marriage,  it  will  be  seen  that 
this  bounteous  provision  of  wine  would  not  tend  in  any  way 
to  excessive   drinking  or  intoxication. 

The  wine  made  throughout  the  East  to-day  is  alcoholic, 
and  so  must  the  wines  of  the  Bible  have  been,  as  we  learn 
from  so  many  allusions  by  the  prophets  and  others  to  their 
effects. 

In  our  picture  the  young  bride  is  seen  led  about  in  a 
procession,  called  by  the  Arabs  a  zeffeh,  accompanied  and 
supported  by  female  companions.  Over  her  head  a  silk 
canopy  is  borne,  held  aloft  by  four  poles  carried  by  men. 
This  appears  to  be  the  allusion  in  the  Bridal  Song,  the  Song 
of  Songs,  when  the  bride  says — 

"  He  brought  me  to  the  house  of  wine, 
And  his  banner  over  me  was  love."     (Cant.  ii.  4.) 

In  front  of  the  procession  is  seen  the  usual  native  jester, 
half  naked,  dancing  backward  with  all  manner  of  antics,  who 
sometimes  plays  cymbals,  sometimes  waves  about  a  drawn 
sword,  but  always  appears  in  a  dishevelled,  almost  indecent, 
state,  and  makes  himself  utterly  ridiculous.  The  more  outrS 
and  absurd  his  conduct,  the  more  he  is  supposed  to  do 
homage  to  the  bride. 


A  Bridal  Procession  in  a  Town        237 

This  character,  generally  a  common  man,  is  always  in 
evidence  at  all  kinds  of  rejoicing  street  zeffehs,  thus,  by  his 
own  humiliation,  doing  honour  to  whomsoever  or  whatsoever  is 
being  celebrated  by  a  public  procession.  I  have  already 
alluded  to  the  custom  in  the  chapter,  "Sanctuary,"  where,  it 
will  be  remembered,  a  man  of  this  character  does  honour  to 
the  one  whose  life  has  been  saved. 

This  explains  no  doubt  what  David  did,  when  he  brought 
up  the  ark  of  God  from  the  house  of  Obed-edom  to  Jeru- 
salem, "into  the  city  of  David  with  joy."  We  read  that  in 
the  procession  on  this  occasion  David  took  the  position 
generally  occupied  by  one  of  the  poorest  of  the  people,  and 
"danced  before  Jehovah  [that  is,  'before  the  ark  which 
symbolised  Jehovah's  presence  ']  with  all  [his]  might,"  clad 
only  in  a  linen  shirt,  that  is,  in  the  undress  of  a  working 
man. 

Well  might  his  worldly  minded  royal  consort  Michal, 
the  daughter  of  Saul,  have  been  shocked  when  "she  looked 
through  the  window,  and  saw  King  David  leaping  and  dancing 
before  Jehovah,  and  she  despised  him  in  her  heart."  Very 
natural  was  her  sarcastic  greeting  when  she  came  out  to  meet 
him,  "How  glorious  was  the  king  of  Israel  to-day,  who  was 
uncovered  to-day  in  the  eyes  of  the  female  slaves  of  his 
servants,  as  one  of  the  vain  fellows  is  quite  uncovered." 
David's  earnest  reply,  "  [It  was]  before  Jehovah,  Who  chose 
me  ...  to  appoint  me  prince  over  the  people  of  Jehovah, 
over  Israel :  therefore  I  will  play  before  Jehovah.  And 
I  will  be  yet  more  vile  than  this,  and  be  base  in  my  own 
sight,"  tells  of  the  love  which  prompted  an  action  that  the 
world  would  count  most  shameful,  but  just  in  that  degree, 
according  to  Oriental  ideas,  ascribed  highest  honour  and  glory 
to  God. 

Truly  the  pious  zeal  of  David,  and  the  open  expression 
of  his  devout  thankfulness  to  Jehovah,  in  the  presence  of  the 


238       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

crowds  in  the  street,  had  never  taken  a  lowlier  expression 
than  this.  How  well  those  who  know  the  East,  and  have 
again  and  again  witnessed  the  extraordinary  scene,  can  realise 
the  depth  of  David's  humiliation  and  the  honour  he  thus  paid 
to  his  Divine  benefactor! 


"A  Bride  Adorned 
for  her  Husband  " 


"A  Bride  Adorned  for  her  Husband" 

AS  we  have  already  shown,  a  man  must  not  see  the  face 
L  of  his  fiancee  till  after  they  are  married.  Hence  it  is 
thought  of  the  utmost  importance  that,  at  the  eventful 
moment,  on  their  wedding  night,  when  he  lifts  her  veil, 
to  take  his  first  look,  the  impression  should  be  a  favourable 
one.  To  this  end,  the  greatest  care  is  taken  in  arraying  the 
bride  on  the  day  of  her  marriage.  Her  dress,  in  the  case 
of  the  belladeen,  or  townspeople,  is  of  the  richest  material, 
and  of  the  most  brilliant,  pure  colours.  Her  nails,  hands, 
arms,  breasts,  and  feet  are  stained  with  paste  of  henna, 
yellowish-red  or  deep  orange,  in  elegant  lace -like  patterns. 
Her  cheeks  and  lips  are  painted  red;  her  eyebrows  pencilled 
so  as  to  appear  to  meet— for  beetle  brows  are  thought  beau- 
tiful in  the  East  in  the  case  both  of  men  and  women.  Her 
eyes  are  tinted  black  between  the  lids  by  a  powder  of  smoke 
black,  usually  produced  by  burning  a  coarse  species  of  frank- 
incense or  the  shells  of  almonds,  so  as  to  make  them  appear 
larger  and  brighter;  and  the  skin  of  her  face,  by  a  peculiar  pro- 
cess, is  made  smooth  and  shining  as  a  piece  of  polished  marble  ! 
Thus  Jezebel,  when  she  looked  out  of  the  lattice,  "put  her  eyes 
in  paint";  thus  Jerusalem  and  Samaria,  imaged  as  vain,  wicked 
women,  are  represented  as  having  "painted  their  eyes"  to 
captivate  their  lovers;  and  the  daughter  of  Zion  is  reproached 
with  the  words,  "Thou  tearest  thine  eyes  with  painting."  (Ps. 
cxliv.  12;  2  Kings  ix.  30;  Ezek.  xxiii.  10;  Jer.  iv.  30.) 

Orientals    are    celebrated    for    their   love    of    display   and 
magnificence,  but   a  bride's    dress   is   often  rich  and  gorgeous 

Q  241 


242       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

beyond  expression.  It  should  be  six  yards  to  the  end  of  the 
train,  and  the  sleeves  should  sweep  the  floor.  It  is  not  only 
embroidered  with  coloured  silks,  heavy  gold  and  silver  thread, 
and  glittering  spangles,  but  among  the  rich,  diamonds,  pearls, 
rubies,  emeralds,  and  other  precious  stones,  in  clusters  and 
bouquets,  are  placed  upon  it,  and  the  buttons  are  diamond 
solitaires.  In  the  case  of  the  daughter  of  a  banker  or  wealthy 
grandee,  such  a  wedding  gown  will  sometimes  cost  ,£70,000. 
To  the  Eastern  imagination  no  illustration  of  beauty  and 
splendour  can  be  greater  than  that  of  Isaiah,  when  he  cries : — 

"  He  clothed  me  with  garments  of  salvation,  .  .  . 
As  a  bride  putteth  on  her  jewels."     (Isa.  lxi.  10.) 

Well  may  Jeremiah  ask, 

"  Can  a  maid  forget  her  ornaments, 
A  bride  her  attire  ?  "     (Jer.  ii.  32.) 

By  the  synonymous  parallelism  of  Hebrew  poetry  the  "maid" 
of  the  first  line  here  is  the  "bride"  of  the  second;  for  maids 
before  their  marriage  wear,  according  to  Eastern  etiquette,  but 
few  and  inconspicuous  ornaments.  The  full  meaning  requires 
the  filling  of  two  ellipses,  and  is : — 

"  Can  a  maid  forget  her  ornaments  [worn  on  her  wedding-day]  ? 
Can  a  bride  [forget]  her  attire  ?  " 

At  the  closing  scene  of  glory  in  the  Revelation  we 
read,  of  "the  bride  of  the  Lamb,"  that  "John  saw  the 
holy  city,  New  Jerusalem,  coming  down  from  God  out  of 
heaven,  made  ready  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  husband," 
for  this  abode  of  the  blessed  shone  a  mass  of  jewels  and  gold. 
(Rev.  xxi.  2,  9-21.) 

The  bride  in  the  Scriptural  Bridal  Song  cries,  according 
to  our  Versions, 

"  Comfort  me  with  apples, 
For  I  am  sick  of  love."     (Cant.  ii.  5.) 


"A  Bride  Adorned  for  her  Husband"  243 

All  attempts  of  commentators  have  hitherto  failed  to 
explain  these  words,  or  to  identify  this  apple,  the  tappooahh, 
of  the  Old  Testament,  which  is  mentioned  seven  times.  Yet 
no  tree  in  the  Bible  is  indicated  by  more  certain  marks.  Its 
fruit  is  spoken  of  as 

"Golden   tappoohheem  in  network   [or  ' frame']  of  silver," 
(Prov.  xxv.  1 1 ) 

that  is,  a  fruit  of  golden  colour  with  a  surround  of  silvery 
white  blossom;  for  it  occurs  in  a  proverb  setting  forth  the 
excellency  of  flowery,  courteous  speech,  so  prized  in  the 
Orient— gracious  matter  in  a  gracious  manner.  It  had  a  rich 
perfume,  one  powerful  enough  to  be  precious  in  Bible  lands, 
the  very  home  of  strong  perfumes: — 

"  The  fragrance  of  thy  nose  is  like  the  tappoohheem!'     (Cant.  vii.  8.) 

It  also  affords  a  delightful  shade,  which,  under  the  burning 
Syrian  sky,  requires  not  only  an  umbrageous  tree,  with  thick, 
leathery  leaves,  but  one  that  is  evergreen  for,  of  her  beloved, 
who  is 

"  Like  a  tappooahh  among  the  trees  of  the  ya'ar," 

the  Arabic  wa'ar,  the  dry,  stunted,  fruitless  growth  of  the 
rocky  Palestine  uplands,  the  bride  says, 

"I  sit  down  under  his  shadow  with  eager  desire." 

She  adds  immediately: 

"And  his  fruit  is  sweet  to  my  taste,"     (Cant.  ii.  3.) 

and  in  Syria  fruit  must  be  juicy,  thirst-quenching,  and  safe  to 
eat  in  large  quantities,  to  answer  this  requirement. 

Now  these  five  marks  meet  in  the  orange,  and  in  that 
tree  alone,  and  each  in  the  highest  degree.  It  flourishes  in 
Palestine,    and— though   all   the    botanists   have  doubted  this— I 


244       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

have  shown  elsewhere  it  must  have  been  there  in  Bible  times.1 
It  is  in  full  bearing  at  about  a  hundred  years  of  age,  and 
will  then  produce  as  many  as  twenty-five  thousand  oranges  in 
one  season ;  but  it  is  such  a  veritable  tree  of  life  that  the 
last  of  these  fruits  may  be  seen  surrounded  by  silvery  white 
highly  perfumed  blossom!  It  is  evergreen,  and  affords  a 
glorious  shade  from  the  sun,  and  the  fruit  is  a  most  valuable 
febrifuge ;  but  especially  so  in  those  sultry  climes,  like  Syria, 
where  it  flourishes,  and  goes  on  bearing  for  eight  or  nine 
hundred  years. 

The  person  of  an  Eastern  bride,  both  on  brow  and  body, 
is  adorned  with  its  richly  fragrant  flowers.  The  "apple,"  tap- 
pooahh,  "the  breathing,  or  perfumed,  tree,"  as  this  Hebrew 
word  means,  is  certainly  the  orange;  and  it  is  just  as  certain 
that  the  Hebrew  word  raphad,  rendered  "  comfort  '  in 
Cant.  ii.  5,  in  the  only  two  other  places  where  it  occurs 
requires  the  rendering  "strew,"  or  "spread,"  and  this  is 
clearly  its  meaning  here.     The  true  translation  is — 

"  Strew  me  with  orange, 
For  I  am  faint  with  love," 

for  in  these  hot,  dry  regions  strong  perfumes  are  reviving 
and  strengthening  in  a  high  degree.  Just  as  the  fainting, 
sensitive  maiden  with  us  would  call  for  a  bottle  of  smelling 
salts  to  revive  her,  so  the  bride  in  the  Song,  overcome  with 
emotion,  calls  for  the  pungent,  powerful  perfume  of  the 
living  orange  flower  for  the  same  purpose.  It  is  deeply 
interesting  to  discover  that  we  have  here  in  the  Bible,  in  the 
Bridal  Song,  the  origin  of  the  wreath  of  orange  blossom  em- 
ployed to  this  day  as  part  of  the  "ornaments  of  a  bride,  and 
the  reason  for  its  adoption. 

In   our  picture  a  black  slave  is  seen  helping  to  array  her 

1  For  full  proof  that  the  "apple"  of  the  Old  Testament,  the  tappooahh,  must  be  the 
orange  see  the  author's  Palestine  Explored,  13th  edition,  pp.  181-20S. 


"A  Bride  Adorned  for  her  Husband"  245 

young  mistress,  and  herself  adorned,  as  also  is  one  of  the 
bride's  companions,  with  that  favourite  female  article  of 
jewellery  in  the  East,  "  a  nose-ring."  It  is  usually  a  thin 
ring,  about  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter  with  an  opening, 
at  one  end  of  which  reposes  a  jewel.  When,  by  means  of 
the  aperture,  the  ring  is  passed  through  a  hole  bored  in  the 
cartilage  of  the  nostril,  this  jewel  lies  out  upon  the  cheek. 

Isaiah,  amongst  the  elaborate  ornaments  of  the  vain 
"daughters  of  Zion,"  enumerates  "nose-rings,"  and  Ezekiel, 
representing  the  Most   High  adorning  Jerusalem,  says : 

"I  give  a  ring  for  thy  nose."     (Ezek.  xvi.  12.) 

There  are  no  bedrooms  in  the  East,  people,  even  of 
wealth  and  refinement,  sleeping  by  night  in  the  room  in 
which  they  live  by  day.  The  only  exceptions  to  this  are 
found  in  the  palaces  of  princes,  or  the  town  mansions  of  the 
very  great  or  very  wealthy.  The  "bed-chamber,"  or  as  it 
is  in  the  Hebrew,  "the  chamber  of  lying-down-to-sleep,"  is 
mentioned  three  times  in  the  Old  Testament  in  the  case  of 
kings,  Pharaoh,  Ishbosheth,  and  the  king  of  Syria.  (Ex.  viii.  3; 
2  Sam.  iv.  7  ;  2  Kings  vi.   12.) 

Where  it  says  in  Ecclesiastes, 

"  In  thy  bed-chamber  revile  not  the  rich,"      (Eccles.  x.  20.) 

in  all  probability  "the  chamber  of  lying  down  to  sleep"  here 
stands  for  the  cupboard  or  closet  in  the  wall  of  the  one  living- 
room,  which  serves  alike  as  drawing-room,  dining-room,  and 
bedroom,  where  the  rolled-up  beds  are  kept  by  day,  as  shown 
in  our  picture.  Where  we  read  that  Josheba,  the  sister  of 
King  Ahaziah,  and  wife  of  the  high  priest  Jehoida,  hid  her 
royal  baby  nephew  and  his  nurse  "  in  a  bed-chamber,"  the 
Hebrew  is  "a  chamber  of  beds,"  and  certainly  refers  to  a 
large  bed-closet  in  the  high  priest's  palace,  where  they  were 
concealed  behind  a  screen  of  unused  beds.    (2  Kings  xi.  2.) 


246       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

In  all  ordinary  town  houses  and  among  the  well-to-do 
villagers  the  bed  is  a  thin  mattress,  stuffed  with  cotton  or 
wool,  about  six  feet  long  and  three  feet  wide,  generally  laid, 
when  night  comes,  upon  the  floor  of  the  room,  though  in 
some  wealthy  houses  it  is  placed  on  a  cage,  or  crate-like 
frame  of  palm  sticks  or  reeds  some  nine  inches  high,  and 
where  this  is  lacking  two  mattresses  are  laid  one  over  the 
other.  In  winter  the  beds  are  sometimes  laid  for  warmth 
on  the  floor  of  the  bed-closet,  which  is  raised  about  a  foot 
above  the  ground,  or  in  one  or  more  deep  alcoves  called 
mastebehs  in  the  thick  walls  of  the  room,  the  bottoms  of  which 
are  raised  a  foot  and  a  half  above  the  floor.  This  explains 
the  expression,  "Thou  shalt  not  come  down  from  that  bed  on 
which  thou  art  gone  up";  though  it  is  true  that  these  words 
were  spoken  to  a  king,  Ahaziah,  and  in  palaces  there  are 
still  elaborate  bedsteads.     (2  Kings  i.  4-6.) 

The  two  Hebrew  words  for  "bed,"  mittah  and  mishkav, 
and  klirie  in  the  Greek  of  the  New  Testament,  are  also  used 
for  the  bed-like  long  couches,  forming  the  tops  of  the  deewans 
running  round  three  sides  of  the  leewan,  or  living-room, 
where  by  day  the  people  recline  or  sit  with  their  feet  gathered 
under  them.  When  we  read  that,  in  his  terror  and  anxiety 
to  save  his  life,  Haman,  prostrating  himself  before  Esther,  "was 
fallen  upon  the  bed,"  it  means  the  couch  on  which  she  was 
seated. 

These  beds  are  very  thin  and  roll  up  into  small  bundles, 
and  so  can  be  easily  carried.  Thus  when  our  Lord  said  to 
the  paralysed  man,  "Take  up  thy  bed  and  walk,"  it  will 
be  seen  how  readily,  when  restored  to  health,  he  could  fulfil 
this  command  ;  and  how  easily  and  naturally  those  that  were 
sick  could  be  borne  "about  in  beds"  to  the  spots  where 
their  friends  heard  that  Christ  was  to  be  found.  (Mark  ii.  9, 
11 ;  vi.  55.) 


"  Behold, 
the  Bridegroom 
Cometh" 


"Behold,  the  Bridegroom  Cometh" 

WE  have  seen  that  the  marriage  ceremonies,  including 
the  phantasias  of  several  street  processions,  are  always 
kept  up  for  seven,  and  often  for  fourteen  days. 
Towards  the  close  of  the  feasting  and  rejoicing  comes  the 
actual  wedding.  This  takes  place  at  midnight.  Then  is 
formed  the  bridegroom's  zeffeh,  or  procession,  which  is  an 
affair  of  great  phantasia.  The  central  figure,  mounted  on 
horseback,  is  the  youthful  bridegroom.  The  age  of  marriage, 
as  we  have  seen,  is  very  early,  for  often  boys  of  fourteen  are 
married  to  girls  of  eleven  and  twelve.  If  possible,  a  white 
animal  is  procured — in  this  case  a  white  horse,  as  it  is 
thought  honourable  to  have  this  colour.  It  should  be  known 
that  white  horses  are  bred  in  the  East,  and  are  not,  as 
with  us,  grey  horses  grown  old.  The  bridegroom,  in  a  rich 
cloak  for  this  occasion  and  new  clothes,  is  seen  modestly 
hiding  his  mouth  as  befits  his  youth  and  the  marriage 
ceremonies,  when  Oriental  etiquette  inexorably  requires  that 
he  should  be  silent  and  bashful.  Mounted  behind  him  on 
the  same  horse,  as  on  every  such  occasion,  is  "the  mock 
bridegroom,"  a  very  little  boy,  dressed  as  a  counterpart  of  the 
bridegroom,  who  follows  him  about  like  his  shadow,  and 
makes  much  merriment  by  imitating  his  every  movement. 

Men  carrying  Eastern  flambeaux,  very  probably  the 
"torch"  of  the  Bible,  called  mashals,  long  poles  with  an  iron 
cage  at  the  top,  in  which  rolls  of  oiled  rag  are  kept  burning, 
light  the  way.  A  woman  from  the  low  roof  of  a  one-roomed 
village  house   is    pouring   perfume  from  a  hum -hum,  or  trebly 

249 


250       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

distilled  rose  or  orange  water  sprinkling  bottle,  on  the  bride- 
groom, to  anoint  him  for  his  wedding,  as  he  rides  by ;  whilst 
a  youth  in  front  is  pouring  water  on  the  ground  before  his 
horse's  feet,  out  of  the  bak-buk,  the  usual  drinking-water 
bottle  of  the  country,  as  a  libation,  or  precious  offering,  in 
his  honour ;  for  good  drinking  water  is  very  precious  during 
some  seven  to  eight  hot  months  in  Palestine. 

Musicians  playing  on  the  darrabukeh,  or  drum,  the  tamboora, 
or  lute,  and  the  nay,  or  flute,  march  with  the  procession. 
Others,  led  by  a  fugleman,  are  loudly  and  rhythmically  clapping 
their  hands  in  unison,  as  an  accompaniment  to  the  refrain 
already  explained:  "O  amen,  God  is  Amen;  O  amen,  and 
repeat  it  again."  Impromptu  songs  are  also  sung  in  praise  of 
bridegroom  and  bride,  with  a  joyous  and  curious  chorus, 
peculiar  to  wedding  festivities,  repeated  endlessly  over  and 
over  again,  for  to  Easterns  monotony  seems  as  delightful  as 
variety  is  to  us ! 

The  Orient  is  the  very  home  of  hospitality.  Among 
the  many  charming  exhibitions  of  this  virtue,  none  are  more 
striking  and  delightful  than  the  custom  of  going  out,  often 
for  many  miles,  to  meet,  welcome,  and  escort  to  his  journey's 
end  a  coming  visitor.  On  my  arrival  at  Jerusalem  in  1871, 
to  take  up  my  work  there,  a  vast  throng  of  people  came  out 
to  meet  me,  some  riding  along  the  Jaffa  road,  as  far  out  as 
twelve  miles,  on  a  burning  hot  shirocco  day  in  May,  to  give 
to  my  wife  and  myself  this  truly  kind  and  delightful  recep- 
tion. The  first  time  the  word  "meet"  occurs  in  the  Bible 
it  is  in  connection  with  this  hospitable  custom,  when  we  are 
told  "the  king  of  Sodom  went  out  to  meet"  Abraham  on 
his  victorious  return  from  the  crushing  defeat  of  Chedor- 
laomer.  Indeed,  the  first  twelve  times  the  verb  "to  meet" 
occurs  in  the  Bible,  it  is  in  each  instance  in  reference  to 
this  graceful  act  of  welcome.  Thus  King  Balak  went  out  to 
meet  Balaam,  and  King  Saul  to  meet  the  prophet  Samuel.     So 


"Behold,  the  Bridegroom  Cometh"     251 

the  cunning  Gibeonites  sent  out  ambassadors  to  go  to  meet 
advancing  Israel.  Jephtha's  daughter  went  to  meet  her  father, 
first  of  the  throng  of  welcoming  women ;  Abigail  and  her 
servants  to  meet  David ;  David  to  meet  his  outraged  ambas- 
sadors ;  and  the  women  out  of  all  the  cities  to  meet  King 
Saul.  All  Judah  and  half  Israel  came  as  far  as  Jordan  to 
welcome  and  escort  David  to  Jerusalem  ;  the  sons  of  the 
prophets  to  meet  Elisha  ;  and  the  two  kings  Joram  and 
Ahaziah  to  meet  Jehu.  When  the  Lord  came  up  to  Jeru- 
salem to  keep  His  last  Passover,  "a  great  multitude  .  .  . 
went  forth  to  meet  Him."  When  the  Apostle  Paul,  after  his 
trying  and  eventful  journey,  landed  at  Puteoli,  and  took  the 
great  Appian  Way,  the  road  to  Rome,  "the  brethren,"  Luke 
says,  "came  to  meet  us  as  far  as  Appii  Forum  and  the 
Three  Taverns,"  some  forty  -  three  and  thirty  -  three  miles 
respectively,  this  last  a  truly  hospitable  and  noble  welcome. 

Hence  it  will  be  well  understood  that,  when  the  bride- 
groom is  coming,  on  the  night  of  the  wedding,  in  pro- 
cession to  receive  his  bride  and  escort  her  to  his  home,  the 
rites  of  hospitality  require  that  her  friends  and  relations 
should  go  out  "to  meet  him"  and  conduct  him  to  her 
house.  This  is  the  graphic  and  familiar  scene  to  which  our 
attention  is  called  in  the  parable  of  the  Ten  Virgins  in 
Matthew  xxv.  The  women  alone  in  the  hareem,  their  private 
apartment,  entertaining  their  female  friends  and  relatives  all 
day,  and  unaccustomed  to  late  hours,  wearied  out  as  night 
advances— for  the  procession  does  not  arrive  till  about  12  p.m. 
— naturally  fall  asleep,  but  take  care  to  leave  someone  to 
watch.  Then  when  the  lights,  music,  and  loud  rejoicing 
announce  the  near  approach  of  the  zeffeh,  "at  midnight  a 
cry  is  made,  '  Behold,  the  bridegroom  cometh  ;  go  ye  out  to 
meet  him!  '  "     (Matt.  xxv.  6.) 

But  by  an  ancient  police  regulation,  which  is  rigorously 
enforced  to  this   day,   no    one  is  allowed    to   go    out   at   night 


252       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

without  carrying  a  light.  This  light  is  still,  in  all  purely 
Oriental  parts,  a  small  oil  lamp,  carried  in  a  kind  of  rude 
Chinese  lantern  of  paper  or  oiled  silk,  as  shown  in  our 
picture.  As  it  is  night,  and  the  women  have  "to  go  out 
to  meet"  the  bridegroom  as  well  as  the  men,  they  do  not 
go  far  on  this  occasion ;  so  that  the  cry  rousing  them 
from  their  slumbers  is  not  made  till  the  zeffeh  is  seen 
approaching.  Night  being  the  time  in  the  East  "when  no 
man  can  work,"  it  is  then  too  late  to  get  oil,  if  they  have 
it  not  with  them  in  their  vessels  when  thus  suddenly 
awakened;  and,  therefore,  it  is  too  late  for  those  who  then 
lack  oil  to  take  part  in  the  glad  welcoming  procession. 
They  could  not  rouse  their  neighbours,  or  "go  to  those  that 
sell,"  and  procure  a  supply  before  the  procession  would  have 
entered  the  bride's  house;  and,  after  that,  "  the  door  is  shut," 
and  no  one  coming  later  is  on  any  pretext  admitted  to  the 
bridal  supper  which  immediately  follows. 

"  Watch  therefore  ...  be  ye  also  ready  ;  for  in  what  hour  ye 
think  not  the  Son  of  Man  cometh."     (Matt.  xxiv.  42-44.) 

"  For  the  Lord  Himself  shall  descend  from  heaven  with  a  shout  or 
command,  with  [the]  voice  of  an  archangel,  and  with  a  mighty  trumpet 
[literally,  'trumpet  of  God'],  and  the  dead  in  Christ  shall  rise  first. 
Then  we  who  are  alive  and  remain  shall  be  caught  away  together  with 
them  in  [the]  clouds,  to  meet  the  Lord  in  the  air  :  and  so  shall  we  ever 
be  with  the  Lord."     (1  Thess.  iv.  16,  17.) 


The  First  Look 

at  the  Eastern  Bride 


The  First  Look  at  the  Eastern  Bride 

A  GOOD  illustration  of  Oriental  marriage  customs  is  to 
be  found  in  the  story  of  Isaac,  who  appears  to  have 
been  about  forty  years  of  age  at  the  time  he  was 
wedded.  This  abnormally  late  age  is  probably  accounted  for 
by  the  evidently  weak  health  of  the  "heir  of  promise,"  possibly 
brought  about  by  his  being  the  son  of  his  parents'  old  age.  He 
was  bedridden  and  feeble  for  many  years  of  his  life,  prematurely 
aged  and  purblind  some  thirty-one  years  before  he  died  ;  taken 
advantage  of  by  wife  and  son ;  and  we  read  but  little  about 
him,  unlike  his  strong  father  Abraham  and  his  adventurous 
son  Jacob.  When  his  bride  arrived,  we  find  that  Isaac  was  in 
a  moody  state,  mourning  inordinately  after  his  mother's  death ; 
for  we  read  "he  went  out  to  mourn  [or  lament,  la-sooahh]  in 
the  open-common-land  [sadeh]  at  evening."  Doubtless  it  was 
this  that  led  Abraham  to  conclude  that  it  was  as  necessary 
for  Isaac  to  be  married  now,  as  it  had  been  desirable  before 
to  postpone  his  nuptials  to  a  later  age  than  usual. 

But  when  his  father  decides  it  is  time  that  his  son  should 
marry,  what  step  does  he  take?  Does  he  send  for  Isaac,  as 
would  be  the  case  with  us,  and  tell  him  to  seek  a  wife,  or, 
indeed,  consult  him  in  the  matter  at  all?  No,  he  sends  for 
the  "eldest  servant  of  his  house,  that  ruled  over  all  that  he 
had,"  whom  we  learn  from  Genesis  xv.  2  was  "the  possessor" 
or  "steward"  of  his  house,  Eliezer  of  Damascus,  and  com- 
missions him  to  go  to  Mesopotamia,  and,  from  the  patriarch's 
own  family  or  kindred,  select  and  bring  home  a  bride  for 
his  son  and  heir.     But   is  not  Isaac  to  go  with  him,  or  have 

255 


256       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

anything  to  do  with  the  choice  of  his  own  wife  ?  Certainly 
not,  for,  according  to  all  Oriental  ideas,  this  would  have  been 
highly  improper,  and  would  certainly  have  led  to  the  failure 
of  the  expedition.     (Gen.  xxiv.  1-9.) 

Difficult  enough  it  was  in  all  conscience,  even  without 
Isaac's  presence.  Often  have  I  pictured  the  almost  insuper- 
able difficulties  that  the  good  steward  had  necessarily  to 
encounter ;  and  well  can  I  understand  the  anxiety  he  showed 
throughout  the  whole  business.  Four  tremendous  obstacles 
must,  among  others,  have  risen  before  him:  first,  that  he, 
a  man,  should  be  sent  to  negotiate  a  marriage,  and  not  only 
negotiate  it,  but  also  there  and  then  bring  the  bride  away 
with  him.  For,  as  we  have  seen,  marriages  are  arranged  and 
superintended,  as  far  as  the  bride  is  concerned,  entirely  by 
the  women  of  both  families,  and  seldom,  if  ever,  in  this  way 
by  a  man.  But  all  the  customs  of  female  seclusion  forbade 
the  possibility  of  sending  women  on  such  a  mission  as  Eliezer's, 
and  so,  in  this  instance,  a  man  has  to  take  their  place. 
Secondly,  as  the  experienced  old  servant  well  knew,  owing 
to  Isaac's  marriage  having  been  so  long  delayed,  and  his  being 
the  son  of  his  parents'  old  age,  all  his  first  cousins  must  long 
ago  have  been  married.  Now,  as  mentioned,  a  man  has  a 
right  of  pre-emption  to  the  hand  of  his  first  cousin.  I  use 
the  word  "pre-emption"  advisedly,  because  a  man  has  always, 
in  Bible  lands,  to  buy  his  wife — a  right  which  would  be 
admitted  and  upheld  by  all  the  family  on  either  side.  But 
with  a  cousin  once  removed,  who  was  all  Abraham's  servant 
could  hope  to  obtain,  the  claim  would  not  be  anything  like 
so  strong.  Thirdly,  he  would  have  to  get  a  wealthy  and 
influential  family  to  forgo  all  the  long,  elaborate,  and  joyful 
ceremonies  connected  with  a  wedding,  so  dear  to  the  women, 
and  in  their  eyes  almost  sacred.  Lastly,  he  would  have  to 
induce  them  to  permit  a  young  girl  to  go  away,  a  journey  of 
something  like  420  miles  from  her  home,   to   be  married  and 


The  First  Look  at  the  Eastern  Bride   257 

settle  among  strangers.  This  final  difficulty  would  be  one 
of  the  utmost  gravity,  for  in  the  East  it  is  a  part  of  piety  to 
stay  at  home  all  one's  life;  and  their  proudest  boast  is  that 
of  the  great  woman  of  Shunem,  "I  dwell  among  my  own 
people."  Never  do  most  of  them  leave  the  ring  fence  of 
the  family  or  clan  to  which  they  belong;  for  in  the  Orient 
great  trials  and  dangers  are  encountered  by  going  among 
strangers.     That  is  a  truly  Eastern  proverb  :— 

"As  a  bird  that  wanders  from  her  nest, 
So  is  a  man  that  wanders  from  his  place."      (Pro v.  xxvii.  8.) 

Great  indeed  was  the  trial  of  Abraham's  faith,  so  great 
that  none  who  are  not  familiar  with  the  life  of  Bible  lands 
can  fully  realise  it,  when  Jehovah  said  to  him,  "  Get  thee  out  of 
thy  country,  and  from  thy  kindred,  and  from  thy  father's  house, 
unto  a  land  that  I  will  show  thee."  Truly  it  was  "by  faith," 
yea,  by  great  faith,  that  "Abraham  went  out,  not  knowing 
whither  ^he  went,"  and  "by  faith  sojourned  in  a  strange 
country,"  where,  among  countless  other  trials  and  disadvan- 
tages, there  would  be  none  of  his  kindred  to  whom  to  marry 
his  sons  and  daughters!      (Gen.  xii.   1  ;   Heb.  xi.  8-9.) 

All  this  Eliezer  must  have  keenly  realised,  and  he  well 
knew  that  nothing  less  than  a  special  Divine  interposition 
could  enable  him  to  execute  his  delicate  and,  to  merely  human 
effort,  wellnigh  impossible  commission.  Arriving  at  evening 
time  at  the  well  near  the  city  of  Nahor,  wise  and  pious  man, 
he  pours  out  a  fervent  prayer  for  help,  and  asks  for  a  sign  by 
which^he  may  know  the  girl  who  is  God's  own  choice: 
"She,"  he^says,  "whom  Thou  hast  appointed  for  Thy  ser- 
vant Isaac."  But  he  had  not  neglected  the  use  of  means, 
for  he  had  taken  with  him  on  this  journey  ten  camel  loads 
of  treasure,  so  as  to  be  able  to  pay  any  price,  however 
exorbitant,  that  might  be  demanded  for  the  bride.  Note 
his  great   faith.     He  does   not  say,    as  no  doubt  too   many  of 


258       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

us  would  have  been  content  with  saying,  "Lord,  I  am  pre- 
pared to  wait  here  any  length  of  time,  only  let  me  ultimately 
succeed  in  finding  a  bride  for  my  master's  son."  No,  he 
says  in  effect,  "Lord,  send  her  now,  this  evening,  at  once: 
let  it  be  a  girl,  one  of  the  young  girls  under  twelve  [for 
older  than  this  they  are  never  allowed  out  with  the  flocks] 
who  will  almost  immediately  be  coming  to  draw  water!" 
He  knew  it  would  be  as  easy  for  the  Most  High  to  answer 
his  prayer  in  the  next  five  minutes  as  in  the  next  five  years 
—but  what  faith  !      (Gen.  xxiv.  10-14.) 

Observe  also  the  old  man's  great  shrewdness,  shown  by 
the  sign  he  proposes,  namely,  that  it  should  be  the  girl  who, 
when  he  asks  her  to  give  him  a  drink,  should  say,  "Drink, 
and  I  will  give  thy  camels  drink  also."  It  is  not  allowed 
in  the  East  for  a  stranger  to  speak  to  a  woman.  We  read 
that  when  Christ  did  so,  at  Jacob's  well,  His  disciples  "mar- 
velled that  He  talked  with  a  woman."  But  the  Master,  like 
Eliezer,  had  opened  the  conversation  by  asking  for  a  drink, 
the  one  word  that  a  thirsty  stranger  may  to  this  day  address 
to  a  woman  without  any  fear  of  giving  offence.  The  sign, 
too,  required  that  the  girl  should  be  strong  and  healthy, 
good-natured  and  sympathetic — most  important  qualifications 
in  a  bride  for  delicate  Isaac  !  Imagine  his  thankfulness  and  joy 
to  find,  in  the  singularly  handsome  girl — for  "the  damsel  was 
very  fair  to  look  upon" — sent  in  answer  to  his  prayer,  a  cousin 
once  removed  of  his  master's  son,  the  nearest  eligible  clans- 
woman.  He  instantly  gives  her  a  golden  ring,  that  is,  a 
nose  ring,  for  he  says,  "I  put  the  ring  on  her  nose  [appah]," 
and  two  very  heavy  gold  bangles;  and,  arrived  at  her  home, 
he  gives  to  Rebekah,  to  her  brother,  and  to  her  mother  many 
costly  presents.  Then,  trembling  with  anxiety  lest  her  people 
should  repent  of  their  promise,  he  insists  on  being  sent  away 
immediately.  If  it  be  objected  that  Rebekah  is  asked,  "Wilt 
thou   go   with   this    man?"    it    must   be    borne    in    mind   how 


The  First  Look  at  the  Eastern  Bride  259 

abnormal  the  case  was,  so  that  they  felt  that  her  consent 
must  be  asked  under  such  extraordinary  circumstances. 
When,  returning  with  the  bride,  Eliezer  arrived  at  Abraham's 
camp,  Isaac  was  seen  ;  and,  upon  Rebekah's  being  informed 
who  he  was,   "  she  took  a  veil  and  covered  herself." 

Nothing  could  better  prove  the  need  of  such  pictures  as 
we  are  showing  in  these  pages,  and  the  absurdity  of  so 
much  that  passes  for  Bible  illustration,  than  that  great  artist 
Dore's  painting  of  the  Meeting  of  Isaac  and  Rebekah. 
First  the  latter  is  shown  dismounting  whilst  the  camel  stands 
bolt  upright,  as  if  anyone  in  the  East  ever  attempts  to  get 
on  or  off  a  camel  till  it  kneels  down  !  Then,  though  Scrip- 
ture says  she  "took  a  veil  and  covered  herself,"  she  is  seen 
quite  unveiled,  and  looking  into  the  upturned  face  of  Isaac  ; 
and  is  actually  stepping  down,  acrobat-fashion,  by  putting  her 
naked  foot  on  the  upturned  palm  of  his  hand,  all  of  which 
in  the  East  even  a  woman  of  loose  character  would  not  dare 
to  do  publicly  ! 

In  the  conclusion  of  the  story,  we  read  that  "  Isaac 
brought  her  into  his  mother  Sarah's  tent,  and  took  Rebekah, 
and  she  became  his  wife  ;  and  he  loved  her,  and  Isaac  was 
comforted  after  his  mother's  death."  That  brings  us  to  the 
scene  of  our  picture,  the  bridegroom's  fateful  look  at  his 
bride,  when  after  marriage— which,  as  we  have  seen,  consists 
of  simply  receiving  her  into  his  tent  or  house— he  lifts  her 
veil,  and  gazes  upon  her  face  for  the  first  time.  Thus  the 
words,  '  He  loved  her  .  .  .  and  was  comforted  after  his 
mother's  death,"  mean  that  the  first  look  was  satisfactory, 
which  is  not  always  the  case  with  Eastern  marriages;  albeit 
the  bride  on  the  wedding  day  is  so  gloriously  "adorned  for 
her  husband"  in  order  to  secure  a  favourable  impression! 
(Gen.  xxiv.  67  ;    Rev.  xxi.  2.) 

Surely    the    courting     and     wedding    of     "the     heir     of 
promise"    is    a    glorious    allegory.     Eliezer,    the    trustee    and 


260       Everyday  Life  in  the  Holy  Land 

dispenser  of  Abraham's  wealth  and  his  trusted  messenger, 
type  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  is  sent  forth  by  the  father  to  find  and 
bring  home  a  bride  for  his  once  slain  and  now  risen  son ;  for 
such  virtually  was  Isaac,  whom  it  is  said  Abraham  "offered 
up  .  .  .  offered  up  his  only  begotten  [son]  .  .  .  accounting 
that  God  was  able  to  raise  [him]  from  out  the  dead,  whence 
he  received  him  as  a  figure  [of  the  resurrection  of  Christ]." 
The  rejoicing  of  Isaac  over  his  fair  young  bride,  resplendent 
in  the  "jewels  of  gold  and  raiment"  that  he  had  provided 
for  her  through  Eliezer's  gifts,  is  but  a  faint  image  of  the 
rejoicing  of  the  Heavenly  Bridegroom  over  His  mystic  bride, 
"the  Church  of  the  Firstborn,"  endowed  with  immortal  youth 
and  beauty,  for  this  adopted  daughter  of  the  King  Eternal 
is  "all  glorious  within,"  that  is,  "beneath  her  veil,"  for 
"her  clothing  is  gold  embroidery" — even  the  glorious  mantle 
He  has  given  her,  the  robe  of  His  own  perfect  righteousness. 
(Heb.  xi.  17-19  ;  Ps.  xlv.  14.) 


I 

2 

I 

5 

2 

10 

2 

ii 

2 

13 

2 

14 

2 

3i 

2 

34 

3 

2 

Appendix 

GIVING    THE    NOTES    TO    EACH    PAGE 

[The  note  applies  to  the  passage  which  ends  with  the  word  given  in  quotation  marks, 
following  the  number  of  the  line.  The  number  of  the  line  is  counted  from  the 
top  of  the  page.] 

FACE  LIXE 

"  water  " — Gen.  xxiv.  II. 

"  day  "—Gen.  iii.  8. 

"  camels  " — Gen.  xii.  16  ;    xxiv.  19,  44. 

"  camels  " — Gen.  xxxvii.  25. 

"Midian" — Gen.  xxv.  2;    1  Chron.  i.  32;    Ex.  ii.  15-19. 

"  number  " — Jud.  vi.  5  ;    vii.  12. 

"  shoe  " — Mark  i.  7  ;    Luke  iii.  18. 

"  shirts  "—Mark  vi.  9. 

"  sandals  " — Acts    xii.    8.     See   also   Gen.    xiv.    23,    "  shoe- 
latchet,"  and  Deut.  xxv.  9,  "  loosing  the  shoe." 
3       22     "  Bible  " — Gen.  xxiii.  7  ;    xlii.  6  ;    Ex.  v.  10. 
3       25     "  gladly  " — Mark  xii.  37. 

3  29     "  coat  " — Matt.  v.  40  ;     x.  10  ;    Luke   iii.  2  ;    Acts   ix.  39  ; 

this  kamise  is  the  kctoneth  of  the  Old  Testament ;  also 
translated  "  coat,"  Gen.  iii.  21  ;  Ex.  xxviii.  4,  40  ;  xxxix. 
27  ;  Lev.  x.  5  ;  xvi.  4  ;  2  Sam.  xv.  32  ;  Job  xxx.  18  ; 
also  called  beged,  Gen.  xii.  42  ;  Lev.  xiii.  47  ;  xvi.  23  ; 
xix.  19  ;    Job  xiii.  28,  etc. 

4  1     "  work  " — 1  Pet.  i.  12. 

4         1     "  service  " — Luke  xii.  35  ;    John  xiii.  4,  5. 

4         1     "  travelling  " — Ex.  xii.  11  ;  1  Kings  xviii.  46  ;  2  Kings  iv.  29  ; 

ix.  1  ;    John  xxi.  18  ;    Acts  xii.  8  ;    xvii.  8. 
4         1     "  warfare " — Deut.   i.    41  ;     1    Sam.    xvii.    39 ;     xxv.    13  ; 

2  Sam.  xxii.  40  ;   1  Kings  ii.  5  ;    Ps.  xviii.  39  ;   xlv.  3  ; 

Isa.  viii.  9. 

261 


262  Appendix 


LINE 


4         2     "  strength  " — i  Sam.  ii.  4  ;   Job  xxxviii.  3  ;   xl.  7  ;    Ps.  xviii. 

32  ;    xxii.   21  ;    xciii.   1  ;    Prov.   xxxi.    17  ;    Isa.   xi.   5  ; 

xiv.  5  ;    Jer.  i.  17. 
4         3     "weaken" — Job  xii.  18;    Isa.  v.  27;    Acts  xxi.  11. 
4         6     "  dress  " — Ps.  cix.  8,  9  ;    Jer.  xiii.  11. 

7  27     "  substance  " — The   Levites   were   allowed   a   "  suburb,"    or 

"place  for  driving  out  cattle"  (migrash),  extending  to 
2,000  cubits  from  the  wall  of  the  city  outward,  east,  south, 
west  and  north,  for  "  their  cattle,  their  goods,  and  all  their 
beasts  "  (Numb.  xxxv.  3-5).  Concerning  this  deprivation 
of  an  inheritance  of  agricultural  land,  Jehovah  declares  to 
Aaron  and  his  descendants  the  priests,  and  all  the  de- 
scendants of  Levi,  the  Levites,  "I  am  thy  portion  and 
thine  inheritance  (Num.  xviii.  20  ;  see  also  Deut.  x.  9  ; 
xviii.  1,  2  ;  Josh.  xiii.  14,  33  ;  Ezek.  xliv.  28)  ;  a  beautiful 
metalepsis,  where  "  I  "  ("  Jehovah  ")  is  put  by  metonymy 
for  "  My  sendee,"  and  "  My  service "  by  another 
metonymy  stands  for  "  the  emoluments  and  payments 
attached  to  that  service."  These  consisted  of  certain 
sacrifices  or  parts  of  sacrifices  and  food  offerings  (Numb. 
xviii.  8,  n  ;  Deut.  xviii.  1,3;  of  tithes  (Lev.  xxvii.  3°-33  ; 
Numb,  xviii.  21,  24)  ;  of  firstfruits  (Numb,  xviii.  12,  13  ; 
Deut.  xviii.  4)  ;  of  things  vowed  or  devoted  to  Jehovah 
(Lev.  xxvii.  1-28 ;  Numb,  xviii.  14)  ;  and  of  the  first- 
born of  man  and  beast  (Ex.  xxxiv.  19,  20 ;  Numb,  xviii. 
14-17). 

8  3     "  village  " — It  is  true  that  Nazareth,  Bethlehem,  and  Caper- 

naum are  each  called  polis,  "  city,"  and  not  home,  "village," 
in  the  Greek  New  Testament ;  but  this  is  the  synecdoche 
of  the  species,  by  which  polis,  "  city,"  the  species,  is  put  for 
the  genus,  "place  of  habitation,"  without  distinguishing 
what  kind,  for  this  trope  occurs  very  often  in  Holy  Scrip- 
ture, and  these  three  homes  of  the  Lord  Jesus  were 
undoubtedly  villages,  though  probably  very  large  ones. 
At  Capernaum,  Tel  Hum,  the  ruins  are  very  extensive. 
8       32     "  well  " — John  iv.  11. 


Appendix  263 


J-AGK  LINE 


9       20     "  head  "—Matt.  viii.  20  ;    Luke  ix.  58. 

9       23     "  rich  "—2  Cor.  viii.  9. 

IO       21     "enters" — Luke  xxii.  10;    Mark  xir.  13,  14. 
'5       31     "  number  " — Jud.  vi.  1-6. 
16       26     "horse" — Ps.  xlvii.  10. 
16       27     "  horses  "— Ps.  xx.  7. 
16       29     "  swift  " — Isa.  xxx.  16. 

16  31     "  strength  " — Job  xxxix.  19. 

17  15     "  identification  " — Gen.  xxxviii.  18. 

17       23     "Hebrews" — Gen.  xlvii.  31;    Heb.  xi.  21. 
17       25     "  matteh  " — Ex.  iv.  1,  2. 

17  26     "  staff  " — Ex.  vii.  10,  12,  29  ;    viii.  5,  etc. 
»7       30     "  up  " — Ex.  vii.  10-12. 

18  1     "signs" — Ex.  iv.  17. 

18         3     "  matteh  " — Ex.  iv.  20  ;    xvii.  9. 

18         9     "staff" — Numb.  xvii.  1-10. 

18       11     "  Himself  "—Matt.  xxii.  41-46. 

18       14     "  enemies  " — Ps.  ex.  2. 

18       15     "  hand  " — Ps.  ex.  1. 

18       16     "  Melchizedek  " — Ps.  ex.  4. 

i8       18     "  Zion  "— Ps.  ex.  2. 

18  3i  "  Jerusalem  " — Speaking  of  high  priesthood,  Paul  says,  "  No 
man  takes  the  honour  unto  himself,  but  when  he  is 
called  of  God,  as  was  Aaron.  Thus  Christ  also  did  not 
glorify  Himself  to  be  made  a  high  priest,  but  He  Who 
spoke  to  Him, '  Thou  art  My  Son,  to-day  have  I  begotten 
Thee'  "  (Heb.  v.  4,  5).  Now,  these  last  words — quoted 
from  Ps.  ii.  7 — refer,  we  know,  to  Messiah's  resurrection, 
for  the  same  apostle  says  in  another  place,  "  He  has 
raised  up  Jesus  again  ;  as  it  is  also  written  in  the  second 
psalm,  '  Thou  art  My  Son,  to-day  have  I  begotten  Thee  '  " 
(Acts  xiii.  33).  The  Lord  Himself  three  times  rests  the 
proof  of  His  Divine  mission  on  His  rising  from  the  dead 
on  the  third  day,  and  says  this  is  the  one  sign  that  would 
be  given  to  the  rebels  in  Israel  in  His  day  (John  ii.  19-21  ; 
Matt.  xii.  38-40  ;  xvi.  4). 


264 


Appendix 


21 

23   " 

22 

4 

23 

4  " 

23 

*7  " 

23 

26  " 

25 

7  " 

25 

7  " 

25 

11  " 

25 

18  " 

25 

21  " 

25 

32  " 

27 


38 


~S 


31 

8 

35 

2 

35 

5 

35 

9 

36 

iS 

37 

1 

37 

26 

38 

5 

41 

23 

41 

23 

42 

7 

43 

27 

44 

16 

45 

5 

pillars  " — Ex.  xxvi.  32. 

one  " — Ex.  xxxvi.  17,  18. 

city  " — Ezra  ix.  8. 

centre  " — Numb.  ii.  17. 

hhatzairecm  " — Gen.  xxv.  16.    See  also  Deut.  ii.  23. 

thorns  " — Ps.  lviii.  9  ;    cxviii.  12. 

dung  " — Ezek.  iv.  15. 

killed  " — Gen.  xviii.  7  ;    Acts  x.  13. 

boiling  " — Gen.  xxv.  29. 

lentils  " — Gen.  xxv.  34. 

food  " — This  word  Ichhem  is  constantly  translated  "  bread," 
but  it  means  edible  food  of  any  kind. 

it  " — The  word  hhcmah  seems  clearly  to  stand  for  the 
Arabic  leben  in  Gen.  xviii.  8  ;  2  Sam.  xvii.  29  ;  Job  xx. 
17  ;    xxix.  6  ;    Isa.  vii.  5,  22. 

horses  " — 1  Kings  iv.  28. 

it  " — 2  Kings  hi.  25. 

catapults  " — 2  Chron.  xxvi.  14. 

bag  " — 1  Sam.  xvii.  40. 

pasture  " — John  x.  1,  7,  9. 

respectively  " — 1  Sam.  iv.  1  ; 

God"— Ps.  xlii.  1. 

Gibeon  " — 1    Chron.   xxi.    29  ; 
3-6- 

services " — 2    Sam.   vi.    15-18 
2  Chron.  i.  4. 

plain  " — Gen.  xiii.  12  ;    xix.  28,  29  ;    2  Sam.  xviii.  23. 

Jordan  " — Gen.  xiii.  10,  11  ;    1  Kings  vii.  46. 

neighbourhood  " — Deut.  i.  7  ;  hi.  17  ;  iv.  49  ;  Josh.  xi.  16  ; 
2  Kings  xxv.  4  ;    Jer.  xxxix.  4. 

baptising  " — Matt.  xi.  7  ;    Luke  vii.  24. 

Jordan  " — Jer.  xiii.  5  ;    xlix.  19  ;    1.  44. 

roebuck"  —  The  yahhmoor  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  ren- 
dered "  fallow  deer "  in  the  Authorised  Version,  and 
"  roebuck "  in  the  Revised  Version  (Deut.  xiv.  5 ; 
1  Kings  ix.  23). 


Josh.  xv.  53. 
xvi.   39-42  ;    2    Chron.   i. 
1    Chron.    xvi.    1-6,    37; 


Appendix 


26=; 


45 


62      5 

62     20 

62     33 


45 

12   " 

45 

15 

45 

31   " 

46 

2   " 

49 

3  " 

50 

25 

51 

4  " 

52 

2  " 

54 

20  " 

54 

26  " 

54 

32  " 

57 

18  " 

58 

30  " 

60 

12  " 

60 

24  " 

2  Sam.  xxiii.  20  ; 


gazelle  " — The  tzebee  or  teme  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  rendered 
"  roebuck  "  and  "  roe  "  in  the  Authorised  Version,  but 
rightly  "  gazelle  "  in  the  Revised  Version  (Deut.  xii.  15, 
22  ;    xiv.  5  ;    xv.  22  ;    2  Sam.  ii.  18  ;    1  Kings  iv.  23  ; 

1  Chron.  xii.  8  ;  Prov.  vi.  5  ;  Cant.  ii.  7,  9,   17 ;  iii.  5  ; 
viii.  4  ;    Isa.  xiii.  14). 

Jordan  " — Numb,  xxxii.  3,  36. 

leopards  " — Cant.  iv.  8. 

kid  " — Isa.  xi.  6. 

sadeh  " — Gen.  ii.  19,  20  ;    Deut.  vii.  22  ;    1  Sam.  xvii.  44 ; 

2  Sam.  xxi.  10  ;    Job  v.  23  ;    xl.  20. 

pastures  " — Ps.  lxv.  12  ;  Joel  ii.  22.    Compare  Isa.  xxxii.  14. 

Carmel  " — 1  Sam.  xxv.  7. 

Israel " — Jud.  xiv.  5  ;    1  Sam.  xvii.  34 
1  Kings  xiii.  24  ;   2  Kings  xvii.  25. 

sheep  " — John  x.  11. 

sheep  " — John  xxi.  16. 

flock  " — Acts  xx.  29,  30. 

mouth  " — 1  Sam.  xvii.  34,  35. 

inn  " — Luke  ii.  7 

physician  " — Luke  ii.  7  ;    Col.  iv.  14. 

corn  " — Ex.  xi.  5. 

low  " — Eccles.  xii.  4.  But  the  grinding  here  may  be  spoken 
of  the  teeth  by  way  of  metaphor,  and  may  be  an 
affecting  allusion  to  the  failure  of  power  to  masticate  in 
the  case  of  toothless  old  age,  for  in  the  previous  verse 
we  read,  "  '  Grinders '  shall  cease  because  they  are  few  "  ; 
and  to  this  day  we  speak  of  a  back  or  double  tooth  as 
"  a  grinder." 

mocking  " — Gen.  xxi.  8,  9. 

called  " — The  Approaching  End  of  the  Age,  by  Dr.  H. 
Grattan  Guinness,  2nd  edition,  p.  478. 

weaned  " — Specially  beautiful  and  forceful  is  the  light  this 
late  weaning  throws  on  the  words  of  David  :  "  Have  I  not 
calmed  and  kept  silent  my  soul,  like  [a  child]  weaned  by 
his  mother  ?     My  soul  within  me  is  like  a  weaned  child 


266  Appendix 

TAG-:       UN'S 

(Ps.  cxxxi.  2).  To  us  the  idea  of  a  "  weaned  child  "  con- 
veys only  the  thought  of  helpless  and  unconscious  infancy. 
But  "  the  man  after  God's  own  heart  "  is  here  speaking  of 
conscious  humility,  deeply  felt  need,  and  perfect  trust  in 
a  father's  care  ;  and  he  could  not  give  a  more  apt  illustra- 
tion of  these  than  a  picture  of  a  young  child  of  three  to 
five  years  of  age.  David's  Lord  also  gave  the  very  same 
illustration  when  He  "  called  to  Him  a  little  child, 
and  said,  '  Amen,  I  say  unto  you,  Except  ye  turn  and 
become  as  little  children,  ye  shall  in  no  wise  enter  into  the 
kingdom  of  heaven.  Whosoever,  therefore,  shall  humble 
himself  as  this  little  child,  the  same  is  the  greatest  in  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  '  "  (Matt,  xviii.  2-4). 
64  13  "  to-day  " — Job  v.  25  ;  Ps.  xc.  5  ;  cii.  4,  n  ;  ciii.  15  ; 
Prov.  xix.  12  ;  xxvii.  25  ;  Isa.  xl.  6,  7  ;  1  Pet.  i.  24,  etc. 
house  " — Matt.  v.  15. 
houses  " — Job  xxiv.  16. 

pit  " — See  also  Jer.  xlviii.  43,  44  ;  Lam.  iii.  17. 
lire" — See  also  Ex.  xiii.  21  ;  xiv.  20;  Numb.  ix.  15,  16; 
Deut.  i.  32. 
72  24  "  night  " — "  Night  and  darkness  "  (Prov.  vii.  9)  is  the  gram- 
matical figure  of  hendiadys  for  "  dark  night."  The  word 
ccshoan,  here  "  pupil  of  the  eye,"  means  literally  the 
"  little  man,"  or  "  manikin,"  because  the  small  image  of 
a  person  is  seen  mirrored  in  the  pupil  or  centre  of  the  eye. 
So,  by  the  trope  of  metonymy,  the  tiny  image  seen  re- 
flected in  the  pupil  is  put  for  the  pupil  itself ;  that  is,  the 
thing  contained  is  put  for  the  container. 

"  there  " — 1  Kings  xi.  36. 

"  Testament  " — Matt.   v.    40  ;     xvii.    2  ;     xxvii.    35  ;     Acts 
xxii.  20. 

"  Father  "—Matt.  v.  16. 

"  thee  " — Luke  xi.  7. 

"  it  " — Gen.  xliii.  34. 

"  aristesate  " — John  xxi.  9-13. 

"  just  " — Luke  xiv.  12-14. 


67 

4 

69 

7 

69 

21 

7' 

17 

73 

21 

74 

15 

75 

13 

75 

20 

76 

8 

79 

13 

79 

22 

Appendix 


267 


A',E 

LINE 

80 

4 

80 

9 

80 

11 

80 

14 

80 


16 


thee  " — 1  Sam.  viii.  7. 
you  " — Gen.  xlv.  8. 
life  " — John  vi.  37. 

it  " — Fine  instances  of  this  form  of  Hebrew  comparison 
Prov.  viii.  10  ;  Jer.  vii.  22,  23  ;  Hosea 
Matt.  x.  34  ;    Mark  xiii.  11  ;    John 
47  ;    xiv.  24  ;    xv.  15,  16 


occur  in  Ex.  xvi.  8  ; 
vi.  6  ;  Joel  xi.  13  ; 
vi.  27  ;   vii.  16  ;    xii. 


Eph.  vi. 


;    xvi 

12  ; 


13 ; 

Phil. 


Rev.  xix. 


81 

1  " 

82 

28  " 

82 

29 

82 

31  " 

82 

33  " 

83 

2  " 

83 

83 

9  " 

83 

11  " 

83 

13  " 

83 

23  " 

88 

6  " 

2  Cor.  iv.  18  ;   v.  15  ;   vii.  9  ;   xiii.  7 
i.  16,  17  ;   iv.  17  ;    1  Thess.  ii.  4  ;   iv.  8. 
day  " — Mark  vi.  21  ;   Luke  xiv.  16  ;   John  xii.  2 

9,  17- 

evenings  " — Ex.  xii.  6. 

disciples  " — Matt.  xiv.  19  ;   Mark  vi.  41  ;   Luke  ix.  16. 

loaves  " — Matt.  xv.  36  ;   Mark  viii. 

disciples  " — Matt.  xxvi.  25  ;  Mark  xiv.  22  ;  Luke  xxii.  19  ; 
1  Cor.  xi.  24. 

them  " — Luke  xxiv.  30. 

home  " — Acts  ii.  46. 

break  " — 1  Cor.  x.  16. 

meal  " — Matt.  xv.  2  ;    Mark  vii.  1-5  ;    Luke  xi.  38. 

vinegar  " — Ruth  ii.  14. 

Me  " — Matt.  xxvi.  23  ;    Mark  xiv.  20. 

Gospel  " — John  xiii.  26. 

year  " — The  severest  cold  of  the  year  in  all  northern 
latitudes  comes  in  January  and  February.  This  is  often 
intensified  in  Palestine  by  very  high,  piercing  winds  and 
thunderstorms,  which  occur  there  in  winter,  as  they  do 
with  us  in  summer,  accompanied  by  alarming  falls  of  huge 
hailstones,  mingled  with  lightning.  This  combination  is 
alluded  to  as  most  distressing  in  several  passages.  Thus, 
Isaiah  speaks  of  the  terror  of  the  Assyrians'  beating  down 
when  Jehovah  arises  for  Israel's  deliverance,  "  the  coming 
down  of  His  arm  He  shows  with  the  raging  of  anger,  and 
the  flame  of  a  consuming  fire  [lightning],  [cloud]  burst, 
rain  storm,  and  hailstones  "  (Isa.  xxx.  30).  The  psalmist 
speaks  of  this  combination  :    "  Fire,    hail,  snow,   smoke 


268 


Appendix 


88 
89 


<;6 


II      " 

8     " 


89 

16 

90 

II 

CO 

32 

91 

13 

95 

5 

97 

II   ' 

97 

16  ' 

97 

17  ' 

97 

19  ' 

97 

19  ' 

97 

20   ' 

97 

32 

98 

20   ' 

98 

32   ' 

99 

19   ' 

>03 

6  ' 

"or    '  gloom  '],    and    stormy   wind "    (Ps.    cxlviii.    8).    I 

have    known    of   a   Highland   gillie  who  was   exhausted 

and   terrified   by   exposure   to   such   a    Palestine  winter 

storm.     See  Ex.  ix.  23-25  ;     Ps.  xviii.  13  ;    lxxviii.  47  ; 

cv.  32  ;  Ezek.  xxxvii.  22. 
rain  " — Deut.  xi.  14  ;   Jer.  v.  14  ;   Hos.  vi.  3  ;   Joel  ii.  23  ; 

Jas.  v.  7. 
Versions  " — Gen.  ii.  5,  19  ;   hi.  18  ;  xxxvii.  7  ;  Ex.  ix.  19  ; 

xx.  5  ;    xxiii.  16  ;   Lev.  xix.  9  ;   xxv.  3,  4  ;   Deut.  xi.  15  ; 

xxviii.  38  ;   Jud.  i.  14  ;   Ruth  ii.  2,  3  ;   1  Sam.  xx.  24,  35  ; 

Job  xxiv.  6  ;    Ps.  cvii.  37  ;    Joel  i.  11,  etc. 
sadeh  " — Gen.  xxxiii.  19.    Sec  also  2  Sam.  xiv.  30  ;   2  Kings 

ix.  21,  25  ;   Job  xxiv.  iS  ;   Jer.  xii.  10. 
kid  " — 1  Sam.  xvii.  40  ;    Matt.  x.  10  ;    Mark  vi.  8  ;    Luke 

ix.  3  ;    x.  4  ;    xxii.  35,  36. 
measuring  line  " — Ps.  lxxviii.  55  ;  Amos  vii.  17  ;  Zech.  ii.  1. 
landmark  " — Sec  also  Deut.  xix.  14. 
land  " — Gen.  xxiii.  7,  13  ;   Ex.  v.  5  ;   Lev.  xx.  2,  4  ;  Numb. 

xiv.  9  ;   2  Kings  xi.  14-20,  etc. 
showers  " — The  Hebrew  verb  "  dissolve,"  here  moag,  occurs 

in  a  very  strong  and  emphatic  form  by  the  doubling  of 

its   third  radical  letter  "g":  temoaggenak,  which  means 

"thoroughly  or  completely  dissolve." 
Babylon  " — Jer.  xxvii.  8,  11. 
upright  " — Lev.  xxvi.  13. 
bondage  " — 1  Kings  xii.  4,  9-11  ;    xlvii.  6  ;    Acts  xv.  10  ; 

Gal.  v.  1,  etc. 
bondage  " — Deut.  xxviii.  48  ;    Jer.  xxviii.  13,  14. 
yoke  " — Gen.  xxvii.  40  ;    Isa.  ix.  4  ;    Jer.  ii.  20  ;    xxviii. 

2,  4,  11  ;    xxx.  8. 
yoke  " — Lev.  xxvi.  13  ;    Ezek.  xxxiv.  27. 
God  " — Luke  ix.  62. 
goads  " — Acts  xxvi.  14 
cold  " — Eccles.  xi.  4. 
sheaves  " — Ps.  exxvi.  5,  6. 
ended  " — Jer.  v.  20. 


io6 

26 

1 06 

27 

114 

I 

Appendix  269 

pags  line 

103  20     "  Hebrews  "—Gen.  1.  10  ;     Numb,  xviii.  27  ;    Ruth  iii.   2  ; 

1  Sam.  xxiii.  i,  2  ;    2  Sam.  vi.  6  ;    xxiv.  16,  18,  21,  24. 

104  3     "  down  " — 2  Kings  xiii.  7  ;   1  Chron.  xxi.  20  ;   Isa.  xxviii.  27. 
104       10     "teeth" — Isa.  xli.  15;    xxviii.  27. 

104  14     "  wagon  " — Isa.  xxviii.  27. 

105  11     "  threshing  " — 2  Kings  xiii.  7. 

105        28     "  teven  "—Gen.  xxiv.  25  ;    Jud.  xix.  19  ;    Job    xli.  27  ;    Isa. 

xl.  7,  etc.  ;    Job  xxi.  8  ;    xli.  iS  ;    Jer.  xxiii.  28,  etc. 
105       30     "  stubble  "—Ex.  v.  12  ;  Job  xiii.  25  ;  xli.  29  ;  Ps.  lxxxiii.  13  ; 
Isa.  v.  24  ;    xli.  2  ;    Joel  ii.  5,  etc. 

kingdom  " — Matt.  xiii.  38. 

wicked  " — Job  xxi.  iS  ;    Jer.  xxiii.  28. 

wheat  " — Severe  indeed  was  Peter's  silting.  All  that  night 
of  anxiety  and  sad  and  sudden  surprises,  Satan  kept  Peter 
tossed  about  with  gloomy  fears.  But  the  Master  had 
prayed  for  him  that  his  faith  might  not  utterly  fail,  and 
he  emerged  from  the  trial  a  sadder  but  a  wiser  and  a 
better  man.  Satan's  cruel  and  malicious  assault  was  thus 
by  Divine  power  overruled  for  the  true  end  for  which 
all  sifting  is  employed,  namely,  the  purification  of  that 
which  is  subjected  to  the  process.  The  tempter's  object 
was  to  lead  Peter  to  despair  and  ruin,  as  he  had  led 
Judas.  But  in  the  hands  of  that  One  Who  is  stronger 
than  he,  and  Who  is  ever  bringing  good  out  of  evil, 
Satan  becomes  only  a  blundering  slave  to  sift  the  wheat 
that  is  thus,  as  by  a  final  process,  prepared  for  the 
Master's  use  ! 
114  9  "  fellahheen  "— When  the  prophet  Ezekiel  was  commanded, 
in  order  to  symbolise  a  famine  of  bread  and  water  that 
was  being  sent  as  a  judgment  on  Jerusalem,  to  bake  a 
barley  cake  with  human  dung  and  eat  it,  on  his  pleading 
with  God,  the  word  came  to  him  :  "  See,  I  have  given  to 
thee  bullock's  dung  instead  of  man's  dung,  and  thou  shalt 
make  [that  is,  'bake']  thy  bread  with  it"  (Ezek.  iv. 
12-15).  In  these  words  permission  was  given  him  to  use 
the  ordinary  fuel  of  the  villagers. 


27°  Appendix 

fool  " — See  also  Jer.   xviii.   14  :  "  Does  snow  of  Lebanon 

cease  from  the  rock  of  the  open  land  ?     Are  the  cold, 

strange  waters  that  gently  flow  from  [it]  failed  ?  " 
olive  " — Deut.  viii.  2  ;   2  Kings  xviii.  32. 
fruit  " — Gen.  xxiii.   17. 
Bible  " — Gen.  viii.  8-1 1. 
fig  " — Gen.  hi.  5,  7. 
oil  " — Dcut.  xxxiii.  24. 
presses  " — Job  xxix.  6. 
flourishes  " — Deut.  xxxii.  13. 
Church  " — Rom.  xi.  16-24  '>   Zech.  iv.  11-14. 
Orient  " — Zech.  iv.  2-6. 
direction  " — For   a   full   description   of   the   thar,   sec   the 

author's  Pictured  Palestine,  5th  edition,  pp.  230-43. 
death  " — Numb.  xxxv.  31. 
life  " — Ex.  xxi.  28-30. 
sons  " — 2  Sam.  xxi.  3-6. 
him  " — Numb.  xxxv.  19-21. 
die  " — Deut.  xix.  n,  12. 
die  " — Deut.  xiii.  9,  10. 
die  " — Deut.  xxi.  18-21. 
death  " — The  forty-five  different  offences  punished  under 

the  law  of  Moses  by  the  sentence  of  death  are  given  in  the 

following  texts  :  Gen.  ix.  5,  6  (see  also  Ex.  xxi.  12  ;  Lev. 

xxiv.  17  ;  Numb.  xxxv.  16-21,  30)  ;  Ex.  xxi.  15  ;  xxi.  16  ; 

xxi.  17  (see  also  Lev.  xx.  9)  ;   Ex.  xxi.  29  ;   xxii.  18  ;   xxii. 

19  (see  also  Lev.  xx.  15,  16)  ;  Ex.  xxii.  20  (see  also  Deut. 

xvii.  2-5)  ;  Ex.  xxx.  33,  38  ;  xxxi.  14,  15  (see  also  xxxv.  2  ; 

Numb.  xv.  32-36)  ;  Lev.  vii.  20,  21  ;  vii.  25  ;  vii.  27  ;  viii. 

35  ;  x.  1,  2  ;  xvii.  3,  4,  8,  9  ;  xix.  8  ;  xx.  2-4 ;  xx.  6 ;  xx.  n  ; 

xx.  12  ;   xx.  13  ;   xx.  14  ;   xx.  17  ;   xx.  18  ;   xxi.  9  ;   xxiv. 

14-16  ;   Numb.  hi.  10  ;  iv.  15  ;   iv.  20  ;   ix.  13  ;  xviii.  22  ; 

xix.  13  ;   Deut.  xiii.  9,  10  ;   xvii.  12  ;   xviii.  20  ;   xix.  16  ; 

xxi.  1S-21  ;   xxii.  20,  21  ;   xxii.  22  (see  also  Lev.  xx.  15)  ; 

Deut.  xxii.  25  ;   xxii.  23,  24  ;   xxii.  25. 
131         2     "who?  " — 2  Kings  ix.  32. 


(  A'.E 

LINE 

114 

32 

IIQ 

25 

120 

2 

I20 

4 

I20 

4 

121 

18 

121 

26 

121 

28 

122 

3 

122 

6 

127 

10 

127 

20 

127 

24 

127 

3i 

128 

14 

128 

i/ 

128 

22 

128 

26 

128 

28 

Appendix  271 


TALE      I  INE 


131  27     "  ullaloos  " — See  pp.  229,  230. 

132  21     "  Franks  " — Tent  Work  in  Palestine,  by  Major  C.  R.  Conder, 

R.E.,  vol.  ii.  p.  286. 

133  22     "  safe  " — Here  the  believer  who  honours  God  by  publicly 

calling  upon  His  name,  and  by  confessing  before  men  his 
trust  in  the  Most  High  as  his  defender,  is  represented  as 
if  he  had  fled  into  a  strong  place  of  refuge,  where  he  finds 
safety  from  his  foes.  When  Satan,  like  the  avenger  of 
blood,  seeks  our  destruction,  let  us  call  upon  the  name 
of  our  great  and  compassionate  champion.  The  believing 
soul  that  in  simple  trust  turns  to  the  Lord  Jesus,  and 
makes  mention  of  His  righteousness  only  ;  the  soul  that 
thus  appeals  to  Christ  by  confessing  its  own  helplessness 
and  danger,  and  by  placing  itself  unreservedly  and  by 
public  confession  under  His  protection,  shall  assuredly 
find  the  help  of  One  Who  is  mighty  to  save,  and 
Who  never  fails  to  vindicate  the  honour  of  His  great 
name. 
"  harp  " — 1  Kings  xv.  20. 
"  Gennesaret  " — Luke  v.  1. 
"  attention  " — Josephus,  Wars  of  the   Jcivs,   bk.    hi.    ch.    x. 

sec.  8. 
"  Jews  " — Lev.  xi.  9-12. 

"  fish  " — Matt.  xiv.  15-21  ;  Mark  vi.  37-44  ;  Luke  ix.  12-17  ; 
Matt.  xv.  29-38  ;  Mark  viii.  1-9  ;  John  xxi.  9,  13. 
138  9  "fish" — Luke  xxiv.  41-43.  The  words  added  in  the  Author- 
ised Version,  "  and  of  a  honeycomb,"  are  omitted  by 
the  best  texts,  though  it  is  very  interesting  to  note 
that  fish  in  Palestine  is  served  with  honey  and  sweet 
sauces, 
feast  " — John  v.  10,  16-20. 

shameful  " — Deut.  xxiii.  14  ;    Nah.  hi.  5  ;    Rev.  xvi.  15. 
stream  " — Isa.  xix.  8.     See  also  Job  xii.  1  ;    Hab.  I,  15. 
you  " — Gen.  xxii.  5.    See  also  Gen.  xliii.  10  ;   1  Kings  xxii. 
27  ;    Prov.  iii.  28  ;  Acts  xviii.  21. 
*49       17     "  thee  " — 2  Kings  iv.  24. 


137 

3 

»37 

4 

»37 

21 

»37 

25 

138 

6 

138 

*5 

«38 

21 

139 

30 

149 

4 

27-  Appendix 

PAGE  Ll.NE 

153  5  "  towns  " — 2  Kings  xxii.  10. 

153  6  "  leaves  " — 2  Chron.  viii.  1  ;   Neh.  vi.  1  ;  Jer.  xlix.  3  ;   Ezek. 

xli.  24. 

153  12  "  walls  " — Lev.  xv.  30  ;    Numb.  xiii.  2  ;    Deut.  ii.  28. 

153  19  "  sunset  " — Josh.  ii.  5  ;    Neh.  xiii.  19. 

153  25  "  lodge  " — Neh.  iii.  3.  6,  13-15. 

154  4  "  Bible  " — Job  vi.  12  ;    xl.   18  ;    xli.  27. 

154  5  "  boards  " — Ex.  xxxvi.  38  ;    xxxviii.  11,  17,  19,  20. 

154  6  "  laver  " — Ex.  xxxviii.  2-8. 

154  7  "  copper  " — 1  Sam.  xvii.  5,  6. 

154  8  "  copper  " — 2  Chron.  iv.  9. 

154  9  "  copper  " — Ps.  cvii.  16. 

154  10  "  copper  " — Isa.  xlv.  2. 

154  11  "copper" — 1  Kings  iv.  13. 

154  15  "  bars  " — Acts  xii.  10. 

154  15  "  mentioned  " — Deut.  iii.  5  ;   1  Sam.  xxiii.  7  ;  2  Chron.  viii.  5  ; 

Jer.  xlv.  31  ;    Ezek.  xxviii.  n,  iS. 

154  16  "  gates  " — Ps.  cxlvii.  13. 

'54  23  "  unprotected  " — Neh.  i.  3  ;  ii.  3,  13,  17  ;  Jer.  xvii.  27  ;  li.  58. 

156  12  "  kesetJi  " — Ezek.  ix.  2,  3,  n. 

156  15  "  reed  " — Jer.  viii.  8  ;    Ps.  xlv.  1  ;    3  John  13. 

157  2  "  toll  " — Matt.  ix.  9  ;    Luke  v.  27-32. 
157  5  "  district  " — Luke  xix.  1-10. 

157  24  "  baskets  " — John  vi.  5-14  ;    Matt.  xiv.  15,  21. 

157  34  "  larger  " — Matt.  xv.  17  ;    Mark  viii.  8. 

158  14  "  prison  " — Gen.  xl.  16-22. 

161  10  "Scripture" — Prov.  i.   20;  Cant.  iii.  2;    Luke  xiv.  21;  Acts 

ix.   11. 

162  11  "  indignation  " — Neh.  v.  6-13. 

162  25  "  poor  " — Ex.  v.  7  ;    Lev.  xii.  8  ;    Luke  ii.  24. 

164  15  "  red  " — Ex.  xxv.  5  ;    xxvi.  14. 

164  26  "  carry  " — Matt.  iii.  11. 

164  27  "  poverty  " — Luke  xv.  22. 

164  27  "  mourning  " — 2  Sam.  xv.  30  ;    Ezek.  xxiv.  17. 

171  11  "Well"— See  p.  7. 

17*  15  "  bakbook  " — Jer.  xix.  1,  10. 


Appendix  273 

PACE  LINE 

172  2     "  ambassadors  "—2  Sam.  x.  4/5.    Sec  also  Isa.  vii.  20  ;  Jer. 

xli.  5  ;    xlviii.  37  ;    Ezek.  v.  1. 

173  21     "  Hittite  "— Gen.  xxiii.  11. 
»77       27     "me" — Numb.  xi.   11,  25. 

178  4  judgments  "—Isa.  xiii.  1  ;  Jer.  xxiii.  33-38  ;  Lam.  ii.  14  ; 
Ezek.  xii.  10  ;    Hos.  viii.  10  ;    Nah.  i.  1  ;    Hab.  i.  1. 

180  22  "  judgment  "—So  the  Roman  chiliarch,  tribune,  or  colonel, 
in  charge  of  the  garrison  at  Jerusalem,  when  Paul's 
nephew  came  to  reveal  to  him  the  plot  against  his  uncle's 
life,  in  order  to  set  him  at  his  ease  and  win  his  confidence, 
"  took  him  by  the  hand,"  or,  as  we  should  say,  "  gave 
him  his  arm,"  to  take  him  aside  privately,  in  order,  by 
showing  him  this  mark  of  respect,  to  win  his  confidence 
(Acts  xxiii.  19).  The  psalmist,  speaking  of  the  happy, 
familiar  intercourse  that  he  held  with  God,  and  of  the 
gracious  Divine  patronage  he  enjoyed,  cries,  "  Thou  takest 
hold  of  my  right  hand"  (Ps.  lxxiii.  23).  The  proverb, 
alluding  to  the  close  confederacy  of  the  wicked,  says, 
"  Though  hand  in  hand  [that  is,  '  arm  in  arm  '],  the  evil 
man  shall  not  be  unpunished  "  (Prov.  xi.  21).  Of  the 
ruin  of  Jerusalem,  the  mother  of  Israel,  Isaiah  declares, 
'  There  is  not  one  to  take  hold  of  her  hand  of  all  the 
sons  she  has  made  great  [that  is,  '  has  brought  up,'  or 
'nourished']  "  (Isa.  Ii.  8).  For  other  striking  allusions 
to  this  custom,  see  Job  viii.  20  ;  Ps.  cxxxix.  5  ;  Isa.  xli.  13  ; 
xlii.  6  ;    xlv.  1  ;    Jer.  xxxi.  32. 

180  26  "  protection  "—Gen.  xix.  8;  Numb.  xiv.  9;  Jud.  ix.  15; 
Ps.  xvii.  8  ;    xci.  1;  etc. 

180  29  "  accuracy  "—Job  vii.  2  ;  viii.  9  ;  xiv.  2  ;  Ps.  cii.  11 ;  Eccles. 
vi.  12. 

185  8  "oil"— 2  Kings  xx.  13;  Ps.  cxxxiii.  2;  Eccles.  vii.  1; 
ix.  8  ;    Cant.  i.  3  ;    Isa.  xxxix.  2  ;   lvii.  9  ;    Amos  vi.  6. 

185  9  "  myrrh  "—Matt.  xxvi.  7,  9,  12  ;  Mark  xiv.  3  ;  John  xi.  2  ; 
xii.  3  ;    Rev.  xvii.  13. 

192  27     "  slavery  "—Ex.  xi.  44;    Deut.  xxiii.  15. 

193  28     "  slaves  "—Ex.  xxi.  2-11  ;    Deut.  xv.  12-18. 


274  Appendix 


PAGE  LIN'E 


192  34  "  war  " — 2  Chron.  xxix.  9. 

193  1  "  debts  "—2  Kings  iv.  1  ;    Matt,  xviii.  25. 
193  1  "  parents  " — Ex.  xxi.  7. 

193  2  "  relatives  " — Gen.  xxxvii.  27,  28. 

193  6  "wage  "—Ex.  xii.  45  ;    Lev.  xxii.  10  ;    xxv.  6,  40,  50,  53  ; 

Mark  i.  20  ;    Luke  xv.  17. 

193  13  "  servant  "—2  Kings  iii.  11.     Sec  also  1  Kings  xix.  21. 

193  25  "  bread  "—Gen.  xliii.  31.    Compare  Gen.  xliii.  32  ;  Ex.  ii.  20  ; 

xviii.  12  ;    Lev.  xxi.  21,  22  ;    xxii.  25. 

201  30  "acts" — Deut.  xi.  4. 

201  31  "brimstone" — Gen.  xix.  24. 

201  32  "  odours  " — 2  Chron.  xvi.  14. 

201  33  "  assembly  " — Isa.  i.  13. 

201  34  "  speech  " — Luke  xxi.  15. 

202  1  "  grace  " — John  i.  14,  17. 
202  2  "ministry" — Acts  i.  25. 
202  3  "  Christ  " — Eph.  v.  5. 
202  4  "  philosophy  " — Col.  ii.  8. 
202  5  "life"— 2  Tim.  iv.  I,  2. 

209  25  "  bedchamber  "—2  Kings  xi.  2  ;   2  Chron.  xxii.  11;    Eccles. 

x.  20. 
209       27     "  floor  "—Matt.  ix.  6  ;  Mark  ii.  9  ;  Mark  vii.  30  ;  John  v.  8-12. 
216       17     "  generally  "—1  Chron.  xv.  16;   xvi.  42;    2  Chron.  v.  13; 

vii.  6 ;    xxiii.   13 ;    xxxiv.   12 ;    Neh.  xii.  36.     See  also 

2  Chron.  xxx.  21. 
16     "  Bible  "—1  Sam.  x.  5  ;  1  Kings  i.  40  ;  Isa.  v.  12  ;  xxx.  29  ; 

Jer.   xlviii.  3°- 

218  22     "  viol"— Isa.  v.  12  ;    xiv.  11  ;    Amos  v.  23  ;   vi.  5. 

2,8       23     "  psaltery  "— 1  Sam.  x.  5  ;    2  Sam.  vi.  5  ;   1  Kings  x.  12  ; 

1  Chron.  xvi.  5. 

219  4     "  instrument  "—Dan.  iii.  5,  7,  10,  15. 

219       24     "sistra"— 1  Sam.  vi.  5-     See  also  Ps.  cl.  5. 

219  27     "music"— 1   Chron.  xiii.  8;    xv.  16,  19,  28;    xvi.   5.   42  ; 

2  Chron.  v.  12,  13  ;   Ezra  iii.  10  ;   Neh.  xii.  27,  etc. 

220  3     "  toaph  "—Ex.  xv.  30. 
220         5     "  father  "— Jud.  xi.  34. 


217 


Appendix 


275 


PAGE 

LINE 

220 

5 

220 

26 

220 

26 

224 

7 

224 


225 


21 


24 


230 

14 

230 

18 

230 

18 

230 

23 

230 

27 

230 

30 

232 

14 

232 

15 

237 

23 

241 

19 

242 

26 

243 

3 

244 

17 

245 

9 

245 

29 

246 

24 

249 

12 

249 

24 

250 

30 

250 

33 

music  "—2  Sam.  vi.  5  ;    1  Chron.   xiii.  8  ;    Ps.  lxxxi.  2  ; 

cxl.  3  ;    cl.  4. 
Miriam  " — Ex.  xv.  1-21. 
Barak  " — Jud.  v. 
impunity" — "Marriages    between    First    Cousins:     Their 

Effects,"    by    George  H.    Darwin,  M.A.,    Journal   of  the 

Statistical    Society,    vol.    xxxviii.    pp.    152-82  ;     see   also 

pp.  344-48. 
forbidden  " — Deut.    xii.    31  ;     xviii.    10  ;    Jer.    xxxii.    35  ; 

Ezek.  xxiii.  37. 
Deut.  xxiv.  1  " — "  Uncleanness  "  in  this  verse  stands  for 

"  disfavour." 
£10  " — Deut.  xxii.  28,  29  ;    Ex.  xxii.  16,  17. 
wife  " — Ruth  iv.  9,  10. 
Testament  " — Matt.  xx.  2. 
£73  " — Gen.  xxix.  5-28. 
bride  " — Josh.  xv.  16,  17. 

200  " — 1  Sam.  xviii.  22-27  '>    2  Sam.  hi.  14  ;    xviii.  17-19. 
word  " — 1  Sam.  xvii.  25. 

Him  " — Matt,  xxvii.  55  ;    Mark  xv.  41  ;    Matt.  viii.  15. 
property  " — Luke  viii.  3. 

uncovered  " — 2  Sam.  vi.  12-16  ;    1  Chron.  xv.  25-29. 
marble  " — Ps.  cxliv.  12. 
husband  " — Rev.  xxi.  2,  9. 
times  " — Prov.  xxv.  11  ;    Cant.  ii.  3,  5  ;  vii.  8  ;    viii.  5  ; 

Joel  i.  12. 
spread  " — Job  xvii.  13  ;    xli.  30. 
nose-rings  " — Isa.  hi.  21. 
bedchamber  " — 2  Kings  i.  4-6. 
bed  "—Esther  vii.  8. 

colour  " — Jud.  v.  10  ;    Rev.  vi.  2  ;    xix.  11,  14. 
Bible  " — John  xviii.  3. 

Chcdorlaomer  " — Gen.  xiv.  17  ;    Heb.  vii.  i,  10. 
welcome  " — Gen.  iv.  17  ;  xviii.  2  ;    xix.  1  ;   xxiv.  17,  65  ; 

xxix.  13  ;    xxx.  16  ;    xxxii.  6  ;    xlvi.  29  ;   Ex.  iv.  14,  27  ; 

xviii.  7. 


276 


Appendix 


250 

34  " 

250 

34  " 

25> 

2  " 

251 

3 

251 

4  " 

25» 

4  " 

251 

6  " 

251 

7  " 

251 

8  " 

251 

9 

251 

11  " 

251 

16  " 

255 

14  " 

257 

5 

258 

7  " 

258 

28  " 

258 

29  " 

258 

3i  " 

259 

5  " 

Balaam  " — Numb.  xxii.  36. 

Samuel  " — 1  Sam.  xiii.   10-14. 

Israel  " — Josh.  ix.  11. 

women  " — Jud.  xi.  54. 

David  " — 1  Sam.  xxv.  18-20. 

ambassadors  " — 2  Sam.  x.  5. 

Saul  " — 1  Sam.  xviii.  6,  7. 

Jerusalem  " — 2  Sam.  xix.  15-40. 

Elisha  " — -2  Kings  ii.  15. 

Jehu  " — 2  Kings  ix.  21. 

Him  " — John  xii.  12,  13. 

welcome  " — Acts  xxviii.  15. 

evening  "—Gen.  xxiv.  13.     Compare  v.  67. 

people  " — 2  Kings  iv.  13. 

woman  " — John  iv.  27. 

nose  " — Gen.  xxiv.  22,  47. 

bangles  " — Gen.  xxiv.  22. 

presents  " — Gen.  xxiv.  53. 

herself  " — Gen.  xxiv.  55. 


Index  to  Scripture  References 


NOTE. — Further  references  to  Scripture  passages  will  be  found  in  the  Appendix, 


Genesis 

Leviticus 

Joshua 

(cont 

inued) 

2  Samuel 

I'AGE 

1  AGE 

I'AGE 

PAGE 

i.  27,  28 

223 

XX.    10     . 

.          225 

v.  15      . 

.          I84 

iv.  7 

245 

iii.   21      . 

■          M7 

xxv.   29-31 

3 

xiv.  3,  4 

7 

vii.  27    . 

208 

iv.   10     . 

126 

xxvi .    1 3 

97 

xx.  4 

•      '55 

xiv.  25,  26 

172 

iv.  21 

2l8 

xxvii.   32 

33 

xx.   5,  6 

129 

XV.    2 

155 

viii.  22  . 

87 

xix.  8     . 

x55 

ix.  6 

126 

Numbers 

Judges 

xii.   1 

257 

xvi.  15  . 

■        76 

iii.   31     . 

98 

1  Kings 

xiii.   10  . 

42 

xvii.   1-10 

18 

v.   10 

.      161 

iv.  28 

106 

XV.    2 

255 

xxxii.   16 

•        36 

v.    14 

•      156 
28 

v.   1 1 

119 

XV.     12      . 

68 

xxxv.   1 -1 5 

7 

v.  24 

v.   25 
v.   28 

x-  45 

209 

xvi.    ii,    12 

13 

XXXV.     12,    25 

129 

^7 
205 
210 

xi.  38 

208 

xviii.  9-15 

24 

xv.  4 

73 

xix.    16  . 

180 

Deuteronomy 

v.  30 

xvii.   12 

119 

xxii.   5    . 

149 

viii.  8     . 

99 

ix.  8-15 

119 

2  Kings 

xxiv.   10-14    ■ 

258 

xi.   14     . 

96 

xi.  34-40 

224 

i.  2 

205 

xxiv.   14,   17 

9 

xvi.    18  . 

3 

xiv.    12  . 

235 

i.  4-6 

246 

xxiv.  67 

259 

xxi.   19  . 

155 

xvi.   3     . 

154 

iv.  2 

119 

xxxi.  34 

24 

xxi.  22,  23 

128 

xx.   16    . 

34 

iv.  22 

148 

xliii.   16 

80 

xxii.  8    . 

134 

iv.  24 

149 

xxii.   15,  24 

155 

Ruth 

v.    12 

43 

EXODUS 

xxii.  22 

225 

i.   1 1 

3 

vi.   12 

245 

xxiii.  24,  25 

95 

iv.   1 1 

208 

viii.   19 

73 

ii.   7-10. 
iii.   5 

61 
184 

xxiv.   1  . 
xxiv.   12,   13, 

225 
17    74 

1  Samue 

1, 

ix.   30     . 
ix.   30-3 

7 

241 
206 

iv.   17,  20 

18 

xxiv.   1 6 

127 

i.   22-28 

61 

xi.  2 

245 

v.  6- 1 9  . 

106 

xxiv.   20 

120 

ii.   1 1 

61 

xviii.  32 

99 

viii.  3     . 

245 

xxv.  4   . 

106 

»•   35      • 

208 

XV.    1-21 

215 

xxv.  7    . 

155 

xii.   3      . 

76 

1  Chronicles 

xvii.  9   . 

18 

xxvii.   17 

9i 

xii.   16-18 

103 

xii.  15    . 

43 

xx.    17    . 

76 

xxxii.  9 

92 

xiii.   19-22 

147 

xvi.  18  . 

92 

xxii.  26 

74 

xvi.  23  . 

219 

xvi.  42  . 

216 

xxvii.  20 

121 

Joshua 

xviii.   10 

219 

xvii.   10,   11     . 

208 

xxix.  40 

121 

iii.    15     . 

43 

xix.   15  . 

74 

xxi.   23  . 

104 

xxx.   11-16 

140 

iv.   18     . 

43 

xxiv.   3  . 

36 

xxiii.   5  . 

216 

277 


278 


Index  to  Scripture  References 


2  Chronicles 

Psalms  {continued) 

Canticles 

Jeremiah  (continued) 

PAGE 

I'AGB 

TAGE 

PAGE 

vii.   6 

2l6 

liv.  4,   s 

133 

i-  5 

21 

xxxvi.   22,   23 

209 

viii.    5     . 

I  53 

lxv.    10  . 

96 

ii.  3 

243 

xxxvii.   21 

166 

ix.    17-20 

I63 

lxv.    12. 

3  2 

ii.  4 

236 

xlix.   19. 

44 

XX.  21      . 

21 5 

lxxiii.    14 

71 

ii.   5 

2-1 

2,244 

" 

... 

Lamentation: 

lxxvni.    . 

220 

ii.  9 

20  5 

XEHEMIAH 

1  xxviii.   55 

92 

vii.  8      . 

243 

ii.   19 
iii.  6 

214 
68 

ix.   19     . 

71 

xci.   5 
xcii.   3    . 

69 
218 

iv.  4       . 

82 

ISALA 

v.   13      . 

60 

Esther 

civ.   15   . 

119 

xi.  7 

I06 

v.  6 
vii.  2 

199 
199 

cv. 

cv.   1 1     . 

cvi. 

220 

92 

220 

18 

209 

99 

207 

xvii.  6   . 
xxii.   1    . 
xxii.  23 

121 

134 

2  3 

EZEKIEI 
xvi.  4     . 
xvi.   12  . 

59 
245 

Job 
iii.  6 

xv.   33    . 

68 
100 

ex. 

cxx.  4    . 
cxxvi.   5,  6 
cxx  vii.   3-5 

xxiv.   1 1 
xxiv.   1 3 
xxiv.   17, 

18 

68 

121 

69 

xx.   34-38 
xx.  40,  41 
xxi.   14  . 
xxiii.    10 

33 

34 

206 

241 

xxviii.  9 

62 

xvi.  22  . 

149 

exxviii.   3 

122 

xxxii.  8 

69 
97 

xvii.   13. 
xviii.   5,  6 

68 
72 

cxxxv.    . 
cxxxvi.  . 

220 
220 

xxx.    14 
xxxii.    14 

107 
32 

xxxiv.  27 

xix.  8     . 

68 

cxliv.   1 

207 

xxxiv.   13-17 

92 

Daniel 

xxi.   12  . 
xxi.   17  . 

218 
72 

cxliv.  9 
cxliv.   1 2 

218 
241 

xli.    15,    1 
xlii.   1 1  . 

0 

105 
23 

vii.  6     . 

46 

xxi.   18  . 

104 

cl.   3 

cl.  4       ■ 

216 

xlv.   1     . 

153 

HOSEA 

xxiv.  2  . 

91 

218 

xlv.  2     . 

154 

vi.  4       . 

"5 

xxiv.   3  . 

76 

xlvii.  2  . 

59 

xiii.   3     . 

115 

xxviii.   18,   19 

163 

Provere 

s 

xlvii.   5  . 

68 

xiii.  7     . 

46 

xxix.  23 

96 

i.   14 

92 

xlix.  22, 

23 

15 

xiv.  6     .       11 

9,   120 

xxx.  4   . 
xxx.   31 . 

xl.   18     . 

209 

218 

37 

iii.  20     . 
vii.  9 
x.  26 

"5 
72 
63 

Hi.   10     . 
liv.   2 
lv.   1       . 

25 

22 

171 

JOEL 

i.   18-20 

3- 

xiii.  9     . 

72 

lxi.   10    . 

242 

Amos 

Psalms 

xvi.   15  . 

96 

lxii.   10, 
lxv.   5     . 

1 1 

145 
63 

ii.  6 

165 

ii.  9                 « 

4,  107 

xviii.    10 

•      133 

lxv.  25  . 

106 

v.  5 

216 

viii.  2     . 

62 

xx.    14    . 

•      174 

vii.   1 7    . 

92 

xvi.   5,  6 

9i 

xx.   20    . 

72 

viii.  6     . 

.      165 

xx.   1,  7 

132 

XXV.     I  I  . 

•      243 

JEREMIA 

H 

ix.  9 

"3 

xx.     5     . 

x33 

xxv.   13. 

.      114 

ii.   32 

242 

xxi.   3     . 

164 

xx  vi.   1  . 

.      114 

iv.   30     . 

241 

MlCAH 

xxiii.  4  . 

5- 

xxvii.  8 

•      257 

v.  6 

46 

"•  4,   5   • 

92 

xxxiii.   2 

216 

xx  vii.   22 

•      213 

v.   27      . 

•       I?? 

iv.   13     . 

.      105 

xxxv.  6 

63 

xxxi.   1 8 

■        67 

x.   20 

23 

vii.   14    . 

•32,54 

xxx  viii.  4 

.      178 

xii.   5 

44 

NAHUi 

[ 

xlii.   1     . 

37 

ECCLESIAS 

TES 

xiii.   16  . 

68 

iii.   13     . 

•      154 

xlii.   3     . 

25 

ii.  8 

.       21*5 

xiii.  23  . 

45 

xlv.   14  . 

.      260 

x.  20 

•       245 

xix.   1,2, 

10,  I 

1     108 

HABAKKl 

TK 

liv.   1,  3 

•      133 

xi.  7 

68 

xxv.   10. 

60,  72 

i.  8 

.         46 

Index  to  Scripture  References 


279 


Zechariah 


St.  Mark 


x.    1 

x.    4 
xi.  3 


PAGE 
96 

22 

44 


ST.  Luke  (continued) 

I'AGE 


Galatians 


Mat,achi 

iii.  3       .  16; 

St.  Matthew 


iv.  18    . 
v.   14,   15 
vi.   28-30 
vii.   13,  14 
ix.  6 
ix.  9 
ix.  23 
x.  9 
x.  42 
xi.   1,  2 
xi.   17 
xi.  21 
xi.   30 
xii.   1 
xiii.  4-6 
xiii.  24-30 
xiii.  47  . 
xiii.  47,  48 
xiv.   6-12 
xv.   22-28 
xvi.  6 
xvii.  27, 
xix.   24 
xx.   20, 
xxi.   12 
xxi.   13 
xxi.   16 
xxii.   1 -5 
xxii.   30. 
xxiii.  4 
xxiv.  42- 
xxv.  6 
xx  vii.  5 
xxvii.  48 


21 


:-44 


140 
75 
64 

155 
75 

163 

217 

4 
170 
170 
217 
139 
97,  179 
170 

96 
11 1 
140 
138 
198 
180 

82 
140 
156 
186 
162 
162 

62 

80 
223 
179 
252 

251 

89 

173 


v 


i.   16       . 
ii.  9,   11 
ii.   1 1 
ii.   14 
ii.  23      . 
iv.  25     . 
iv.   38     . 
v 
vi.   8 
vi.  21-29 

•  45     ■ 

•  55     • 
viii.  22-26 
ix.  41 

x.  23-27 
xi.    17     . 
xii.  25    . 
xiv.    13-16 
xiv.   51,   52 
xiv.   54  . 


ST.  hV 
ii.   7 

iii.   12-14 
v.  4-6    . 
v.   5-9    . 
vii.   12    . 
vii.  24    . 
vii.   32    . 
vii.  44-46 
vii.  47    . 
viii.   16  . 
ix.   10-17 
ix.  62     . 
x.   13      . 
xi.  37     . 
xiv.  8-10 
xv.   17-19 
xv.  25    . 
xx.   35    . 
xxii.   io,   13 


140 

246 

75 
163 

95 

75 

141 

230 

4 
198 

139 

246 

139 
170 
156 
162 
223 
10 
138 
209 

59 

157 
141 

137 

3 

173 

197,  217 

187 

188 

75 

139 

98 

139 

80 

186 

193 

197 

223 

10 


xxu.   31 . 

.     114 

ii. 

20 

226 

xxii.   35-38 

.     148 

iv 

29     • 

62 

St.  Johi 
i.  44 
ii.   14 

139 
162 

v. 

Ephesians 

25      • 

226 

iv.  7-17 
iv.   14     . 

9 

171 

1 

Thessalonians 

v.   8 

75 

iv. 

16,  17 

252 

viii.   5     . 

225 

x.  7,  9  . 

x.    11,  15,  17 
xiii.  23-26 

36 
84 

ii. 

1  Timothy 
9 

201 

xiv.   3,  28 

149 

xviii.   18 

209 

Hebrews 

xix.   23  . 
xix.   28-30 
xxi.  6-1 1 
xxi.  7     . 

8 

173 
140 

138 

xi. 
xi. 
xi. 

8,9- 
17-19 
37     ■ 

257 
260 

35 

Acts 

James 

i.  19 
vii.  33    ■ 

89 
184 

v. 
v. 

1 

7 

230 
96 

ix.  25     . 

158 

xiv.  22  . 

107 

1  Peter 

xx.   28    . 

226 

iii 

3       • 

201 

xxv.  23. 

132 

xxvi.   14 

98 

2  Peter 

Romans 

i. 

19 

72 

xi.   17-24         .      120 

1  Corinthians 
vii.  39    .  .     223 
ix.  9  .      106 
xiv.  7     .          .      217 

2  Corinthians 
vii.  10   .         .     107 
xi.  32,  33       .     158 


Revelation 

xviii.  22  60,  217 

xviii.  23  .       73 

xix.   11-14  .      161 

xxi.  2,  9-21  .      242 

xxi.  9     .  .      226 

xxi.   18,  21  .      164 

xxii.   15.  .      179 

xxii.   17.  .      171 


PRINTED    BY 

CASSELL    AND   COMPANY,   LIMITED,    LA    BELLE   SAUVAGE, 

LONDON,    E.C 


NEIL,  James. 

Everyday  life  in  the  Holy  land. 


BS 
629 

.N4* 


Wmm'Mimm^mmmMim